1983_Siemens_Ferrite_Cores_and_Hardware 1983 Siemens Ferrite Cores And Hardware

User Manual: 1983_Siemens_Ferrite_Cores_and_Hardware

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 496

Download1983_Siemens_Ferrite_Cores_and_Hardware 1983 Siemens Ferrite Cores And Hardware
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
m

SIEMENS

~

m

Z

en

~

CD

~

--

~

Data Book 1983/84
U.S. Edition

Page

Contents/Index of Part Numbers/Ordering Code

6

Definitions

15

SIFERRIT Materials

35

Inductor Design

61

Cores for High Power

89

Pot Cores

107

4-Slot Pot Cores

244

Touch-Tone Pot Cores

259

RM Cores

269

PM Cores

345

Pot Cores for Proximity Switches

363

CC Cores

375

EP and Q Cores

382

X Cores

409

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

417

ETD Power Cores and Hardware

455

U, UI Cores

459

Toroids and Multi-Aperture Cores

469

Cylindrical, Tube, Screw Cores/Antenna Rods

481

Cores for RF Choke Coils

493

SIEMENS

Ferrite Cores and Hardware

Data Book 1983/84
U.S. Edition

Contents/Index of Part Numbers/Ordering Code

Table of Contents
Page
Index of part numbers.
Ordering code

9 ...
11

Definitions.
SI units . . . .
Symbols .. .
1. Permeability
2. Inductance factor AL
3. Resista nee factor AR . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Time constant . . . .
5. Magnetization curves . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Core losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Q factor of coil or coil loss factor tan &L
8. Influence of temperature
9. Disaccomodation .
10. Resistivity . . . . .
11. Dielectric constant
12. Magnetostriction

13
15
16
18
22
23
24
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
31

SIFERRIT® materials . . . . . .
General notes on testing ferrite parts
General material data
Application survey . . . . . . . . . . .
Material survey . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relative loss factor versus frequency .
Permeability versus frequency and temperature.
Permeability factor versus temperature
Magnetization curves .

33
34
35
36
38
41
42
48
51

Inductor design . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Ungapped pot cores . . . . . . . . .
2. Gapped pot cores . . . . . . . . . . .
3. SIFERR!T pot and RM cores with inserted threaded sleeve
4. Inductance adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Winding design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. DC magnetic bias of pot and RM cores . . . . . .
7. Typical calculation for a resonant circuit inductor
8. Assembly of inductors

59
61
61
62
62
63
77
81
82

Cores for high power
General .. .
Materials . . . . . . . .
Core shapes . . . . . .
Amplitude permeability
Relative power loss ..
Typical values for transmissible power.
Design of power transformers . . . . .
Design fundamentals for energy storage chokes

87
89
89
90 ... 93
94
95 ... 97
98 ... 100
101
102 ... 103

Pot cores
General . . .
Summary ..
¢ 3,3 x 2,6 .
¢ 4,6 x 4,1 .
¢ 4,6 x 5,2 (cores for miniature inductors)
¢ 5,8 x 3,3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

105
107
108
109
110 ... 116
117 ... 122
123 ... 124

6

10

...
...

17
21

...

24

...
...
...
...
...

25
27
28
29
30

...
...

37
40

...
...
...

47
50
58

...
...
...
...

76
80
82
85

Table of Contents

Page

7 x 4
9 x 5
¢ 11 x 7
¢ 14 x 8
¢ 18 x 11
¢
¢

(DIN
(DIN
(DIN
(DIN

41293/41294;
41293/41294;
41293/41294;
41293/41294;

IEC
IEC
IEC
IEC

publ.
publ.
publ.
publ.

133) .
133) .
133).
133) . . .

¢ 18 x 14

¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢

22
26
30
36
41
50
62
70

x
x
x
x
x
x

13 (DIN 41293/41294; IEC publ.
16 (DIN 41293/41294; IEC publ.
19 (DIN 41293/41294; IEC publ.
22 (DIN 41293/41294; IEC publ.
25
30
x 38
x 42

133).
133).
133).
133).

125 ...
133 ...
142 ...
151 ...
162 ...
176 ...
186 ...
197 ...
207 ...
216 ...
224 ...
230 ...
234 ...
238 ...

132
141
150
161
175
185
196
206
215
223
229
233
237
241

4-slot pot cores.
General; survey . . . .
¢ 14 x 8; ¢ 18 x 11; ¢ 22 x 13; ¢ 26 x 16

243
244
245 ... 256

Touch-tone pot cores (TT cores) . . . . . .
¢ 23/15 x 11; ¢ 23/15 x 18; ¢ 30/20 x 19

257
259 ... 266

RM cores
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RM
RM
RM
RM
R

RM
RM
RM
RM
RM

3 ................... .
4
5
6
6
7
8
10
12
14

(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)
(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)
(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)
(IEC publ. 431) . . . . . . . . . . .
(lEC publ. 431) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)
(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)

................... .
(DIN 41980/41981; IEC publ. 431)

267
269
270
271 ...
273 ...
280 ...
291 ...
303 ...
310 ...
317 ...
325 ...
331 ...
335.·..

272
279
290
302
309
316
324
330
334
338

Adjusting tools

339 ... 341

PM cores .. .
General . . . . .
¢ 50 x 39 (DIN
¢ 62 x 49 (DIN
¢ 74 x 59 (DIN
¢ 87 x 70 (DIN
¢ 114 x 93 (DIN

343
345
346
350
353
356
359

41989)
41989)
41989)
41989)
41989)

...
...
...
...
...

349
352
355
358
360

Pot cores for proximity switches
General, summary . . . . . . . . .
¢ 5,6 x 3,7 . . . ¢ 70 x 14,5 .. .

361
363
364 ... 372

CC cores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ........ .
CC 26; CC 36; CC 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

375 ... 380

EP and Q cores (cube cores) . . . .
EP 7; EP 10; EP 13; EP 17; EP 20 ..
Q 10; Q 15 (cube cores) . . . . . . .

381
382 ... 400
401 ... 406

373

7

Table of Contents

Page
X cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X 22; X 25; X 30 (DIN 41299/41277; IEC publ. 226)

407
409 ... 414

E, EF, EC, and ER cores . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC magnetic bias, material N 27 .
EF 12,6 (DIN 41985)
EF 16 (DIN 41985)
EF 20 (DIN 41985)
E 20 (DIN 41295) .
EF 25 (DIN 41985)
EI 25 (DIN 41986) .
E 30 (DIN 41295) .
E 42/15 (DIN 41295)
E 42/20 (DIN 41295)
E 55 (DIN 41295) ..
EC cores, summary .
EC 35; EC 41; EC 52; EC 70 (lEC publ. 647)
ER cores, ER 42; ER 48 . . . . . . . . .
ETD cores for switched-mode power supplies

415
417 ... 419
420
421 ... 422
423 ... 424
425 ... 426
427 ... 428
429 ... 430
431
432 ... 433
434 ... 435
436 ... 437
438 ... 439
441
442 ... 452
453 ... 454
455 ... 456

U and UI cores .
General . . . . . .
Summary . . . . .
U15;U21;U25
U 29; U 37 . . . .
U 47 . . . . . . .
U 57 (DIN 41296)
U 59 (DIN 41296) .
UI 93, UU 93 . . .

457
459
460
461
462
463

Toroids and multi-aperture cores
Toroids, summary . . . . . . . . . .
Toroids for pulse transformers, broadband transformers, chokes; general.
Double-aperture cores . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Six-aperture cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

467
469 ... 470
471 ... 475
476
477

Cylindrical, tube, screw cores, aerial rods
Cylindrical cores (DIN 41291; IEC publ. 220)
Tube cores (lEC publ. 220) . . . . . . . . . .
Damping pearls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screw cores (01 N 41286) . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna rods and rods for RF welding apparatus (lEC publ. 223) . . . .
Cube cores. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ............. .

479
481 ... 482
483 ... 484
485
486 ... 487
488
489

Cores for RF choke coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

491 ... 494

8

464
465
466

Index of Part Numbers
(in numerical order)
Part number

Page

B ...

Part number Page

B ...

61110
61610
62110
62151
63310 1)
63399
64290
65491
65495
65496
65501

479,4BO
486
481,482
474,475
484,485
339 ... 341
467,468
109
111
1 12, 11 3, 114, 1 22
123

65502
65511
65512
65517
65518
65522
65531
65532
65535
65539
65541
65542

124
126
127,128, 129,365
134
136,137
135
143
144
145
146,276,284
153
154,367

65543
65545
65546
65547
65549
65561
65562
65563
65565
65569
65576
65579

155
156
246
247
157
178
179
180
181
182
222
228

65611
65612
65613
65615
65621
65622
65623
65644
65645
65646
65647
65651

218
219
220
221
225
226
227
231
232,233
346
347,348,349
164

65652
65653
65655
65656
65657
65659
65661
65662
65663
65665
65666
65667

165, 179
166
167
249
250
168,296,313
188
189
190
191
252
253

65669
65671
65672
65673
65675
65676
65677
65679
65684
65685
65686
65687

192
199
200
201
202
255
256
203,213,222,329
350
351,352
353
354,355

65694
65695
65696
65697
65698
65701
65702
65703
65705
65713
65714
65716

235
236,237
239
240
241
209
210
211
212
356
357,358
260,263

65717
65730
65731
65733
65734
65803
65804
65805
65806
65807
65808
65809

261. 264
265
266
359
360
274
275
281
275,276,282,283,284
292
16a293 ... 296,305,306,313
304

" For the adjusting device to 863310 see also page 260, 261, 263, 264

9

Index of Part Numbers
(in numerical order)
Part number Page

Part number

B ...

B ...

65810
65811
65812
65813
65814
65815
65816
65817
65818
65819
65820
65833

305,306
318
319,320,321
326
327,328
332
·333,334
271
272
311
312
402

65834
65837
65838
65839
65840
65841
65842
65843
65844
65845
65846
65847

403
405
406
383
384
386
387,388
390
391,392
394
395,396
398

65848
65851
65854
65861
65864
65871
65874
65887
65888
65931
65933
65935

399,400
409
410
411
412
413
414
336
333,337,338
364
365
366

65937
65939
65940
65941
65942
65943
65944
65945
65946
65947
66202
66206
66208
66217

367
368
368
369
369
371
371
372
372
370
422
426
430
431

10

Page

66222
66232
66242
66243
66252
66272
66274
66276
66278
66305

428
433
435
437
439
443
445,446
448,449
451,452
421

66307
66308
66311
66313
66317
66319
66325
66329
66333
66335
66331
66339

423
424
425
427
429
432
434
436
454
438
442
434

66341
66343
66347
66361
66363
66365
66367

447
450
453
455,456
455,456
455,456
455,456

66430
66433
66442
66443
66446
67333
67334
67345
67348

118
118
375,376
377,378
379,380
463
462
464
459

67350
67351
67352
67353
67354
67356
67358
67410
67416
67499

459
453
459
461
460
460
460
487
491,492
487

Ordering code

Ordering code system
Example of the ordering code for an RM 5 core set, (see also figure on page 61)
SIFERRIT material N 48, 250 nH AL value, ± 3% tolerance of AL value, type B65805
(see page 281 ).
Ordering code

[L.

B65805-N0250-A048

--'1

Type _ _ _ _

J1

Revision status

Code for SIFERRIT
material N 48
Filling digit

Filling digit _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----!

Tolerance of

A

value (A

~

±3%)

'--___ AL value in nH

For particular components, an uncoded inquiry is requested. The appropriate ordering
code will be allocated.
Improvements and technical developments are indicated by a changed revision status
code letter. Components can be supplied with a later revision status than applicable
at the time of ordering.

Tolerance code letters
The tolerances of the AL value are coded (12th digit) by letters similar to the recommendations in IEC publication 62/1968.

Code letter

Tolerance of AL value

Code letter

Tolerance of AL value

A

± 3%

Q

+30%
-10%

G

± 2%

R

+30%
-20%

J

± 5%

U

+80%
- 0%

K

±10%

X

filling
letter only

L

±15%

Y

+40%
-30%

M

±20%

-

-

The tolerance values available are indicated in the appropriate ordering codes.
SIFERRIT® and SIRUFER® are registered trademarks.
11

Definitions

Definitions

51 units
In the present data book, 51 units were introduced in accordance with the performance
specifications of the Law for Units in Testing Procedures, dated 26th July, 1970. The
main relations between these units and those used in previous editions of this data
book are summarized in the following:

Magnetic flux density (magnetic induction)

Previous units

1 T (Tesla) = 1 Vs/m2 = 10-4 Vs/cm 2
Decimal multiples or parts of this unit are permissible,
e.g. mT (Millitesla), 1 mT = 10 x 10- 8 Vs/cm 2

= 10 G

Magnetic field strength, magnetization
1 A/m = 10- 2 A/cm
Decimal multiples or parts can be used here, too
e.g. 1 kA/m = 103 A/m = 10 A/cm

= 1.257

X

10-2 Oe

= 12.57 Oe

Density of energy
1 J/m3 = 1 T . 1 A/m = 1 mT . 1 kA/m
A decimal multiple of this unit is
1 kJ/m 3 = 1 mJ/cm 3

= 125.7 GOe
= 1.257

X

10 5 GOe

Magnetic flux
1 Wb (Weber) = 1 Vs = 1 Tm 2
A decimal part of this unit is the milliweber (mWb)
1 mWb = 10- 3 Wb

Magnetic field constant (induction constant)
J1.o = 1.257

X

10-6 AfT
m

= 1.257 x

10-6 AVS
m

= 1.257

X

10- 8 AVS
cm

=1

oG
e

From the stated decimal multiples and parts, it follows for J1.o:
mT
10-6~
J1.o 1.257 kA/m = 1.257 .
m

Resistance (to tension and compression)
1 Newton/square millimeter (N/mm2)
10 N/mm2 correspond to
.

= 0.102 kp/mm 2
approx. 1 kp/mm 2

Thermal conductivity

1

J

W

mm . s· K

mm . K

= 2.39 _ _
ca_I__

cm . s .oC
15

Definitions

Symbols

Meaning

U

Voltage, rms value of sinusoidal voltage
Peak value of the voltage
Polarization
RMS value of magnetic flux density
10- 4 Vs/m 2 =(1 G) = 0.1 mT
Peak value of the magnetic flux density
Direct field flux density
Peak value of the saturation flux density
Current, rms value of sinusoidal current
Direct current
Peak value of the current
Magnetic field strength
Peak value of the magnetic field strength
OC field strength
(ReL) permeability, permeability number
Magnetic field constant
J.io = 1.257 x 10- 6 Him
(ReL) initial permeability
(ReL) effective permeability
(ReL) amplitude permeability
(ReL) reversible permeability
(ReL) apparent permeability
(ReL) total permeability
derived from the static magnetization curve
(ReL) complex permeability
(ReL) real (inductance) component of Ji
(ReL) imaginary loss component of Ji
(ReI.) real (inductance) component of Ji
(ReL) imaginary loss component of Ji
(ReL) pulse permeability
Self-inductance
Inductance of a coil without core
Series inductance
Reversible inductance
Inductance factor; AL = L/N 2
Number of turns
Loss factor
Loss factor of the coil
(Residual) loss factor at H ->- 0
Effective loss factor
Hysteresis loss factor
Relative loss factor of the material at H ->- 0
Quality factor (Q = w LIRs = l/tan od
Relative power loss
Angular frequency; w = 2 n f
Frequency

0
J

B

B
B_
B.
I

L

1
H

R

H_
J.ir

J.io
J.ii

J.ie
J.ia
fJrev

J.iapp

J.itot

71
J.i'.
J.i~'

fl~

J.i~

J.ip

L
Lo
L.
Lrev
AL
N
tan 0
tan OL
tan Or
tan 0.
tan Oh
tan O/J.ii
Q

Pv
w
f
16

Unit

Vs/m 2
Vs/m 2
Vs/m 2
A
A

A

Aim
Aim
Aim
Aim
Vs/Am

}
}

expressed in
series terms
expressed in
parallel terms
H = Vs/A; nH = 10- 9 H

H
H
H
nH

Definitions

Symbols

Meaning

Unit

Hysteresis coefficient of the material
cm/MA = 10- 6 cm/A
Relative hysteresis coefficient
cm/MA = 10- 6 cmlA
Hysteresis material constant (in accordance with IEC)
1
h
2
,.,
1)8 = 2
lri2
-z ; hif.J.i = 2 IT ' y 2 ' f.J.o ' 1)8
IT' Y £ '

f.J.o f.J.i

Hysteresis core constant
Voltage distortion factor
Temperature
Temperature coefficient (previously "TC")
Relative temperature coefficient of the material
(previously TClf.J.i' aF in accordance with IEC)
Temperature coefficient of the effective permeability

t
d
OF

EllA
EllA 2

'Ae
e
Ve
R

Rh
Rv
Rs
Rp
R,

Rcu
'Cu

fCu

P

AR
TN

AN
C,

As
s
Z
td

tJ.B
S

I

Time
Disaccommodation coefficient
Relative disaccommodation coefficient OF = d/f.J.i
Core factor
Core factor
magnetic
Effective length
characteristics
Effective a rea
Effective volume
Resistance
Hysteresis loss resistance of a core
Effective loss resistance of a coil
Series loss resistance of a core
Parallel loss resistance of a core
Residual or after-effect loss resistance of a core
Winding resistance (f = 0)
DC current time constant 'Cu = LIReu = ALlAR
Copper factor
Resistivity
Resistance factor, AR = ReulN2
Average length of turn
Winding cross section
ReI. dielectric constant
Magnetostriction at saturation magnetization
Total air gap
Complex impedance
Pulse duration
Flux density deviation
Current density

°C
11°C; 11K
11°C; 11K

s, h
mm- 1
mm- 3
mm
mm 2
mm 3
Q
Q

Q
Q

Q
Q
Q

s
Qmm;Qm
J1Q = 10- 6
mm
mm 2

mm
Q

s
mT

A/mm 2

17

Definitions

1. Permeability
The magnetic flux density (induction) inside an inductor with a ferrite core is composed
of the magnetic flux density of the vacuum fJ.o H and the magnetic polarization J of the
ferrite:
B=f.J.oH+J
f.J.o = magnetic field constant.

Here, the so-called relative permeability or magnetic constant f.J. is introduced, defining:
B = fJ.,f.J.oH or fJ., =

~

•

f.J.o

.Ii
H

(See also definitions in lEG publications 125, 205, 218, 219, 367).
'.1 Initial permeability f.J.i
The initial permeability is defined as the ratio of the variation of flux density A B to
that of the field strength A H in very weak ac fields (A H -+ 0), measured with a magnetica"y closed core (toroid). A measuring flux density of less than 0.25 mT is recommended.
f.J.i

=

1

tJ. B

fJ.o . tJ.H (tJ.H-+O).

'.2 Effective permeability f.J.., dimensional parameters, calculation of the air gap.
If an air gap is introduced in a magnetically closed core, e.g. a toroid or pot core, the
permeability is lower than that of the same core without air gap. This smaller permeability is due to the higher reluctance of the air gap, and is called effective permeability.
Its value depends not only on the core material but also on the shape and dimensions
of the core.

f.J.. =

~ ~

fJ.~·~2 ~ ~
and

~ ~2

are the core factors, the method of summation being specified in

lEG publications 205, 205 A, and 205 B. By means of these factors the effective
dimensions can be calculated as follows:

(~~)2 / ~ ~2

effective magnetic length

I. =

effective magnetic area

A. = I.

effective magnetic volume

v.

I ~~

= I• . A.

The magnetic data is indicated on the pages of the individual core versions.
18

Definitions

From these parameters the inductance, for example, can be calculated:
_

L - f.lof.le N

2

/ ~

I

A

or in the case of ungapped toroids,

- 1
N 2 h I da
L -211"f.lif.lO
n d,
I

(where da and di are the outer and inner diameter and h is the height of the toroid).
By way of approximation, for s

«: I.

f.le = _f.l_i_
S

1 + jf.li
e

1.3 Apparent permeability

"'app

This is defined as the relationship between the inductance L of the inductor with a
magnetic core and the inductance Lo of the same inductor without core, so that

L

f.lapp

=

La'

This definition is preferably used with cylindrical, tubular and screw cores where,
because of the substantial stray inductances, a clear identification either of initial or
effective permeability is not possible.
The apparent permeability f.lapp of a given core material is a function of the core shape,
the position of the winding with respect to the core, and of the coil data. A simple
comparison of the apparent permeabilities of cores made of different materials is
therefore only possible if these conditions are identical.
The apparent permeability
1.4 Reversible permeability

f.lapp

is, in general, lower than the effective permeability

"'e'

"'rev

When a SIFERRIT core is magnetized with a dc field H_ upon which a weak ac field
H- is superimposed, the ac field produces a small lancet-shaped hysteresis loop which
changes to a straight line as the ac field is reduced. The slope of this line is called
"reversible permeability".

f.lrev

=

1 I'

"'0 1m

[jjj HB] H_

19

Definitions

The reversible permeability I..L rev is a function of the dc magnetic bias.
It usually reaches its maximum value when the dc field strength H_ is zero. In the case
of toroids it is identical with the initial permeability !J.i'
It is not possible to determine from toroidial core data what effect the dc magnetic
bias has on other core shapes. For this reason, the magnetic bias curves are given
separately for specific core shapes.
For stability reasons, a dc bias should be avoided with high Q filter coils if possible, or
its effect should at least be sufficiently reduced by an air gap (see para. 9, disaccommodation).

1.5 Complex permeability 71
With the (relative) complex permeability Ii, the impedance Z of an inductor with
ferrite core can be described on the basis of the law of induction as follows:

Z

= jw J1 La, where La is the inductance of the inductor without the core'l.

N2 A

La = 11-0-,-·

•

On the other hand, an inductor with a ferrite core can be represented in an equivalent
circuit by a lossless self-inductance Ls connected in series with a loss resistance Rs
which is attributable only to the ferrite core material. The impedance Z can therefore
be given by:

Z

=

jwLs

+ Rs

By equating, one obtains the complex permeability:

_

. Rs
wLo

Ls
La

!J.=--)-'

The real part:
11-' s = LL s =

o

Ls I.
!J.oN2

A.

represents the inductive permeability, and the imaginary part:

"=
R-s- =
Rs I.
s
w La
w 11-0 N 2 A.

11-

the resistive permeability determining the core losses.

1)

Lo

20

=

inductance that would be measured if the core had uniform permeability, the flux distribution remaining unaltered (in the case of toroids).

Definitions

The loss factor of the core is then:

"

tan 0 = ~=

R

_s_

w Ls

fl's

In certain cases it is useful to employ the parallel equivalent circuit:
From

Z =

1
1 / Rp + 1 / jwLp

-:-:---=------:------:--:-

the real part is found to be:
, _ ~ _
Lpfe
fl p - Lo - flo N 2 Ae

and the imaginary part:
"
fl

_ ~ _
w Lo -

p -

tan 0 =

,
J:!:.L
fl'~

W

Rp fe
and
floN2 Ae

L

= ~
Rp

The relations between series and parallel terms are given by:
(1 +tan 2 0) and

fl'p

fl's

fl"p

fl"s (1 + 1/tan 2 0,

Due to the influence of the hysteresis losses (see 6.5). R s' Rp' and tan 0 depend on the
measuring field strength, but since the value for a negligibly low field strength is normally given, the loss factor includes only the remanence losses (also called the residual losses, see 6.1 ), so that:
tan 0 = tan 0,.
The variation of fl's and fl." s of our SIFERRIT materials with frequency was measured
at flux densities < 0.1 mT. For ferrite materials with higher permeability, low resistivity,
and high dielectric constant, the shape of the curve largely depends on the dimensions
of the core sample because eddy currents are allowed to be built up over the full core
cross section (volume resonance).
An example of this is shown on page 43 covering measurements at three toroids of
different heights made of a manganese zinc ferrite.
For these reasons, cores with smaller magnetic area can be used at higher frequencies.

21

Definitions

2. Inductance factor AL
It has be"'n found useful to employ the magnetic conductance (permeance) in the calculation of the inductance or the number of turns of coils and this is called "inductance
factor AL" or "AL value". The AL value is the inductance L per unit turn

A

=

~2;

AL = !-IE ;/~o

(for measuring conditions see below).

The A value is conveniently expressed in nH = 10- 9 H. Accordingly, the inductance L
of a coil is obtained in nH from the product A . N2 •
Occasionally, the so-called turns factor c (also designated K or a) is used for determining the number of turns in accordance with the formula

N = c]/I
where L is expressed in mHo When c is expressed in 1/1/ mH and the
the conversion factor from AL to c is
C

A

value in nH,

103

=--.

VA;:

Gapped SIFERRIT pot cores are ground to specific A values; air gap dimensions are
typical values. The A and !-Ie values given in the data sheets apply to standard coils
with defined winding data, at frequencies up to 10kHz, a flux density of fj ~ 1 mT
and without glueing and sealing. The measuring pressure should correspond to the
holding force of the mounting assemblies indicated on page 84. Care should be taken
that a good centering of both pot core halves and clean surfaces are ensured.

22

Definitions

3. Resistance factor AR
The resistance factor A R, or AR value, is the dc resistance Reu per unit turn, analogous
to the AL value:
Reu
AR = N 2
When the AR value and the number of turns N are given, the dc resistance Reu is equal
to AR N2 • From the winding data, etc., the AR value can be determined:
A
R

=.L!JL
feu AN

where
= resistivity (for copper = 17.2 f.lQ mm). IN = mean length of turn in mm, AN = cross
section of winding space in mm 2 , feu = copper factor. If these units are used in the
equation, the AR value is obtained in f.lQ = 10- 6 Q.

p

For coil formers, AR values are stated in addition to AN and IN' They are based on a
copper factor of feu = 0.5. This permits the AR value to be calculated for any copper
factor feu according to the formula

The following diagrams show the copper factor of wires and litz wires versus their
nominal diameters in mm and the number of strands:

Copper factor

fcu

for litz wires

Copper factor

fcu

0,5

I, II

I

I

dO,15
f---- +---

0,4

feu

I

for wires

/"

1/ ~
~0~4
'00,10 ,
'

V

'

/'

0,3

-'

.... ....

fcu

00,07
00,05

i

!

I

00,07
00.05

1I

/l . . k~004'I

•

--+ ~-I

II
-l-+-I-+J-.;.I1++

J.

I

,

I

I

!

0,2

-without covering
--SSC
I

..

0,1

--

I
j

o

°

i I
I

10

20

30

40

50

60

- - Copper strands

-------. Nominal diameter

23

Definitions

The cross section of the useful winding space, as given in the data for each coil, is
smaller than that calculated from the dimensions of the drawing. It is an empirical
value which takes into account that the winding space is not fully utilized because the
wire ends are brought out and the top layer is incompletely wound.

4. Time constant
The time constant
7:

7:

is defined as the ratio of the inductance L to the loss resistance R

LIR.

=

At low frequencies, coil losses are essentially caused by the dc resistance Rcu , the dc
time constant being
7:cu

=

LIRcu·

According to paragraphs 2 and 3, the dc time constant can simply be obtained from
the equation
7:cu

=

ALlAR'

5. Magnetization curves

5.1 Static (steady field) magnetization curves
The static magnetization curves shown on pages 51 to 57 were measured at room
temperature by the ballistic galvanometer method. Curves are also shown at a temperature of 100 °C/212 of for those materials which are frequently used at higher flux
densities.

Bit

The relative total permeability f.1.tot =
magnetization (new curve).
f.1.o

was determined from the curve of normal
-

5.2 Dynamic (alternating field) magnetization curves
The graphs on page 58 show the dynamic magnetization curves of SIFERRIT K 1, M 33,
and N 22 at various frequencies. The amplitude permeability can be determined from
the relationship f.1.. =

BH-

in which

f.1.o

Band fI are the peak values of effective flux den-

sity or effective field strength respectively.
When designing power transformers, for example, it is often necessary to calculate
the peak values of magnetic field strength and magnetic flux density:

fI

=

and

24

I· N f2 and
Ie

B=

B = f2 u

f2Ux 10 9
w NAe

if U in V, w in Hz, Ae in mm 2

w N Ae
0.225 x U x 10 9
fx N x Ae

[mTJ

Definitions

5.3 Coercive force He and remanence B,
When a hysteresis loop is drawn in the usual manner with flux density B as the ordinate and field strength H as the abscissa, He is the field strength at which the loop cuts
the axis of the abscissa. The point where the hysteresis loop intersects the ordinate
is called the remanence B,.

5.4 Saturation flux density Bs
This is the value reached by the flux density B at high field strength. The flux densities
shown on pages 38 and 39 (material survey) are already close to the saturation point.
They were measured at a field strength of 3000 Aim. Values obtained otherwise are
marked accordingly.

6. Core losses
In SIFERRIT materials, the core loss resistance Rs (see para. 1.5) with weak magnetic
fields (up to about 2 Aim) is essentially caused by the residual loss resistance R, and
the hysteresis loss resistance Rh • Eddy currents are only of secondary importance because of the low conductivity, especially at low frequencies.

6.1 Relative loss factor
In a gapped core, the material loss factor tan 0 of the core is reduced by the factor flelPi.
The table of the material characteristics (pages 38 and 39) and the graph (page 41 )
give the loss factor as relative value Pi: tan olpi'
The effective loss factor for a gapped core is therefore:
tan (;
tan 0. = - - - P.
Pi

The residual loss resistance R, is given by
R, = w L tan 0.

6.2 Optimum frequency range
The relative loss factor tan O/Pi is plotted against the frequency for SIFERRIT materials
on page 41. These curves provide a quick reference for the selection of SIFERRIT
materials for high Q inductors. The curves of p's and pUs of the complex permeability
T1 on pages 42 to 43 are generally more suitable for designing wideband transformers
and attenuators.

25

Definitions

6.3 Upper frequency limit

'max

The upper frequency limit is that frequency at which the loss factor curve has not
yet begun to rise too steeply. This is approximately the case when the Q factor of the
toroid is about 50 or when tan a is about 0.02. The Q factor below the limit frequency
or for gapped cores is much higher.

6.4 Lower frequency limit

'min

The lower frequency limit is that frequency at which a change to the material with the
next higher permeability is recommended because of its lower losses.

6.5 Hysteresis loss resistance R h , hysteresis material constant TJe, and hysteresis core
constant TJi
If the loss resistance of an inductor with a ferrite core is measured at different flux
density levels, it is found to increase with flux density as a result of hysteresis. Since
this hysteresis loss resistance Rh can increase to differing extents in different flux density ranges and at different frequencies, measurement should be carried out at B = 1.5
and 3 mT (LIB
1.5 mT) and at
10kHz for fl.i values greater than 500, complying
with an IEC recommendation.

=

,=

If the inductance bridge can only adjust current and not voltage, a flux density of 3 mT
can be obtained for a ferrite material with fl.i = 2000 and an effective field strength
of 0.85 Aim as follows:

B=

fl.i

fl.o

fI

= 2000 x 1.257

X

10- 6 x 0.85 x 12 = 3 [mTJ

The hysteresis material constant TJe characterizing the hysteresis losses, is independent
of the influence of the air gap, unlike the previously used hysteresis coefficient hlfl.i 2 :

LI tan Oh
TJe =

fl.e LIB

LI Rh
w L f.ie LIB

The hysteresis loss factor of an inductor can be reduced at constant flux density by an
(additional) air gap according to

LI ta n Oh =

LI Rh
---;;;yTJe LIB f.ie'

The material survey on page 38 shows the hysteresies material constants measured
with toroids R 10, 10 mm in diameter, at 10kHz and at the flux density inverval LIB
specified above.
The magnetic characteristics indicated in this survey apply to the Rayleigh range 1). The
permissible range of modulation increases with decreasing initial permeability. Since
often the specifications of inductors do include current, inductance, and frequency
but disregard field strength and flux density, a hysteresis core constant fl.i is defined
'in accordance with IEC publication 125:

11

Rayleigh range

26

= range

of linear dependence between flux density and field strength.

Definitions

'7;

=

tan Oh

r.]IT

=

Rh

rL 3/2 w

The relationship between both constants being
'7; = '78

-I

fJ.o fJ.. 3

V.

'7; establishes a relationship between core size, effective permeability, and hysteresis.
The previously used hysteresis coefficient h/fJ.;2 is still often applied. Conversion is done
according to the following equations:

1

'78 = 2rr . v'2 . Po

h

'--;;r

which can be simplified to:
'78 = 0.896 x

~
fJ.~

Example with h/fJ.;2
_
1
'7; - 2rr' v'2

[_1_]
mT

= 0.8

h

. pF .

x 10- 6 [em/A]; '78

= 0,896

x 0.8 x 10- 6

= 0.71

X

10- 6

[

~T

,~

V~

For further information refer to lEG publications 205 and 401.
The distortion factor k is proportional to the hysteresis loss factor tan Oh (in the Rayleigh
range).
If the current is sinusoidal the voltage distortion factor ku approximates

~

tan 0h'

6.6 Power loss Pv at higher flux densities
The power loss Pv of SIFERRIT materials which are useful at higher flux density levels
is shown on page 97 versus frequency, with flux density levels given as parameters
(measured with toroids R 10). The total losses versus temperature are indicated on
page 96 for materials N 27, N 41, and N 47, which are particularly suitable for power
transformers.

7. Q factor and loss factor tan OL of inductors
The ratio of the reactance to the total resistance of an inductor is called the Q factor:
Q

=

w L

= __1_ =

Rv

tan OL

reactance
total real resistance

27

]

Definitions

where

Rv = resistance in series with inductance L,
tan OL = loss factor of complete inductor.
The measuring technique determines only inaccurately the loss components - losses
per core and losses per winding - especially for gapped pot cores. Examples are therefore given showing the Q factor versus frequency.
The so-called ISO Q curves were determined for some core types from these Q factor
versus frequency curves.
8. Influence of temperature
8.1 Curie temperature
This is the temperature at which ferrites practically lose their magnetic properties.
With SIFERRIT materials, this transition occurs fairly abruptly. The phenomenon is
reversible, i.e. when cooled to a point below Curie temperature the material becomes
magnetic again. See pages 38 and 39 for the Curie temperature of the materials.
8.2 Temperature dependance of initial permeability Jii
and relative loss factor tan O/Jii
The curves for both values versus temperature are shown on pages 44 and 45. In the
range +5 °C (+41 OF) to +55 °C (+131 OF) variation of the loss factor with temperature is of minor significance as in most cases the variation of the copper resistance
has the greater effect on the Q factor of inductors.
8.3 Temperature coefficient a of permeability
The TC value of the initial permeability is defined as follows:

a = Jii2: 1Jii1 .

-{f2-~-{f-1

Jii1 = initial permeability at temperature {f1 (20°C to 25°C) (68 of to 77 OF)
Jii2 = permeability value at temperature {f2

In a magnetic circuit with an air gap and the effective permeability Ji., the temperature
coefficient of the material is reduced by the factor Ji./ Jii' Hence, the formula for gapped
cores is

a. = a &
Jii

= Jii2 Jii1

Jii1
{f2 -

{f1

The magnitude a/Jii is the "relative temperature coefficient". It is indicated in the
material survey (page 38 and 39) throughout the range between +55 °C!131 of and
-25 °C/-13 of. The effective permeability Ji., necessary for calculating the temperature coefficient of the core, is mentioned under special core data. The diagrams on
pages 48 to 50 also show data for an extended temperature range.

28

Definitions

There, the relative inductance change between two temperatures can be determined
with the help of the permeability factor (,ui - ,uil) / ,ui . ,uil according to:

Ll L

-

L

= ,ui
- --,uil
- . 1-1. = -a . 1-1.' (iT- iT 1) = aF·,u. (it I-li' I-li'

it,)

,ui

Moreover, a/,ui values are also given for some temperatures in accordance with the
IEC recommendations. It should be taken into account that the temperature coefficient
of the complete inductor may largely differ from that of the core, since various parameters such as winding design, assembly (support pressure, glueing), leakage flux
ect. also determine the temperature coefficient of the complete inductor.
As far as pot cores are concerned, the a/,ui values (data on pages 48 to 50) are referred
to measurements with standard inductors at frequenaies up to 50 kHz, a flux density
B of less than and equal to 1 mT, and a measuring pressure which corresponds to the
support forces indicated on page 84.
For further information refer to the book by Kampczyk/Ross on "Ferrite cores", published
by Siemens-Verlag.

9. Disaccommodation
Disaccomodation is the variation of permeability with time under constant operating
conditions, especially at constant temperature. Tests over a period of a few years have
shown that a few hours after production the permeability of a SIFERRIT core decreases
almost linearly, if time t is plotted logarithmically. Therefore, characteristics have been
introduced:
the disaccomodation coefficient

d = ,u,l - ,u,2
t
,uil . 10g2.
tl

,ui'

= permeability

at time t,

,ui2 = permeability at time t2

and the disaccomodation factor independent of effective permeability 1-1.

d
DF = ,uil

100
0

5

10'

r-----k.L ___

Pf'J!G'

10 2

----I
10 4

i

,_

10 5min

l

~--

-2

-3
%

Hence it follows from the indicated measuring points at tl and t2: d = 0.6% and at
1-1. = ,uil = 2000 DF = 3 x 10- 6.
29

Definitions

Magnetic, thermal, or mechanical stress can, once more, cause a decrease in permeability with time. The data in the material survey (page 38 and 39) is referred to a
thermal stress of at least 170 °C/338 of and is measured at times t, = 2 hours and
t2 = 20 hours after the test. Experience has shown that the value obtained by this
method is almost identical with the long-term value desired.
After a magnetic shock (value of demagnetization in an alternating field) shorter periods
of time t, and t2 can be selected than after thermal stress. After periods below 2 hours,
generally, lower values for the disaccommodation are obtained than at periods longer
than two hours.
An air gap reduces every inductance variation by the factor fl-elfl-i' It can be said that

L
- L2 = DF . fl-e . log ~
t
_'_ _

L,

~

Example:
For a pot core 22 dia x 13 of material K 1 with an effective permeability of fl-e = 15.9
(A value = 40 nH) and a disaccommodation factor DF < 35 x 10- 6 which has been
placed in operation .at a time t, = 5 weeks (after production) and which should function
at least until time t2 = 10 years (appr. 500 weeks) a max. inductance variation Ll LIL of

< 35 x 10- 6

X

5~0

15.9 x log

, i.e. < 0.11 % can be expected.

10. Resistivity
The material survey (page 38 and 39) also provides information on the resistivity p,
measured at room temperature, low current density « 0.01 mA/mm2), and with
Indium-Gallium junctions. Higher values are normally obtained using some other types
of juncton, for example highly conductive silver.
The effect of frequency on resistivity with material N 48 is shown in the following
table:
f

kHz

p

Qm

10
1,0

100
0,95

500
0,65

The effect of frequency on resistivity with highly resistive SIFERRIT materials, e.g. K 1,
is negligible.

30

Definitions

11. Dielectric constant
Highly conductive SIFERRIT materials exhibit a high relative dielectric constant (e r ) at
low frequencies which is based on a layer effect of the fine grain structure. At high
frequencies, all SIFERRIT materials approach the dielectric constant of the crystalline
SIFERRIT material (e approx. 10 to 20). SIFERRIT materials with a low conductivity
already display these characteristics at lower frequencies, as is shown in the following
table:
SIFERRIT
material

K1

N48

Resistivity

Dielectric consta nt e at

Om
approx.

10kHz
approx.

100 kHz
approx.

1 MHz
approx.

100 MHz
approx.

300 MHz
approx.

30
140 xl 0 3

15
50 xl 0 3

12
30 xl 0 3

11

11

10 5
1

12. Magnetostriction
Linear magnetostriction is defined as the relative change in the length of a magnetic
core under the influence of a magnetic field. The greatest relative variation in length
A = ,jIll occurs at saturation magnetization. The values of the saturation magnetostriction (As) of SIFERRIT materials are given in the following table (negative values
denote contraction).

SIFERRIT
material

K12

K1

N48

As inl0- 6

-21

-18

-1,5

Magnetostrictive effects in SIFERRIT power transformers can produce audible whistling
similar to that in laminated iron cores, particularly when gapped U or pot cores are
used. The parts must be rigidly mounted and the use of gapped cores or the provision
of suitable spacers is recommended.

31

SIFERRIT Materials

SIFERRIT Materials

General notes on testing ferrite parts
All Siemens ferrite parts are subjected to severe quality examinations. Our quality
assurance program guarantees attaining and maintaining the required Q level throughout every stage of the formation process, i.e. from development via material procurement, production, and testing, up to delivery.
Requirements surpassing this quality level can be met by means of components complying with the CECC System of Quality Assessment. The AQL values for mechanical
and electrical characteristics, determined in this system, are particularly severe.
The Siemens ferrite products were granted this licence so that we are capable of
supplying pot cores as well as RM cores, made e.g. of the material N 48, meeting
the CECC requirements.
Primary and secondary dimensions (major and minor defects) have been determined
in accorandance with the CECC Quality Assessment system for examining the dimensions of the ferrite parts. The primary dimensions are examined lotwise with the help
of gauges, whereas the secondary dimensions are subject to less severe examinations
(see figure below). The gauges used were designed in accordance with DIN 7150,
based on a production tolerance and a compensation for wear in accordance with
01 N 7151, ISO tolerance series 8.
The following dimensions are to be understood as primary ones, illustrated with a pot
core 14 x 8, for example:

~h2-.J

i

i

...-- h1--'-'

Primary dimensions
in mm

d,

max.
min

14,2

d2

d3

d.

6,0
11,6

h,

h2

8,5
3,0

5,6

The gauge tolerance for an external diameter of 14.2 mm is e.g. 31 ,urn, i.e. parts with
an external diameter of 14.23 mm can still be evaluated as "good" (utilizing the entire
compensation for wear).
34

SIFERRIT Materials

General material data
Magnetic ferrites are mixed crystals or compounds of ferromagnetic oxides (Fe20a)
respectively, with one or several oxides of bivalent metals, such as NiO, MnO, ZnO,
MgO, CuD, BaD, CoO. They have a much higher resistivity than metallic materials; the
resistivity is 10 0 to 10 5 Om compared with 10- 7 to 10- 6 Om for metallic materials.
Contrary to metallic cores, most ferrites have negligible eddy current losses in an alternating magnetic field.
Siemens ferrite cores are well-known under the trademark SIFERRIT®.

General technical data
Tensile strength
Resistance to compression
Vickers hardness HV 15
Modulus of elasticity
Heat conductivity
Linear expansion coefficient
Specific heat

approx.
approx.
approx.
approx.
approx.
approx.
approx.

20 N/mm2
100
8 000
150 000
4 ... 7·
7 ... 10
0.7 Jig·

N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
10- a J/mm . s· K
. 10- 6 /K
K

Resistance to moisture
SIFERRIT is moisture, water and also sea-water-resistant. but can be attacked by several
acids in high concentrations.

Resistance to radiation
SIFERRIT materials can be exposed without significant variation (.1 LIL ;;;; 1 % for ungapped cores) to the following radiation:
gamma quanta
quick neutrons
thermal neutrons

10 9 rad

2 x 1020 neutrons/m 2
2 x 1022 neutrons/m 2

Shrinkage due to the sintering process
The burning or sintering process produces a considerable shrinkage of the molded
body, linearly by 15 % and 40 % by volume. For this reason, often a slight distortion
must be accepted, when the cores are not worked after the burning and sintering
process. The dimensional tolerances of unworked parts are ±2 to ±3 %.

35

SIFERRIT Materials

Application survey
Application
High Q inductors in resonant
circuits and filters

High Q inductors in resonant
circuits and filters (open)

Transformers with flat
permeability characteristic
Wideband transformers
(e.g. antenna transformers
for MW, SW, VHF, TV)
and pulse transformers for EDP

Power transformers, chokes
(e.g. for switched mode power supplies
pulse transformers, TV line transformers
transducers ignition coils etc.)

Attenuators
(e.g. wound cylindrical cores, wires
with slide-on tubular core)
Erase heads
Proximity switches

1)

21
31

Frequency range
(MHz)

· .. 0,1
0,2 ... 1,6
1,5 ... 12
6 ... 30

Flux density
low ' )
x
x
x
x

0,2 ... 1,6

x

1,5 ... 12
6 ... 40
10 ... 300

x
x
x

... 0,3

x

· .. 3 21

x

· .. 5 21

X

· .. 10

x

... 250

x

... 400

x

... 1000

x
x

· .. 0,1

x

· .. 1
· .. 1,5

x

x

... 500

x

x

x

0,2
· .. 1
... 2

x
x

Low flux density up to approx. 10 mT (Rayleigh range).
Upper frequency limit also depends on core dimensions (in pot core filters also on gap).
Upon request

36

high

Material

Type
N48
M 33, N 58

Pot, RM, TT cores with air gap

K 1
K12

M 33

K1
K12
U17
N 48, N 30, T 35, T 38
N 30
N 30, T 35, T 38
N 48
M 33
K1.K12
U 17
U 60 3 )
N27,N41

Cylindrical cores
Tube cores
Screw cores
Antenna rods, round, slotted
Cylindrical cores
Tube cores
Screw cores
Pot, RM, X, Q, EP, E cores
Pot cores
Toroida I cores, EP cores
Pot cores
E cores
Pot, RM cores
Pot cores
Double aperture cores
Cylindrical cores
Tube cores
Double aperture cores
U, toroidal, ER, TT cores
Pot, PM, RM cores
E, EC, CC cores

N47

RM cores

M 33

Cylindrical cores

N 22

Cylindrical cores, attenuation beads
Tube cores
Six aperture cores

T 8, T 9, N 22, T 56, T 57
N 22
M 33

RecordinQ head cores
Pot cores

37

SIFERRIT Materials

Material survey
For measuring conditions refer to page 40
For definitions refer to page 15 to 31
Standard
K1

M 33

N 58

N 48

N 27 31

N 41 31

Color code

violet

white

-

-

-

-

Initial permeability

80
±20%

750
±20%

1300
±20%

2000
±20%

2000
±20%

3000
±20%

MHz
MHz

1,5
12

0,2
1,0

0.05
0,6

0,001
0,1

-

-

10- 6

< 40
< 100

< 12
<20

< 1,6
<8

<0,5
< 2,5

-

-

°C

>350

> 200

200

>150

>200

>230

SIFERRIT material

1'1

Optimum
frequency range

(min

f max

ReI. dissipation factor f min
f max
tan oll'i
Curie temperature
Coercivity

-

Aim

500

100

45

20

20

20

Flux density 8
at fI = 3000 Aim

mT

360

450

420

390

470

470

DC resistivity p

Om

10 5

5

3

1

1

1

< 36

< 1,8

<0,5

< 0.4

< 1.5

<1.4

0.4 ... 1,0
0.4 ... 1,0
0.4 ... 1,5

-

-

-

10- 6

Hysteresis material constant

~B

--mT

Relative temperature
coefficient4 ' all';
for 20 ... 55 °C/68 ... 131°F
for 20 ...
5 °C/68 ... 41°F
for20 ... -25 °C/68 ... -13 OF

1O- 6/K

Mean value of all';
for 20 ... 55 °C/68 ... 131°F

1O- 6/K

4

1,6

0,9

0,7

3

4

Disaccommodation factor DF
at 60 °C/140 OF
at 20 °CI 68 OF

10- 6

<35
20

<12
8

<6

-

<4
2

-

-

<6

4400

4500

4500

4700

Density

kg/m 3

0,5 ... 2,3 0,5 ... 1,2
0,5 ... 2,5 . 0,5 ... 1,2
0,5 ... 3,0 0,3 ... 2,0

2 ... 6
1... 6
1... 6

Core shapes

Pot, RM
Cylindrical
tube
threaded
toroids
double
antenna
aperture
rods

I

11

21

3,

4'

38

4800

X

Pot
RM

TT

TT

Q

PM
CC
E
U
taro ids

EP

-

4800
Pot
RM

Upon request
Perminvarferrite; irreversible changes in quality and permeability occur with strong fields in the core (about
> 1500 A/ml.
Data for power applications: from pages 89 to 103
For further details refer to pages 48 to 50

Special materials

materials

U 17 2)

N 30

T 35

T 38

U 601)

-

-

-

pink

grey

4300
±20%

6000
± 20 %

10000
± 30 %

8
±20%

-

-

-

-

-

>140

>130

13

6

380

N 47 31

N 22

light
blue

-

red

10
±20%

24
± 20%

1400
±20 %

1800
± 20 %

100
1000

10
220

3
40

-

0,001
0,2

-

<2000

< 100
< 1700

< 150
<600

-

< 2
<20

>130

>250

>500

>400

>200

>145

4

1000

1500

1200

35

30

380

380

110

-

145

430

390

0,5

0,2

0,1

10 5

10 5

10 5

3

1

<1,4

<1,4

<1,4

-

< 27

<45

<0,8

<1,4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3 ... 14
-0,5 ... 14
-1 ... 14

-

0,6 ... 1,6
0,6 ... 1,8
07 ... 2,3

1

0,7

0,5

150

40

10

1

-

-

-

-

-

< 50

4900

4900

4800

RM, EP
Pot
Q, X, TT
toroids,
double
aperture

Pot
Q
taro ids

K 12

r---'

4800
only
upon
request

4200
Pot,
cylindrical,
tube,
threaded
double
aperture

-

-

4300
Pot

4700
Pot
RM

0,9

<7
4
4700
Proximity
switches,
tube,
multiaperture

For further material data (magnetic head cores) refer to page 496.

39

SIFERRIT Materials

Material survey
The values for SIFERRIT materials, given in the preceding table, were measured with
toroids R 10 (10 mm in diameter) and are, unless otherwise stated, related to room
temperature (23 ±3) °C/(73 ±5.4) OF.
Due to reasons of functional efficiency, that data does not generally apply to products
of deviating shape and size. Guaranteed values for the individual products are to be
found on the appropriate data sheets.
For symbols and definitions refer to page 15 to 31.
The following measuring conditions apply:
Frequency f

Flux density
mT

Initial permeability

fJ.;

::;;; 10 kHz

~0,1

Relative loss factor

tan a
-

see table

:;;;0,1

e

Other
conditions

fJ.;

Curie temperature

Ifc

Peak value of the flux density
('" saturation flux density s )

B

DC resistivity

p

Hysteresis material constant

1'/8

e

~

~0,1

10 kHz

static

3000A/m

< 10 Alm 2
fJ.;!ii::500:

10 kHz

fJ.;<500:

100 kHz

1.5and3
0.3 and 1.2

Relative temperature coefficient a/fJ.;

::;; 50 kHz

:;:;0,1

for
temperature
refer to table

Disaccommodation factor

:$10 kHz

;:;;0,1

for
temperature
refer to table

40

DF

SIFERRIT Materials

Relative loss factor
versus frequency

10-1

1
10-2

tano

/

Pi

U60

10-3

1

Ii
U17

,/

K12

I

10- 4
,

~

K1

M33

Y
--

N48

10- 6

!*

,/

1/

N58

V

10 6 kHz

Measured with toroids R 10.
Measuring flux density fj ~ 0.1 mT

41

SIFERRIT Materials

Complex permeability
versus frequency

K 12, K 1

U 17, U 60

Kl
K1Z

~

"-

/

U17
I=USO

I

\

\

\.

I
Kl

/

USO

/is

/is

its

K1Z

Il'

i 51

11111

IIII

U17

II

6 10Z
5 103
--.f

IIIII
6 10Z .

6 10"MHz

M 33, N 22

I

5 10 3

5 10"MHz

--.f

N 48, N 58

104

N22
=' - M33

I-

b.

N58

1 103
":

\

~

f-N48

~'s;~s'

110.::

I,i

"

L

101

N22/
1 ..... ..-

10
5

~

101 EN48

M3

./

f.1s

~s

161

-N58

II

100

-""It"

10-2

.5 10-1

II

I

~;;

I

I I

II

5 100
-I

Measured with toroids R 10. Measuring flux density

42

8 ;:;;

0.1 mT.

5

101 MHz

SIFERRIT Materials

Complex permeability
versus frequency
N 30, T 35, T 38

N 27, N 41. N 47

10 4

10 5

~ N2"l
5 I-I./'

~ N4"l

]\

T38
:T

I--f-

I'i
I-- N41

.'

L. . . . 1...

N30
7"
~h8 1/

;-'\

rt~

N2
N47

---!.I'-s

~ TI35

--1'-5

/

~N

Ps
Pi

T
5 10-1

II

I

10'
5 10 0
5 10 1 MHZ
-f

10-2

5

10-'

5

10°

Influence of the core size on the frequency characteristic of the complex
permeability, measured with a toroidal core of manganese zinc ferrite
Parameter: Core height h.

10'
-f
5

5

10 2 MHz

115
-11§
~
~

~\ h·2mm

~I\

1,

9iiim
'I

V

"

5mm

\

\
~m~ 51~~

rr

h-2

Measured with toroids R 10. Measuring flux density fj ;;;; 0.1 mT.

43

SIFERRIT Materials

Initial permeability and relative loss factor
versus temperature

Kl

K12

100

1000'10- 6

750 10-6

150

tan 6
!-Li

/Ii

t

t

I

!-Li

-,...500

-

tanM!-Li

V

/=20MHz
!-Li

V

/

-

250
tan M!-Li

/=10MHz

f- 60

500

50

L

o

Iii

J

100

50

tan6

II

a20

o

0
100

200

300

400

- 60

500 °C

I

0 20

100

200

300

400

a

500 °C

-.IJ

-.(}

M33

N22

50.10- 6

1000

4000

tan6

40 !-Li

!-Li

t

750

,/

500

./

-

!-Li

-tanOl!-Li

/=7ookHz

.....

t

,/

!-L,

I

3000

30
2000
f- ff - f-

20

,/

250

1000

V

10

a

-60

-20 0 20

60

100

140

-.(}

Measuring flux density

44

8 ;:;;

0.1 mT.

a

180 220°C

o

V

...... r-....

-60

--

-20 0 20

V

!-Li

1a

_vV'
V

/tanM!-Li_

/=100 kHz

60

100

\a

140°C

r

SIFERRIT Materials

Initial permeability and relative loss factor
versus temperature

N48

N 58

1600

,/

11 i

1

1400

I-i,

f-

Iii
6

/'

510- 6

3000

tana

./

...... -

1200

V\

8.10- 6

1

r

I-ii

1

Ili

2000
1000

,/

V

\

V

-

~

/V
800

4

f'\..
600
tan

400

1000

01,.,

./

I'-I-

200

o

tan Oil-i,
f=100kHz

f=100kHz

'\

-60

"- f--"'"

/

-20 0 20

,/

60

100

140 180
_1J

o

0
22Qoe

o 20

-60

100
-1J

T 38

N 30, T 35

10000

20000

I
1

/'

1

11 i

T35 I 1\

t 8000

I-i,

)

t15000

/

V
,,/

6000

/
I

4000

2000

I

-'T

./

-

"\
\

N30 V

l-

,./
./

10000

./

/

II /
V

/

5000

/

o

-60-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120140 160 180 0 e

-1J
Measuring flux density

8 ;;;

o

-60 -40 -20 0

20 40 60 80 100 120 1400 e

-1J

0.1 mT.

45

SIFERRIT Materials

Initial permeability
versus temperature
N 41

N 27

7000

7000

"

6000

t

P-i

I

P-i

I

5000

t

Ir

4000

1/

II

3000

./~

1000

o

-60 -20

1000

60

100 140 180 220 260°C

-"

N 47

/,

11,

1500

,.-

/

-

I-""

f-

JI'

1000

--

500

. - --- ~--

o

-60

I
I
-20 0 20

60

100

140

180

-~
Measuring flux density B:'i 0.1 mT.

46

220'C

o

I

1/\

I

J
If

r- .....

V

2000

ZOGO

t

5000

3000

V
V

a 20

I
I

4000

1'--.....

V

2000

6000

l.I

/
~

-60 -20 0 20

60

100 140 180 220 2600C

-"

SIFERR1T Materials

Variation of initial permeabitity
versus temperature

%T 35;"jJll '" 6000'

20
,ui - ILi1
ILi'

r

i,./

10

.."j,...-"
1Jo, 1/
17

0

/

-10

II

-20

J.

/

-30

/

-40
-40 ~i----!--f--I!---;

-50

-50 L_L-L_L-L--'------'-----L--'-_-'----'-J
-40 -30 .-20 -10

0 10 211 30 40 50 60 70'C

--11

If

7
V

-60
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 e
--8-

o;.T 3a;,u" '" 10000
3D

i

Pi -Pi1 20

I
I

~

t
I

i--~I'~~~-+_+_+_+-~!._-+~.f-

10 i--1-i----'---jf----1-c-1--.l,-L./C-lv
,lJ1

\

I

ct±

-10 '--I-20

I

II!

iii

I

1 77,
-3~ r
-40 I

_

I

!

H .

-J

I

1/ . ;-+-+-1
1/
t--.If
I

\

i

I

~ __
I _.-

•

-L.-LI-+-+--+-1-

. 7:
--f,-t-J--+---+--1
V·.
I

!
---r-;!
-50 L//LL_"___L_L_L...J
_.L_-.l_J
-40 -30 -20 -10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70'C

Measuring flux density

8 ;;;

0.1 mT.

¢7

SIFERRIT Materials

Permeability factor
versus temperature
a

11-; -11-;1

11-;

11-; • 11-;1

11-; at temperatura ij

-=--.-(r'J - r'J, )

11-;1 at temperature ij,

A.L
a
-[%] = - [1 0-6/K] . (r'J - ij,) [K] . 11-• • 100
L
11-;
" -" 11-.' 100
-A. L [%] =_,...;_,..._;1
L

fl.; • J.i.;1

,-,-,---,---,---,---,---,---, 600'10- 6 ..,---,---,---,--r---r---r-----,-,-,-

K 12 l, ;;..I--""

I

/
1000

J

/

~

1-

t

--

!Ltat 2o'G

"'-

-

Zo

"10

I

/
2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000
8000
---H_

9000

10000

t

51

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves
K12
mT

200

I

80

J

-

150

....-

100

I

V

/J

/
/
/

I

40

/'

/

/

0

-

'"

I

/

20

I

/

-

/

I

o

...... Ptot 20 e

Art

......

-1000

t

/

VI.

I

/

60

/

/

50

0

roo-

...... 1-"'"

Ilto!

B 20 e

~

D

~

~

~

m

~

m

m

~t

-H_
K1
mT

400

-

B 20°C
~

00

1/

".
",'

r-""

--

.I

00

:"., ~
I

I

-I-rr
I

/1.'

.~

-l-

I\:

Ii

~/

~~

Ilto!
~~

20 e

200

0

- - --

'

/ /

r-

I-

j

,~

V

100

. ~~

J
./

-400

52

o

500

1000

1500

zooo

i

Ptot
300

'"...... 1'. t-- ......

,!

I

~'''''-

.... ,'-"'" -

I~

Plot 100oG~

!

II

~

~

/1 I
/ '/ /

l

I
!

'=

400

~

B"loooe

~ ;:;..:
If' V ~

1 f V
I I: I
I il fJ I

II
I

II
00

L...

~P'"

2500

4000 5000

i

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves
M 33
mT

-~~--

,;'

,

I

400

AI?'

~c k. ~,.... I--

8_

t

300

~

i-'"
~

1/ r/ v
Vj
7

200

:717

1/1/

rJ

100

7

-,

1500

1/

rT

o

t

I-

.... F-' I-L-

r7 fh

bt~ f'..

i' i"

v

1000

t-...

!ltot 100°C'-

re tDt 20°C
,.....

II

[7

!ltot

......

!-t-

r7

r7

..... p'

-'

~~P'

II :/

III
II
-80

V

....,......

1/

II]

J

o

I- ;;;-

-~

....

b

v.)i'
I-~
-V
8 100°C
I-- ~ .... ~ F~ -

l-

2000

V

500

:-

1/
'J
II

I~

100

300

200

400

500 1000

2000 2500

i

----H_

N 58

mT

400

1/

d20~

,

/

17

J..... ~

c::>'

I,

II

-~)

17 L.....
II/

I

Bl00"C
l- I I - t".:

VI

1'.

.j

1- .....
I-

....

~ ....

""
I'-~

~"C

,...-1- t- l-

500

l - I-

r-..

rn

I,

1/

200

r

1000

t'-..

[.Ltot 100"C

100

1500

~

......

J II

o

[.Lto!

I-

i"-

~

fhr7

2000

....

....

I
'17
III

I

~

V l--'"

J...- -I-

~

r7 'f.... "'"' r'\
f7}I]

~

IA
1/1

I

....

V

17

200

1-

!::::: 1:==

300

400

500 900

" '1500

~

--H_
53

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves

N 47

.-:::: :;:::# i="'"

I

/,

V

300

X

"'-::k-'"

lX;"--

I(

I'-.

," I
200

/
Vi

/.

flV

.......

',1
1"

II!

," 1500

,

/
!':,,9--t-'It-,-+-+-+-t-+-t--+-_-t-I_
"
1'-t-t--+---ti/-TI--t-i/7'l'!r,c
.!.1000e -+-+-t-+

1000

....

......

"

r;

hi

'-

ill! 100 0 e

500

r-.....

,l"'-

200

500 900

400

300

,1500%

--H_

N 22
mT
500 ,----,---

2500
i

400

1/

i

B_

I iI

t

II

I

300

1\

zooo

",
~

1\

I
1/

II

,/
/,

/

200

w

r,r

l' V

.....

'I. ~ ~,..

1

1

1".0- I~ r-

,"

.......

,uror

~
"
"

1500

1

B 100'0

.?*

/I

54

...-r

If'"

'~

rlf

!lrot

B ZO'C

20'0

-'-

J T""-!i" !lror 100'0

J I

/.' I

,--'

,- r- r-

1000

-

I-

.- r-

VI I

t-...

'" .....

... ,
100

zoo

300

400

500

1000

500

r-I-

1600 2000 ~

i

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves
N48
mT

400

4000

I

B

li\
I
I

,

B_

I
".. ~ ~

1/

f 300 II

,/

'. \~

I

I

II /

zoo

3000

V-

II/\.

II'
~

,utol

/.?

,/.;

~.j

J

... ~

B 100 e
.-l- i - 0

\.
;..;.
~~

.-

i-

-

--

. -I-

"\

II r

\

II

zooo

I' .....
'/Ltot 100° G........ .......

r--'

I
I I

......;.......

II II
~

,utot zooe
i""'-r:-:-_

-

I-

I

1000

r- '- - r-

._- .i-

r-

""L

zoo

100

f

- .-

'\

II l'7 /
100

zooe

300

400

500 1000 lZ00

i--1500 ~

--H_

N27

mT

500
820"C
""101

L,.-

v

tIL ". ""'"
~

8100"C

t

1#

VI
VI(;

300

6000

.-:: f /

"'/

f'N'

4000

\

~

\.

200

.....

2000

......

....

I

I

o

I--i.

..j...

I

0

""loI 20 "C

I
1"'"- i--

""lolloo"C -

.-

:::::::1-'-:::

100

200

300

400

500

900

-H_

ls08Am
55

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves

N 41

mT
500

~ 2~"C1

00

/'

'"

V/

l'

r-.....

t:'.

.utot

1

Bl00"C

V

/

300

6000

~~
~

I::::=::; ~ 1"'". f-

I'Lj

4000

\.

I',

200

\..
\..

"r-..
I

2000
I"""-~

l"""- t-

'-

100

~

.1"-1.utot 100"C

0
0

.utot 25 °C

c:--

3do

200

400

50o 900
-H_

r-

-=150~~

N 30

'i'
-i - r --i-t-t--t-I
+-t-+
I

I

I

1

•
j

r

5000
1

fitot
4000

_ ..

--

.-

.!.

.! .

-'F-~~:=
i
ZOO

11/

'.

I,

"

I"

i

I

. ---r

I. Vii
"
....... /1' zO°C
I-+h,III--IV'll-+I--+---1i-+--t-+-~-+--t-+-+""',d~ J I +-l-t--t-i-+
I

100

II fi
I, VIi

Ifl

.......

~

Vr

.

j~/f
56

:

'

~

T'~_,-

r --

100

150

I

2000
,

-r-.

I
fit 100°C ~r:-- -1=
UI/
trf--tt-IL-rt---j----t--t---+-I~____t__+_+__t__t-r_+__t__t_· ~
-f---t---t---t

50

3000

I

I

,
I

"i.
"I

Z50 500

1000

-H=
I

700

1000 ~

t

SIFERRIT Materials

Static magnetization curves
T 35
mT
500 ,----'~.....
'-""-,--,-,-,--,--,- ,--'-'-'-'-'-'-'-T--O-

B

I

400

10000

I---I+-,-+-'<\-+-+ - -1-+--+--+-+-+-+--+--+-+-+-+-+-+--+---+
I
V"'~
I /
\.

I

\.
--jf-

• \.

~;:s

\..

1/

\..

--c,-- f - f - 8000

__

c- . c- c- _.

-

I-"::v

I

I

6000

4000

2000
I
Iii

f-r-'

-

-...."10

20

30

40

50

60

80

70

90

L ' _~

400

100 200

I
J
600

800

~

--H_

T 38
mT

440
!

!

~

I

00

,\
i\

!,...-'

I

v-

I

1\ V
II II N /'

00

1/ ......

J

r- /,
100

--rttl
,
I!

40 0

f-- VJ-v.~ I?Il
I

II, II'/

'/ ....

!.:::: i:="

II k:

'I'~

r=:

I

,utot

!

!

30000

i

.-

., _ +...,:

I=r== r-

~f

,-~ ~

r-

r20000

f-

r--..

i, ...

........

.......

r-- r-

,-

/11,1

/ flJl/

_-,,,,,,,l-+.-

I

I

I

~ 20'C :
!

{lto; 'iotc~:~ ~

II '( I, I

- r-

20

30

40

10000

I

I

r~

50

I

I

'-

10

1
l

v

I

V-I/.'VI
~

t--

f-

- --

f- ""'",,

.

a20'C I---,

---"--

a100'C,

,'-

--- --

'

= ..... .......

200 .00 600 800 ~
m

57

SIFERRIT Materials

Dynamic magnetization curves

M 33

K1

mT

mT

20

200

B

i

50kHz
15

~

/

B

t

150

50 kHz-

I

4ZOQJiliL

W

II

~ 600kHz

~

10

100

,I

~
",

/

;/

/.

/.~

/
./

V

/

~o

60

80
100
--H

120A
m

N 22

y
50kHz

/.

B

200 kHz

/:/
150

I
I
100

IV

I 600 kHz

11/

/#
50

V

V

10

,

'/

~

V

20

30

~o

50

60

-H
58

600 kHz f-- -

W

/

/

mT
200

o/
o

200kHz -

./

20

t

~

50

II
/

70

BoA
m

/"
20

40

60

80
100
-H

120!
m

Inductor Design

Inductor Design

1. Ungapped pot cores
Even with the best grinding methods known today, a certain degree of roughness on
ground surfaces cannot be avoided, so that the usual term "without air gap, (ungapped)"
does not in fact imply no air gap at all. The AL values quoted allow for a certain amount
of roughness of the ground faces. The tolerance of the AL value for the ungapped pot
cores is +30 to -20% or +40 to -30%. Closer tolerances are not available for several reasons. The spreads in the AL value of an ungapped pot core practically equal
the spreads in toroids permeability, and the AL value largely depends on the grinding
quality of the matching surfaces. With increasing material permeability the influence
of the inevitable residual air gap grows larger.
The spreads in the AL value may also be increased by the mode of core assembly. Influences of mounting and glueing generally tend to diminish the AL value. It is, therefore, particularly important for delivery to keep the minimum limit value, whereas
exceeding the AL value within moderate limits (about 20%), is of no importance. Considering these versatile influences, we have made it a rule to maintain the minimum
limit in any case, whereas occasional exceeding the maximum limit will be tolerated.
2. Gapped pot cores
This type of core is used in high quality filter and resonant circuits. In case of small air
gaps (max. 0.15 mm for round types or 0.2 mm for RM cores) the air gap can be ground
into only one core .half. Then, only the half with the ground air gap has been stamped
whereas the other half is blank. The gap reduces after-effect losses, temperature
coefficient and disaccommodation factor by the ratio of the permeability of a gapped
core to the permeability of the same core without air gap, and hysteresis losses by
the square of this ratio. Furthermore, closer tolerances on the AL value can be obtained
on special order.
The rated AL values for cores with a ground air gap can be obtained from the appropriate sheets on pot cores. These also indicate the relative effective permeability f-le
used to approximately determine the loss and temperature coefficients ect. for the
appropriate effective permeability (see page 38) from the toroidal core characteristics.
In cores with a larger air gap the stray field immediately around the air gap causes
additional eddy current losses in the copper winding. If the coil Q must meet stringent
requirements, it is therefore advisable to wind several layers of polystyrene or nylon
tape instead of wire in that part of the winding in the proximity of the air gap. For
example in the section near the air gap of the center compartment of a three-compartment former, thus "padding" the winding.

Schematic drawing showing construction of a set of
gapped (s) pot or RM cores comprising 2 core halves
1 and 2, threaded part 3 and padded winding 4.

61

Inductor Design

3. SIFERRIT pot and RM cores with inserted threaded sleeves
Pot and RM cores are available with threaded sleeve fitted to the core. We have developed automatic machines of high reliability in adding adhesive and in positioning the
threaded sleeve in the core.
The rigid fit of the threaded sleeve is checked regularly, at a climate of 40 °e/1 04 °FI
93 % humidity11 during four days and also by periodic examinations of 3 weeks. Bond
strengths of 20 N for 2 mm center holes (e.g. for pot cores 11 x 7 or RM 5 cores)
and> 30 N for 3 mm center holes (e.g. pot cores 14 x 8, or RM 6 cores) are greatly
exceeded, on an average of 100 N. The threaded sleeve is also properly centered and
positioned to the proper depth (this helps maintain the specified adjustment range).
Summing up, the controlled mechanical procedure guarantees higher reliability than
manual glueing and its unavoidable inadequacies.
Owing to the porosity of the ferrite, bracing of the ferrite structure because of soaked-in,
hardened adhesive cannot always be avoided. Hence, the relative temperature coefficient a/f.J. can be increased by approximately 0.2 x 10- 6 /K.
The ordering codes for pot and RM cores with glued threaded sleeve (e.g. for RM 6:
B65807 -N •••• - •••• ) are to be found on the appropriate catalog pages.
4. Inductance adjustment
Inductance curves, to 'be understood as minimum values, are included in the data for
pot core adjusting devices. The indicated percentage change in inductance is referred
to L min (inductance without adjusting screw). Adjustment is done by bridging the air
gap with a cylindrical or screw core, and is, therefore, only possible on gapped pot
cores.
In order to avoid unstable conditions of inductance, Q etc. due to intermittent magnetic
contact, the adjusting device should not come into direct contact with the wall of the
center boss during the adjusting procedure. A suitable insulator is therefore provided
for the adjustment systems of SIFERRIT pot cores.
Although wide variations of inductance can be obtained with a large air gap, it should
be remembered that the magnetic properties depend to a great extent on the size of
the air gap. If the coils have to meet stringent Q and temperature coefficient requirements etc., it is advisable to use the smallest possible adjustment range.
These conditions can be met by suitably selecting the adjusting core material (SIFERRIT
or SI RUFER). Suitable plastic adjusting tools are included on the pages dealing with
adjusting devices.

11

62

according to lEe publication 68-2-3.

Inductor Design

5. Winding design
The usual Iitz wires and wires as well as nomograms for determining flux density and
AL value are contained in the following pages.

Litz wire table
(Extract from DIN 46447, part 1)
Litz wire

1 x 12 xO.04
1 x 15 xO.04
1 x20xO.04
1 x30xO.04
1 x45xO.04
3x20xO.04
3x30xO.04
3x45xO.04
1 xl 0 xO.05
1 xl 5 xO.05
1 x20xO.05
1 x30xO.05
1 x45 xO.05
3x20xO.05
3x30xO.05
3x40xO.05
1 x 3xO.071
1 x 6xO.071
1 x 10xO.071
lx15xO.071
1 x20xO.071
1 x30xO.071
1 x45xO.071
3x20xO.071
3x30xO.071
3x45xO.071

Nominal
diameter
of the
copper
enamel
wire

Outer diameter of the insulated
litz wire (max. dimension)
noncovered

covered
single
natural silk
(1 x 52)

double
natural silk
(2 x 52)

DC
resistance
at 20 °C/68 of
for 1 meter
(nominal
value)

mm

mm

mm

mm

Q

0.04

0.208
0.229
0.264
0.323
0.395
0.460
0.565
0.690

0.243
0.269
0.304
0.363
0.435
0.500
0.605
0.730

0.278
0.299
0.334
0.393
0.465
0.530
0.645
0.770

1.156
0.925
0.694
0.462
0.308
0.231
0.154
0.103

0.05

0.231
0.283
0.327
0.401
0.490
0.570
0.701
0.806

0.271
0.323
0.367
d.441
0.530
0.610
0.741
0.846

0.301
0.353
0.397
0.471
0.560
0.650
0.781
0.886

0.888
0.592
0.444
0.296
0.197
0.148
0.099
0.074

0.07

0.189
0.254
0.328
0.402
0.464
0.568
0.696
0.810
0.994
1.214

0.224
0.294
0.368
0.442
0.504
0.608
0.736
0.850
1.034
1.254

0.259
0.324
0.398
0.472
0.534
0.648
0.776
0.890
1.094
1.314

1.468
0.734
0.440
0.294
0.220
0.147
0.098
0.073
0.0489
0.0326

63

Inductor Design

Wire table (Extract from DIN 46 435 and DIN 46 436. part 2)
Nominal
diameter
(conductor
diameter)

mm

••

•
•

•
••
••
••
••
•
•
•••
••
•••
•
••
•
•••
••

0.02
0.025
0.03
0.032
0.036
0.04
0.045
0.05
0.056
0.06
0.063
0.071
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.112
0.125
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.2
0.224
0.25
0.28
0.3
0.315
0.355
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.6
0.63
0.71
0.75
O.B
0.B5
0.9
0.95
1

Outer diameter of the insulated wire (max. dimension)
enamelled
enamelled
enamelled
according to
according to
according to
degree 1
degree 1
degree 2
double-silk
single-silk
(2 L)
covered
covered
(2 x 52)
(1 x 52)
mm
mm
mm
mm

enamelled
according to
degree 1
(L)

0.025
0.031
0.038
0.040
0.045
0.050
0.056
0.062
0.069
0.074
0.078
0.088
0.098
0.110
0.121
0.134
0.149
0.166
0.177
0.187
0.198
0.209
0.220
0.230
0.256
0.284
0.315
0.336
0.352
0.395
0.442
0.495
0.548
0.611
0.654
0.6B4
0.767
0.809
0.B61
0.913
0.965
1.017
1.068

0.027
0.034
0.041
0.043
0.049
0.054
0.061
0.068
0.076
0.081
0.085
0.095
0.105
0.117
0.129
0.143
0.159
0.176
0.187
0.199
0.210
0.222
0.233
0.245
0.272
0.301
0.334
0.355
0.371
0.414
0.462
0.516
0.569
0.632
0.674
0.706
0.790
0.832
0.885
0.937
0.990
1.041
1.093

-

-

0.073
0.077
0.081
0.085
0.091
0.097
0.104
0.109
0.113
0.123
0.133
0.145
0.156
0.169
0.184
0.201
0.212
0.222
0.233
0.244
0.255
0.265
0.296
0.324
0.355
0.375
0.392
0.435
0.482
0.535
0.588
0.651
0.693
0.724
0.807
0.849
0.901

0.108
0.112
0.116
0.120
0.126
0.132
0.139
0.144
0.148
0.158
0.168
0.180
0.191
0.204
0.219
0.236
0.247
0.257
0.268
0.279
0.290
0.300
0.326
0.354
0.385
0.405
0.422
0.465
0.512
0.565
0.618
0.691
0.733
0.764
0.847
0.889
0.941
1.013
1.065
1.117
1.168

-

-

DC resista nce
at 20 °C/68 of
for 1 meter
(nominal
value)

Q

54.88
35.12
24.39
21.44
16.94
13.72
10.84
8.781
7.000
6.098
5.531
4.355
3.430
2.710
2.195
1.750
1.405
1.120
0.9756
0.B575
0.7596
0.6775
0.6081
0.54B8
0.4375
0.3512
0.2800
0.2439
0.2212
0.1742
0.1372
0.1084
0.08781
0.07000
0.06098
0.05531
0.04355
0.03903
0.03430
0.03038
0.02710
0.02432
0.02195

The nominal diameters marked by. comply with the diameters of the lEG publication 182-1. 1 st edition 1964.
part 1: "Diameters of conductors for round winding wires" and are preferred diameters.

64

Inductor Design

Table of
American Wire Gauges (AWG)
1 in. = 25.4 mm
1 mil = 1/1000 in.
1 mm = 0.03937 in.
Nominal diameter

mm

mil

2.642
2.591
2.337
2.311
2.057
2.032
1.829
1.626
1.448
1.422
1.295
1.219
1.143
1.016
0.9144
0.8128
0.7239
0.7112
0.6426
0.6096
0.5740
0.5588
0.5105
0.5080
0.4572
0.4547
0.4166
0.4039
0.3759
0.3607
0.3454
0.3200
0.3150
0.2946

104
102
92
91
81
80
72
64
57
56
51
48
45
40
36
32
28.5
28
25.3
24
22.6
22
20.1
20
18
17.9
16.4
15.9
14.8
14.2
13.6
12.6
12.4
11.6

1)

21

Wire gauge No.

Nominal diameter

Wire gauge No.

BGlI

SWG 2J

mm

mil

BG ' J

0.2870
0.2743
0.2540
0.2337
0.2261
0.2134
0.2007
0.1930
0.1803
0.1727
0.1600
0.1524
0.1422
0.1321
0.1270
0.1219
0.1118
0.1016
0.09144
0.08890
0.08128
0.07874
0.07112
0.0633
0.06096
0.0564
0.05080
0.0447
0.04064
0.0355
0.03048
0.0282
0.02504

11.3
10.8
10.0
9.2
8.9
8.4
7.9.
7.6
7.1
6.8
6.3
6.0
5.6
5.2
5.0
4.8
4.4
4.0
3.6
3.5
3.2
3.1
2.8
2.5
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.1
1.0

29

-

-

32
33
34

-

12

10

-

-

13

11
12

-

-

14
15
16

13
14
15

-

17

16

-

-

18

17
18
19
20
21

19
20
21

-

22

-

-

22

-

-

23

23

-

-

24

24

-

-

25
26

25

-

-

27

26

-

-

28

27

-

-

29

28

-

-

30
31

30

-

SWG 2J

31

-

-

35

32

-

36

33

-

-

37

34

-

-

38

35

-

-

39

36

-

-

40
41
42
43

37
38

39

-

-

44

40
41
42

45

-

46

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

47

48

49
-

50

BG"'" Birmingham gauge
SWG ... Standard wire gauge

65

Inductor Design

Pot cores - standardized

Maximum number of turns N for coil formers

10

44 42

5 AWG approx. value

________ -l

40 38 36

34 32

3028

26 24

22 20 18

- ~:.-- ~::~ . . . ~. .:-----=1- ----c---'---'---I--t

___ __ _---r--:

5

---- - --- ----+

.----- --- -i---N

t 10

¢
4 ,¢

36 X 22; 1... 3 sections
30 X 19; 1... 3 sections

f¢ 26 X 16; 1... 3 sections
i¢ 22 X 13; 1...3 sections
i

5 (
¢

I

~

I

18 X 11; 1... 3 sections
I

14X8;1 ... 2 sections

I
i¢ 11 X 7;1... 2 sections
10 3

[¢ 9 X 5;

.. 2 sections

}-------+--

--1---

1

+-

----+

5

5 678910- 1

2

4

6

---- Outer diameter of the insulated wire

66

Inductor Design

Pot cores - non-standardized
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers

"iO

44 42

5 AWG approx_ value

40

38 36

34 32

I

I

30 28

I

1/>50 x30:

1 section

1/>41x25:

1 section

I

1/>30/20 x19: 1 ;e:tion
I/> 23/15

I

x18; 1 section

,( 865645)
,
( 865622)

'\

I

I

'\

I

I

'" ,

(865731 )
( 865717)

I/> 18 x 14: 1..3 sections

( 865562)

1/>23/15 x11: 1 section

(865717)

,~

\. ~

[\ f'\
I\.

'\

'\

V I/> 70 x 42; 2 sections
V I/> 70 x 42: 1 section

1 section

" '\.,
, "\.

~

'\.~

.~

"\:
\. '\. '\'\. '\~~
'\ "\ 0- '\ '\ '\ '\.'\ \. '\. ~
''\. ~
'\. ~ ~
'\~ ~

(865512 )

~
""

,,'\

" '\.

I
1/>58x33: 1 sectio n ( 865502)
1/>4.6x4.1: 1 sectio n ( 865496)

(865695 )
(865697 )
(865697)

~ \.

,

1/>7 x4;

22 20 18

I

'./1/> 62 x 38; 1 section
,/

26 24

:\

'"

"\. \."\.

\."'\

~'\. \

"'\ "~ '\."
~

~

'\ '\ '\ '\

'\.

,

"\.

,'\.

"\.'\

'\

'\.

'\.

'\'\

~\ ~ '\

"

~

I""~'" \""

'\.

\.

."'\\.

"\.

6

7 8 9

\

'\.

\

'\. \\

'\. '\.'\.

,,

'"

'\

'\.

'\:~I\..~tI\..

5

~

\.

,-

,

,

'\
~

\.

\. ~\.

N"\

10:1
-

Outer diameter of the insulated wire

67

Inductor Design

RM cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers
AWG approx. value

44 42

10 5

40

38

36

34

32

30 28

26

24

22

20

18

1
RM141 section(s) (865 88)
I

_RM121,

"

RM10 1;2
==-RM81;2
==RM7 1;2
-RM61;2
_R6 1;2

I
"
"
"
"
"

1

RM5 1,2
r----- RM 4 1;2
10~

~RM3

(865816)

I

(865814)

'i.

~!\

"

I
I
1 section

!

I '

1\"

rt

(865812)
'\."
\B65820 ~
~
i~ ~
'\.
(B 65808)
I(B 65810)\ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
(B65806)
(B 65 804 ~

."

~"' 1'\
~~

1

"

i

I

~"

~ ~~ ~~
I I
~~ ~
(B 65 818)

"

"

.'\ '\

~ ~i\
~ \. '\
'\

""'\.'\. I'\.'\."" """" "" "
'\.'\.

~

'\.,

,~

~

~

~ ~'\

I\.

"\

~

~ ~ I~

'\.

~

"

~~ ~ .'\: ~ f\.. ~ I""
~

~~

~"~
~ ~ ~ t:\ ~
~

~

,""

" '\.
I

, ....,,'1
~-...;:

6

7 8 9

10.1

~

," ""

f\

,'"

I~ ~

\r--,

'\."

,

'\

~~ ~~

'\

'\

5

i

~~ ~:~ ~

1'\
~

~ ~ ~~

'"

~~

~~

- O u t e r diameter of the insulated wire

68

Inductor Design

PM Cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers
105 AWG approx. value

N

1

44 42

¢

50 x 39 (865 ~~

¢

62 X 4J (865 ~85)

¢ 74 x59 (865687)
¢

104

87x70 (865714)

40

38 36

-K "

-

,--

I-

34

32

30 28

26

24

22

20

~~

"

18

~

"\
~

\.,.'"

""
~ ~ rc-

~
~ f-~
I-- II-- "\

1\ _-

¢114 x 93 (865734)

"
""

5

"\

I"\,

'\

~

l\.
I'-

" " "I\.

" "\1\.
"

"" "
I\.

103

"\

"\

1\."1"\.

"\

'" ""

[\

j\

t"-.

"\

"\.

5

"

l\.
\

5

101

10-2

5

6 7 8 9 10-1
_

4 5 6 7 8 9 100 mm
Outer diameter of the insulated wire

69

Inductor Design

CC and Q cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers
5

10

AWG approx value

44 42

40

38 36

34

32

30 28

",
'\

'\

26

24

22 20

I

5

CC 50 (B66446)

I

N

I

I
1
CC 36 (S66 443)

r

I

I

~

[\

1,\

CC 26 (S66 442) I\.

104

'\ 1\,
"-

I,

5
Q15(S65838)

I

I

]

I

'\

~

"I' "'\.,r'\.
'\

1\

QlO(S65834)

103

\ ...

'\.

'\..

"-

'"
"'\
""-

"-

"1'\

'\.

,

'\

102

'",
"-

\.

""- r\

"-

"\

"I\.

'i',

'\

"5

""-

"\ "\

'\

'\

'1'\

" "..,. "'\.
r-..

"i',
10-2

5 6 7 8 9

10-1
-

70

,

~

'",

101

18

3

4

"[\
[\

5 6 7 8 9 100mm

Outer diameter of the insulated wire

Inductor Design

EP and X cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers

10 5 AWG approx. value

44 42

40

38 36

34

32

; - --- __ --

30 28

26

24

22

---~::::-- ===+=~±~ ~
~~ -i~ ---~ ~_ ~:::
-~-- ~ -----, -1 ~--+ -----1- r - - -I --- - -------

i

I

I

I

I--r----'-

-

~

-r---r-

--i

---f--,-----'-'-'-1-'-'1-+'-i
.l.~___
~

--L- __

r--__X_3_0~.lrls_ec~~!~?74)_L

!

r

18

-i------j----~---+------j
----~--

-+--

f------i-·---'-~---,---·· ·---1--------......--..,....-1--

N

20

X25,1 section

I

i

104~~E~P~2~O~1~.2~se~ct~iol~ns~~~~~~~~=1~~~t=~==~~========:t==~~
X22 ,I section

--+----,--+--+--+-----j-..-

EP 17,1;2 sections (865 846) :--"...,.,,-,,<-_
EP13,1,2 sections (865 844) '--'-.I--'''-''!.-'I~I
EPlO,l,2 sections (865 842) i<-'\-i-'..r-:~
""I

I

I-----+---+--r--t----"~"
I
!
I
10 3

EP 7,U sections I (865840)
,

I

10 1 Lo______l -_ _- L_ _ _ _-L~__-L~~_~~___L~_ _L_~~~~I~
10- 2
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 910 0 mm
-

Outer diameter of the insulated wire

71

Inductor Design

E and EF cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers

44 42

105 AWG approx value

;-:-

E55;
5

1

section
I

section
E42/20;1
E42/15;1...2 sections

I

I

E20;

section

I

1

i
I

EF 12.6;1

section

30 28

26 24

22 20 lb

I

(866206
I

I

I~~~

~~

1

1

(866204)

Ii

I\.

1 (8 6~202) t\.

I

I
~"\.

."\."\.

'i

" "'\
I~ ,,1\

I

~~

(866222)

'\

103

32

~

(866208)
I

section
!
5
EF 16; 1. .. 2 sections

34

(86~~

(866244)"'"
~"
~

E30; 1...3 sections
EF25; 1 section
104 EF 20; 1

38 36

I~

I~
1 I(866232)

N

40

~~

l'il:\:

~

~ ~f\ ~ ~
'\ ~ ~I\
~

'\

"

~ .~

~

"

0 ~~~ \.
'\'\

5

"

~

~

."\."\. I"\.

,I"\.
~

~ ~

"

"-'\

f'\. 1,,\

I

1'\."~

~

'\

~

~~

~

::'\

~

0

'\~ :'>~~~
[\ ~ 0~

~""
~1\1\..
1\.'\

l'\:

5 6 7 8 9 10-1

2

f\~

"\."\.

"\.
"\.

5

~"\

4

"'\

I'\.

1"\

1'\

5 6 7 8 9 100 mm

----- Outer diameter of the insulated wire

72

Inductor Design

EC and ER cores
Maximum number of turns N for coil formers

105 AWG approx value

44 42

40

38 36

34

32

30 28

26 24

22 20

18

5
N

~ ~ A ~cA,
'\

I

EC 70 (866 278~::::
EC 52 (866 276) _____
ER42(B66348)
EC41 (866274)
EC 35 (866272)

104

s:\~ ~ ~l\ '\I\.
:\

---

r'

'\.'

!'I..

""
I"\. "

'\'\'\

'\.
'\

'\

'\ ~ ~

~

'\

"~~0" 1\
~

103

[\.

'\

,

-" ."\:

'\. ,'\.

."-,

"\.~

I\.~

'\

1\

"\.

~ '\

'\~~

I\.

5

101

10-2

5 6 7 8 9 10-1

4

5 6 7 8 9 100 mm

- O u t e r diameter of the insulated wire

73

Inductor Design

Nomogram for determining the number of turns N
from inductance L and inductance factor AL for AL values 10 to 100 nH

------ --- -------

10 1

H
----------------------- ---- ---- r---: ------------------ -- -- --=
r---.::::::-r--.---------=::: t---- ----r-=::: t--- ----- --=:::- ~ :::----- ---::::F====:::::: t::::::--::J-=:::f:::::--:::------

---

t:---,

I--

-----.",
I--

I--

1------

-----

- --------------------:::::::-- :::::::------

- --::::-- :::::::
----- --- ----=-- ------- ------ ------- --------- -------- --------- ---- ----------------------------== ---------- -------- ::::-----------=---- ----------- ---r---:
-- - ----- --- ------------ ----- ---- ----- ----- ------ ---r-::-: r--------

r---==: =---~

'-

--------..: ----====

---

I---

t---

t:::::::: t:-r------::
~ r--.....

~

~ t----

b-..

~

~

~~
r---------=::::::: t:=:::::: t:-r---

=======
~

:::::--r--...

======= N=BO

r--.....

---~
----~
:-- L.64D;;r r-

2

~-r-

r-

~

r--

1------

2

---=:::: 3==:::::::::--

r-----------1----= :---:
--- Example: --

F==== :::::---- r----

6

---

r--...---- .::::::::--

~ :==::::: f::::::-

10 0

======= :::-----=::::

r---::::::::- t---

r---------

I---

r----

---r-

---r::::::::- I--::::-rt==::: F==::::
--=::::: t----

----St===::: t-----r---:
---- ::::::::

------------

2

--- K t----- -:J:~
:::::::--f:::::-- '--8r--~r====== t------ r----- r==:::- :-=:::::: ::::-r-=::t-----===r-::- rr---=:: t=====:: -- r--.-I-r---h--I--r---- ~ :::--I--~
70======12,5

10

-

-- ---31.5

20

16

25

50

40
-AL

74

L

2

~

2

80

63

nH 100

5

I

Inductor Design

Nomogram for determining the number of turns N
from inductance L and inductance factor AL for AL values 100 to 1000 nH

- - --- - - --- - ---- ----- ------- ---- r==:: --- --- ------------.:::::: ::=:::::
-------- ---------- r--

r--

--------:::::: ----- - --- --------

=.:::.::: =::::::
:---r--... r---:: r-r------ 1------ r--~~
r---=::: I---t----

--::::: ----- :::::
::::: -:::::
- --- - ~ ::::-----=

r-.

--=:::: t--'-- --

-~ ----=

h:--=::::
--=:::: t---

t::--

t---

--- -~ :::::::

--

f--~

I-

- ~ ------..: r--=:
:::::::
:::::::- ::::--t----

r--

=::::::

~

~

---=::::::

""'-- I---

~ t--

t---

II-

:-------= --=:: :--- -

------- ----- r-----t--r- ----- r.::::::=:::::: =
rS
t-:::::
t--

10 2
r- H

r-::Example:
-t---f-l.3~

t---

t-- NdOO --

--r--::: f=::::t:- ~~

r--

2

10 0

l- 6

-I-

t---

1----- I- 2

~

r-

-- --- ---- ------- ----- - --- - -- --------- 1------------- ---- ::::::-- ------ -- - ---::::: -----

r-==:

~r-

r-=:: r.:::::: t:--

I--

~ ::::--- I--- ~
r--

I....

II- 6

r---:

I- 2
I-

~

--=::::: t---- r---::.:: l- 4

h:-- ~ ~ G
r--

~ r-

=::

r--

-- --- r--... r- =-=:::::::: -.::: :::-::;:
---- ..:::::::::: t---- r--- r-=::::-1--'; r--:::::--- r---:::: t::::r--r--...< r------ r--::
~ ::::::: :::::::--r---=:::: :-.:::::: t:-- ....=::::::: -:::: ::--------=:::
--- --:::::
::- =:::::: ::::::-r---::
t---- ~ ::=:::::: :::::::r-.-

I'--

"""--

~

r---

I--:J:

~

~

'!...J

t--

125

100

100

160

315

250

500

400

10-/

r--:::
~

630
-AL

800

10-2

I- 6

It- 2
t-

10-3
I- 6

I-

l-

I- 2
I10-4
nH 1000

75

Inductor Design

Nomogram for determining the number of turns N
from inductance L and inductance factor AL for AL values 1000 to 10000 nH

--- -- ---

---------------r-----::
:::::::- -------------- --- ---- - ---- --=:::: ? ::::::::t----- ------=:::: ----r--:::
F==::
:::r----.: :::::: f:::::----- -- ---- -------- ------ ------ --------- ---- ----

t---

--------:::-

r---

-r---...

I----

--:::::::: :-------

==::::::

::-----.-

t-----

=====

---

-

r-

I-

I-

--

~

r---

-- --

-=._--::

:------ I-

t==::::: ::--r------..
-----::::: I-lr-------= ---===r-- ====== t:-- :---..
=====
rr------..
~ ~ ::::--I--====
-------: l-------.: c----:::::

--

- Example:

-::::::,.... N = 550

-....c:..... I-

r-

r=::::::-::

I------

----r------.

~--"",,-

1-------

l..:·..622.'!!...H
- - ---

c.:::::::-

~ ~ ::=::::::: :----.....,
~ t---- ----- --=::::::
---- r-----= =:::::: t:::::--'""""" ~
=::::::3:::::
-:---, f::::::------======::::::---I------

--- --

=======

----

I-----

c:

0

---«

1250

r--

r--

I

--

--

- - ----:---..

2500

5000

4000

l-

-AL

76

100

I-

l-

10-7

10-2

2

70-3
nH 10 000

8000

6300

2

"'-....:

--

3150

2000

1600

-- --

2

I-

-------=:::::
-=:::::- t---- ---:::::---------== -----t:---===: s=:::: - ---------= -I---i
r----.:
::::::f:::::::- t-----=====
=====
---- ----- ------ -- ----- --- ---- - r------ ---- ------- :::::::------8 -------------------=:::~ =::::::::: ::::---~
---------==== ----------.....:
------ -----::::: -=:::::::=:::::
::::::--::::--:::::======
======
-- -- -------- ---- r-==::
------ :=::::::
-:::::::-----::-- ------E===== :::::::- -===== :::--------..: ====:
------- -:::--======
----- ======
--i--

10 3

l- H

Inductor Design

6. DC magnetic bias of pot cores and RM cores
Definitions

~
~

H_ = DC field strength in A/m
L = DC current in A
N = number of turns
Ie = effective length (in m)11
For further definitions see pages 15 to 31.

Explanations to the graphs
The curves of I-'rev = f (H_) allow an approximate calculation of the variation in AC permeability (I-'rev) and AL value due to magnetic bias. These curves are of particular interest
for pot core inductors used as transformers, since magnetic bias should be avoided if
possible with inductors to high stability requirements (filter inductors etc.). In the case
of geometrically similar pot cores, only the effective permeability of the actual pot core
in question in conjunction with the given curves suffices in determining the reversible
permeability to a close approximation.
In determining the variation of reversible permeability with magnetic bias DC field
strength H_, the effective permeability I-'e for the desired AL value is taken from the
appropriate pot core data. If the curve I-'rev = f (H_) for the actual effective permeability
is not shown, this can be obtained by interpolation from two curves shown. The
associated DC field strength H_ can be calculated from the above equation with the
effective length Ie obtained from the data.
The following curves, measured at 20 °C/68 OF and 10kHz apply to pot and RM cores
with center hole. Cores without center hole (RM 6, RM 8, RM 10, RM 12) may be
loaded by an approx. 10% higher DC field strength.
For DC magnetic bias for E cores see page 420.
Example
Pot core 26 x 16, 865671
Material SIFERRIT N 48
A = 400 nH
I-'e = 127
Ie = 37.2 mm
The decrease in permeability caused by premagnetization begins at a DC field strength
of about 1000 A/m.
This corresponds to an ampere-turns value of

'- . N

= H_

. Ie

= 1000 x 37.2

x 10- 3

= 37.2 A.

11 In practice I, is indicated in mm.

77

Inductor Design

DC magnetic bias
of pot cores and RM cores

M 33

N 58

104

104
5

,ure.

,ure.

t 10

1 103

3

1=500

=500

5

.....

,I

160

t=

5

- ,ue=20

= ,ue=50
I\

I

II 5

10'

I'

~OOI

102

=50

,

1

f- 200

\

200

10

1000

I

\

10'
10'

102

5

5103
5
-H_

102

1Q4~

N 48

N 22

104

104

5

,uro.

IJ.rev

1 103
5

1200
103

1OOO
F.f-500

5

f-~O~

=500

f-~O~

I'

106 '
~ ,ue-5O

5

I'

~ob

102

r5

-1500
1000

f= ,ue=50
j

I
10'

10'

78

5 102

5103
5104A
_H_
m

I
10'
10'

5 10 2

5 103
5 104 A
_H_
m

Inductor Design

DC magnetic bias
of pot. RM. and PM cores

N 27

N 41

1()4

1()4

5
!krev

/l-rev

103 15
=.1000
5

...

f

500

5

-590

\

II

fori

1()2

19~
103 1000

~,

- /l-e

1~1

1()2

-100
5

\

200

/I.e- 50

5

50

~,

II
10'
100

1/
5 10'

5 102

10'

1(JO

_ 5 103H_

5 10'

5 102

5 103

- H_

5 1()4

~

N 47

5

5

0
6°°
,-SOD

----

I

1°10

~\

=-]1?

f- /Je=50

)1
-H-

79

Inductor Design

Optimum value of pot cores with dc magnetic bias. SIFERRIT material N 48
The maximum value of the inductance L rev (inductance corresponding to the reversible
permeability) or the minimum value of the dc resistance Reu which can be obtained at
a definite magnetic bias current I. are illustrated for SIFERRIT N 48 pot cores in the
following graph.
Example:

> 10 mH and Reu < 1 Q.

at 1 = 0.1 A. Lrev

Unknown: the smallest possible pot core
Solution:

All core sizes contained in a rectangle limited at the bottom by the horizontal
L 2 . Lrev = 0.1 A2 mH and atthe right by the vertical 1_ 2 . Reu = 0.01 Ware possibilities. Therefore. the size of the smallest possible pot core is 22 mm dia x
13 mm with AL = 1000 nH. Reu approx. 0.86Q, Lrev approx. 10.6 mH and N =
VReuiAR approx. 114, 1 section coil former.

630nH

~ooonH/ /X
// /YV

i
I

i
I

I

1600nH

IzI500nv

I

Y

//

A

/

;~

I

-14" x8(115IlQ)
11"x7 I /",

80

""

f-/

I

I

I

I

y

\

:4

,

AI/
}~/ ~

i

v

I

160 nH

/./

/:

-18"x11 (87/ill)

(AR;o180/LQ)

J-.

7

-1

./

j

1- ~ Y~/1'
/! ~Ur\
'I
10d nH

=22"x13(67~Q)

I

//
/,

-I

I

/

./

./

36">22 (4OfLQ) ""j
_ 26" x16 (55!JQ) ,.-;

J-v ~V ::;

A

AL· 4000nl!
-SO"x30(Z8!JQ)

30"x18 (45[&) ;...-

V~/I I

[;V

A

.....1250nH

i

I

!

i I

I

400nH

i

I

!

I

I

Inductor Design

7. Typical calculation of a resonant circuit inductor
A SIFERRIT pot core inductor is required with an inductance of 640 JiH and a minimum
1
-3
Q of 400 (tan (\ = Q = 2.5 x 10 ) for a frequency of 500 kHz. The temperature coefficient a e of this inductor should be 100 x 10-6/K in the temperature range 5 to 55 °CI
41 to 131 of.
a) Choice of material
According to the material survey on pages 38 and 39, and the curves tan O/f.li on page
41 the material M 33 for example, can be used for 500 kHz.
b) Choice of

A

value

The Q and temperature coefficient requirements demand a gapped pot core. The
average relative temperature coefficient a/f.li of SIFERRIT M 33 according to the
material survey is 1.6 x 10-6/K. Since the required ae value of the gapped core should
be about 100 x 10-6/K, the effective permeability is:

!!.-. = ~; f.le = a e
Jii

Jie

Jii
• --;;

=

100 . 10 -6
1 .K
K
. 1.6 . 10

For pot core 18 x 11 (865651) is f.le = 47.9 for
For pot core 22 x 13 (865661) is Jie = 39.8 for

6

=

62.5

A = 100
A = 100

nH
nH

c) Choice of winding material
Single silk covered, high frequency litz wire 20 x 0.05 inc!. single natural silk covering
(or 43/44 in AWG) is particularly suitable for frequencies around 500 kHz. The approximate overall diameter of the wire including insulation, say 0.367 mm (14 mils), and
the average resistance per meter of say 0.444 Q/m are obtained from the litz table
(page 63). It is recommended that the actual overall diameter always be measured,
and this value used for the calculation.
d) Number of turns and type of core
For an AL value of 100 nH and an inductance of 640 f.lH the nomogram on page 74
shows that the number of turns required is approximately 80. The nomogram for
formers on page 66 shows that for a wire with an external diameter of 0.367 mm the
two-section former for core type 18 x 11 (865651) can easily take 80 turns. This type
can therefore be used with a two-section former.
e) Length of wire and dc resistance
The length of an average turn IN on the above former is 35.6 mm (see page 165). The
length of litz necessary for the coil is therefore 80 x 35.6 = 2848 mm plus say 2 x 10 cm
'for the connections, giving a total length of 3.04 m. The average resistance of this wire
is 0.444 Qlm; the total dc resistance Reu is thus 3.04 m x 0.444 Q/m approx. 1.35 Q.
It should be noted that the length of an average turn IN given in the table always
refers to the fully wound former; an appropriate correction must be made where
necessary.
81

Inductor Design

f) Quality test
The mathematical calculation of the total loss, i.e. the loss from the core and windings,
is very laborious and only approximate. At the specified frequency of 500 kHz considerable dielectric and eddy current losses occur in the winding. Q is therefore checked on
a sample coil wound as specified above, in this case the value being about 550 as
shown in the graphs on page 174.
g) Checking the temperature coefficient
Pot core 18 x 11 with A = 100 nH has an effective permeability Po of about 47.9
SIFERRIT M 33 has a relative temperature coefficient a/pi of approx. 1.6 x 10- 6 /K;
therefore the following temperature coefficient can be calculated:

flo

= Po·

a/pi

= 47.9

(1.6 x 1O-6 /K)

= 76.5

x 1O- 6 /K;

Actual measurement showed 90 x 10-6 /K;
It must be pointed out here that when the magnetic flux lies almost entirely within
the core, the temperature coefficient is only reduced slightly.
For effective permeabilities Po < 80, however, due to the influence of the winding an
additional temperature coefficient of approx. (10 to 30) x 10- 6 /K has to be included
in the calculation.
' .'
8. Assembly of inductors
Every pot core should always be used with its associated mounting assembly. The
fixing parts are vibration-resistant. The pressure of the spring jig or the clamps is only
exerteQ on the side wall of the pot core and .not its middle part in order to prevent
the sensitive'air gap in the center stud from being affected.
Despite the reliable fixing, the pot core halves should also be glued, especially when
gapped pot cores are used for resonant circuits, since the pot core halves can move
slightly when subjected to strong vibration thus entailing undesired inductance changes.
8.1 Glueing of the core halves
From the numerous adhesives, epoxy resins with appropriate hardeners have proved
particularly suitable, for example:
8.1.1 Adhesive preparation
A) for cores
100 g Araldite A Y 103
16 g hardener HY 956
max. pot life 1 hour
hardening: 6 hours at 70 °C!158 OF
temperature stability of the glued
joint 70 °C/158 OF
(for a short period 90 °C!194 OF)

82

B) for cores
100 g Araldite A Y 103
7 g hardener HY 992
approx. pot life 8 hours
hardening: 6 hours at 100 °C/212 OF
temperature stability of the glued
joint 90 °C!194 OF
(for a short period 120 °C/248 OF)

Inductor Design

C) for coil formers

100 g adhesive A
200 cm 3 filler Aerosil 200
hardening procedure like A

D) for threaded sleeves of adjusting
devices and for external glueing
100 g adhesive Araldite AW 134 B
40 g hardener HY 994
max. pot life 1 hour
hardening procedure for 24 hours
at 25 °C/77 OF
or 4 hours at 70 °C/158 OF
temperature stability of the glued
joint 80 °C/176 OF
(for a short perioa 100 °C/21 2 OF)

Adhesive A hardens even at room temperature, higher strength can be obtained with
a hardening temperature of 70 °C/158 OF. Adhesive B only hardens at higher temperatures, with the advantage of a longer pot life, but its fluidity is higher than that of
type A adhesives.

8.1.2 Cleaning and degreasing the pot cores
The mating surfaces must be free of dust, fat, and fibers. To degrease the mating surfaces a non-fluffy nylon coated stamp pad soaked in trichlorethylene can be used.
A second pad can then be used to dry the surfaces. Any remanents impair the adhesion.
To improve the evaporation of the trichlor the cores can be heated by suction up to
about 35 °C/95 OF.

8.1.3 Applying the adhesive and glueing the halves together
The adhesive A or B is dabbed two to four times on the cleaned surface of the pot
core side wall, but the center boss must remain clean. The two core halves without coil
former are then placed on a mandrel and rotated against each other two or three times
to spread the adhesive. A slight ring of adhesive extended around the edges indicates
sufficient adhesive has been applied.
The adhesive should be applied and spread twice on the somewhat porous, low permeability SIFERRIT materials (U and K types). The next step should follow immediately,
since the adhesive film easily attracts dust and absorbs moisture. Therefore, the pot
core pair with adhesive already applied must be opened for a short period and then
the wound coil inserted without touching the mating surface.
The wound coil is then fixed in position by elasticized spacers, which must be inserted
before the adhesive has been applied.
The spacers are available upon request.
The coil former can also be fixed by an adhesive solution (C). which should only be
applied as spots in one position of the pot core bottom, to prevent any mechanical
stresses between the plastic and the ferrite material because of their different thermal
expansion. Adhesive D is also suitable for external glueing, i.e. only four cementing
spots at the joints on both sides of the openings. Because of the somewhat lower
torsional strength, it should be noted that this kind of glueing should be used with
mounted cores.

83

Inductor Design

8.1.4 Holding jigs
The pot core assembly is cured under pressure in a centering jig. The pot core holes
are used for centering and from two to eight can be held in one jig with a pressure
spring. Spacers will ensure that the pressure is exerted only on the side wall of the
pot core. Single jigs make the core inductance measurements easier. This technique has
proved useful to control the pot cores, particularly those with small air gaps, before
the adhesive has hardened. Small inductance corrections can be made by slightly turning the pot core halves relative to each other.
When pot core sets already mounted in the mounting assembly are to be cured, a good
centering, possibly by mandrels with stepped diameters must be ensured. Furthermore, care should be taken that no hardener remains on parts of the mounting assembly.
The devices should exert approximately the following pressure forces, corresponding to
the holding forces of the listed mounting assemblies and clamps (per pair of clamps):

Pot core
type

Pot core
size

Pressure force
in N
(typ. values)

Pot core
type

Pot core
size

Pressure
force in N
(typ. values)

B65511
B65517
B65531
B65541
B65651
B65661
B65671
B65701
B65611
B65621
B65644

¢ 7x 7
¢ 9x5
¢ 11 x 7
¢14 x 8
¢18x11
¢22 x 13
¢26 x 16
¢30 x 19
¢36 x 22
¢41 x 25
¢50 x 30

6
10
15
25
35
40
45
50
60
80
90

B65817
B65803
B65805
B65807
B65809
B65819
B 65811
B65813
B65815
B65887

RM
RM
RM
RM
R6
RM
RM
RM
RM
RM

10
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
70

3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

8.1.5 Curing the assembled pot core
The curing process is more effective at an increased temperature even for adhesive
for example at 70 °C/158 of for 6 hours.

A.

The cores should be placed quickly in the oven after the adhesive has been applied to
prevent the adhesive from soaking into the porous ferrite material. The cores can be
moved into and also removed from the warm oven (e.g. 70 °C/158 OF), however the
holding jig should not be opened until the assembly has cooled down. With regard to
the thermal expansion of the ferrite, its temperature change should not exceed approximately 1 K/min.
8.1.6 Thermal after-treatment
Any internal stresses can be relieved by subjecting the assembled pot core to a temperature cycle up to 70 °Cj158 of (cycle time 24 hours) with a slow warm up and cooling,
lasting for a period of about 4 hours. The cycle should be best performed with completely mounted pot core inductors (including adjusting device when necessary).

84

Inductor Design

8.2 Dip soldering of coil formers for all types with injection-molded pins
During dip soldering, care should be taken that only 2 to 3 turns of the wire are dipped
into the tin bath (see * in the drawing) and soldered. Depending on the thickness of
the wire more turns may have to be wrapped around the pin.
These limiting immersion depth prevents the solder pins from being heated up close
to the pin embedding, moreover, formation of solder jumpers between the wire ends
is avoided. Prior to every dip soldering process the oxide film has to be removed from
the surface of the tin bath.

8.3 Glueing of threaded sleeves for adjusting screws
Pot cores are available in which the threaded sleeve has already been glued in position
(for ordering codes see the appropriate pages dealing with pot cores).
For 9 and 11 mm cores a thread for the adjusting screw is provided in the base plate
of the mounting assembly.
A centering jig is necessary to press the flangeless threaded sleeve in the pot core
hole, whereas threaded sleeves with a flange can be centered more easily. It is recommended to glue these sleeves in position without exception, especially because of
expansion during large temperature changes. The adhesive D stated in para. 8.1.1 can
be used. The threaded sleeves with a flange should be painted with adhesive on the
inside ring.
The flangeless sleeves with spring crown type B65579-K 1 can centrally be located
in a less complicated way, however care should be taken to prevent the adhesive from
flowing into the thread. Therefore, the pot cores should be located with their threaded
parts downward during the curing period.
The threaded sleeves must be cured for at least 24 hours at room temperature, and
it has been found practical to utilize the 24 hours waiting period between curing
and thermal after-treatment.
8.4 Final adjustment
After each thermal or mechanical stress disaccommodation arises. The complete coils
should therefore be stored for at least one day or better a week, before they are finally
adjusted.

85

Cores for High Power

Cores for High Power

General
In order to meet the versatile requirements of power electronics, special ferrite core
types have continually been added to the range of conventional ferrite cores. It is this
comprehensive range which enables satisfactory solutions even of unusual tasks. At
the same time, new materials such as N 41 (of high permeability, for applications with
biasing) and N 47 (for frequencies greater than 200 kHz) were added to the SIFERRIT
material N 27 proven for applications in power electronics.

Materials
N 27. N 41:
N 47

10 kHz to 100 kHz (200 kHz)
200 kHz to 1 MHz

Apart from the more favorable biasing characteristics of N 41 thanks to its higher
permeability; the materials N 41 and N 27 are comparable. At present, the application
range preferably covers up to approx. 50 kHz, whereas more recently applications up
to 100 kHz and 200 kHz are also included.
State-of-the-art power supply units even operate at frequencies above 200 kHz. For
this, our new material N 47, featuring favorable characteristics for power applications
up to approx. 1 MHz, is provided.
The main data for material selection is shown in the following illustrations. More detailed information can be obtained from the material survey on page 38/39 and appropriate curves shown on the following pages.

89

Cores for High Power

Core shapes

RM cores
The worldwide used RM cores are standardized in the IEC publication 431 A, B.
Recently, program-controlled winding machines for the production of coil formers
are available. For RM 6'1, 8, 10, 12, and 14 cores, we additionally offer coil formers
with a greater pin spacing. This is advantageous for the connection of thicker litz wires
which are necessary to meet higher frequency requirements.

Number of Page
terminals

Type

Ordering code

RM 5

B65805-COOOO-R047

6

RM 6

B65807-COOOO-R047

8

291

280

RM 8

B65811-JOOOO-R047
B65811-JOOOO-R041

12
12

317

RM 10

B65813-JOOOO-R047
B65813-JOOOO-R027
B65813-JOOOO-R041

12
12
12

325

RM 12

B65815-JOOOO-R027
B65815-JOOOO-R041

12
12

331

RM 14

B65887-AOOOO-R027
B65887-AOOOO-R041

12
12

339

PM cores
These cores are used where power iii the range between 250 Wand approx. 2 kW
has to be transmitted. Due to their large effective magnetic area, they need only a few
number of turns; leakage inductance and self-capacitance are low. Good screening is
obtained as a result of the compact design. If connection on the PCB by means of the
pins becomes impossible due to the weight, the coil former can be mounted with its
pins upwards.

Type
PM
dia
dia
dia
dia
dia
11

50 x 39
62 x 49
74 x 59
87 x 70
114 x 93

Coil former for power transformers in preparation.

90

Ordering code
B65646-AOOOO-R027
B65684-AOOOO-R027
B65686-AOOOO-R027
B65713-AOOOO-R027
B65733-AOOOO-R027

Number of Page
terminals
14
16
18
20
none

346
350
353
356
359

Cores for High Power

Pot cores
The tubular pot cores preferably used in filter technique are also suitable for the design
of transformers featuring low leakage flux.

Page

Ordering code

Type

Pot cores
dia.
dia.
dia.
dia.
dia.

14
18
22
26
30

x 8
x 11
x 13
x 16
x 19

865541-KOOOO-R041
865651-KOOOO-R041
865661-LOOOO-R041
865671-LOOOO-R041
865701-LOOOO-R041

4/6
8
8
8
8

151
162
186
197
207

865716-POOOO-R027
865716-AOOOO-R027
865730-AOOOO-R027

10
10
10

259
262
265

865833-AOOOO-R047

7

n cores
dia. 23/15 x 11
dia. 23/15 x 18
dia. 30/20 x 19
Q

cores

Q

10

1

401

EC and ER cores
The EC cores meeting the IEC standard permit large winding space and good lead
connection. They can be mounted horizontally or vertically. Holding devices are available for both versions.
ER cores are of similar design, i.e. with round center leg. This round center leg enables
compact windings. An 18 pin coil former is available for the ER 42/15 type.

Type

Ordering code

Page

EC cores
EC 35
EC 41
EC 52
EC 70

866337-GOOOO-X127
866339-GOOOO-X127
866341-GOOOO-X127
866343-GOOOO-X127

13
12
14
19

442
444
447
450

ER cores
ER 42/15
ER 48

866347-GOOOO-X127
866333-GOOOO-X127

453
454
91

Cores for High Power

E cores
In connection with E cores having an angular cross section, the type EI 25 with external air gap should be referred to. The leakage flux in the winding can, hence, remarkably
be reduced.

Type

Ordering code

EF 12,6
EF 16
EF 20
EF 25
EI25
E 30
E 42/15
E 42/20
E 55

866305-GOOOO-X127
866307-GOOOO-X127
866311-GOOOO-X127
866317-GOOOO-X127
866217-AOOOO-R041
866319-GOOOO-X127
866325-GOOOO-X127
866329-GOOOO-X127
866335-GOOOO-X127

Number of
terminals

Page

421
423
425
429
431
432
434
436
438

9/4
6
12/6
8/6
6
10
10
12
14

U cores
U cores with round legs are mainly used for line transformers. The large U 93 cores
can be combined with large E cores to meet the requirements of transmitting, high
power; e.g. eight U 93 cores at 20 kHz enable transmission of 20 kW.

'~

'. J

92

Type

Ordering code

Page

U 20
U 25
U 29
U 37
U 47
U 93
193

867348-AOO01-X027
867352-AOO01-X027
867354-AOO01-X027
867356-AOO01-X027
867353-AOO01-X042
867345-AOO01-X027
867345-AOO02-X027

459
459
460
460
461
464
464

Cores for High Power

CC cores
C cores (cup) are especially used for crossover networks in speaker systems. Together
with the cap (CC cores) and a relatively large air gap, they are well suited for energy
storage chokes. It should be mentioned that the contact surfaces are not ground. Thus,
air gap and inductance may have somewhat greater tolerances.

'0
4(..

","",."

Type

Ordering code

Page

CC 26 cup
CC 26 cap

866442-AOOOO-X027
866442-JOOOO-X027

375

CC 36 cup
CC 36 cap

866443-AOOOO-X027
866443-JOOOO-X027

377

CC 50 cup
CC 50 cap

866446-AOOOO-X027
866446-JOOOO-X027

379

Toroids
Owing to their low leakage inductance, transformers with toroids are frequently used
in push-pull switched-mode power supplies.

Type

Ordering code

Page

R 12,5
R 16
R 25/10
R 34/12,5

864290-K0044-X027
864290-K0045-X027
864290-K0618-X027
864290-K0048-X027

467
467
467
467

I

93

Cores for High Power

Amplitude permeability versus
alternating field flux density 8
(measured with ungapped E cores)
N 41

N 27

3500

1~0? /
3000

I ~~/
1/

tt,

3500

,.--::::

I I

'\t'--

V

1\

1\

2500

2000

tt,

I

\.

\.

\

II

~

\

1500

3000
2500
2000

II
/V

~ooC

1000

500

500

o
a

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 mT

N 47
2000

tJa

1600
100 0 (

X
60

V

/'

f.-

/'

V

-..

"'-.. r-....

~ ~

V

1\

0(

\\

f= 25kHz

400

o
o

80

160

240

320

400 mT
A

-8
94

"\
1\

\

a
a

\
\
I

f=16kHz

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 mT

-8

-8

800

1\

1500

1000

1200

1\. ......

\.

VI

f=16kHz

I

... V

100°C/ /

Cores for High Power

Relative power loss versus
alternating field flux density fj
(measured with R 16 toroids)
mW

9

mW

9

N27

102

N41

2
10 2

'7

r

: f= 25kHz

71
~/

/

1//

f = 25kHz

/11

- - 2 0 oe
60 oe/l00oe

1/

-

- - 20 oe/l00oe
---60 oe

IT

7

I
1

5
1\

-B

103 mT

"
-B

mW

9

N47

102

f= 100 kHz

1'-

AI

·20 oe
---100 oe

1

95

Cores for High Power

Relative power loss
versus temperature
(measured with R 16 toroids)

mW
-g- N 27

mW

9

102

-

JJ

-

--

200mT

i""--

N41

102

300mT

r-

-

300mT
200 mT

f0-

-r-

f = 25 kHz

~

10'

loJmT

f:25kHz

r-

.......

.......

r-.....

r--. ......

50mT

I-' I-'

r-

25mT

r-

"- r--.

sOmT

.......

2smT

......

V- i-""'"

......

T
10"

,

mW

g

,

10"

o

20

40

60

80

100

120

140 0 (

N47

102

5
-100 mT

-)

-

~

B

f=100kHz

10'
-

50 mT

5

25 mT

100

96

J

I

o

20

40

60

80

100 0 (

o

20

40

60

80

100

120

140 0 (

Cores for High Power

Relative power loss
versus frequency
(measured with R 16 toroids)

mW
-g- N 41

r-r--

~

ZOO(
---100 0 (

I 102~~~!=~ZIO"1~0~0~O(~II~~I!~

r;'
I--

300 mT{V.

100 mT{V

In

/V

~ ZOO mTi
I--

103m.~.ml

/

V

/

10'1

1--1-100 mT I"V-+---t7I'9-ttfttV
--7'1I--+t+t-1ffl
I I 1111

f= =50 mT
25 mTV,
5 10 2 Z kHz

10"2 '--.L....l....;:Z",,5mc:..;T..L......."-L...l...Ll.l..LU.'--.L....l....L..l.J.L.LU
10'1
100
101
10 2kHz

-f

-f

mW

9

N47

10 2
.~

rr

11

110[

~

IIII

1/

/

V

50 mT
/

~~ ~~ /

1/

/

II111

V

lZ,5 mT

11111
~~ ~~'ilOO(
5

10 3 kHz

-f

97

Cores for High Power

Typical values of transmissible power
The power to be transferred by means of different core types is shown for orientation
in the three characteristic curves, figure 1, 2, and 3. For push-pull feedthrough, singlephase feedthrough, and blocking operation - commonly used in switched-mode power
supplies, the power P is given versus the transformer volume V (including volume of
the winding). Figure 1 applies to the major part of the types with SIFERRIT N 27 and
N 41 cores at 20 kHz and an overtemperature L:!.~ of 30 K.

~

RM14

~

" EC 70 --If---.l>.-I-2 1-----1----1---1- +--------I_-+-loI~+4III'_I_r\~
jjI,\1\"
..
¢ 30

~

I

102J.---f-.-- RM 10
8
7

1 )4--j4--I.-IA-I-1
1-----+----11

W

t ___ - - m~
:-:-::-T -

\"

1\

EC 35

t

.::" 400

Single-phase feed-

~gh ,"""rt" ;

t

_

~ 200 mT

1\---1

2 I----I----lf--l-~N------+ E30 -+--+-l--l----+--+---+---+-'l,.I\
1)11'

-

',~rt"'!

E55\"

ER481 \
EC 52 ~~~EEf
E42120 j

6 f-- RM 8
~
E42/15
4 1-----1----1---1-[j4-------+--lJr/'rA------I---'EC 41

Push-pull feed-

I

M}=30K

Blocking

I B~conve~

-

+

1081~3~~~EE~F~25~3~Ef~~fE=~2°3k~HZt~~tl-:=~~·t~J20Co~m3T
t
t :
---I

61--~~-L~~

2

4

6 8 101

__-L-L~~-L_~~LL~~__L-LJ~~

2

4

6 8 102

4

6 8 103

2

4

6 810 4 cm 3 2

---V
Figure 1
Transmissible power P and volume V of transformers with SIFERRIT N 27 IN 41 cores (typical values)

98

Cores for High Power

The transmissible power for frequencies of 50 and 100 kHz (depending on the operation mode) - also at an overtemperature of L:.iJ = 30 K - can be obtained from figure 2.

f----+

PUSh-P~1I feedlthrou~h converter
at 50 kHz

at 100 kHz

....
Single-phase feed-~
'~
through converter :
~

EC 52

10B3~====~~1~00~k~HZ~~I~~~~~===E~~~~~~~~PM50
r-:
Single-phase Teee~
......
,
6 f - - - - + through c::c.on:.:..:ve=rrt=er-p-.;:-__,,~+--_ EC 41

50 kHz

"--..

.........
.-./
L.".oo

.RM 14

4 r----+--+-+-+---""~ EC 3f
"." 1/
f----+--+--I--+-- RM 12 , , " " " ' ' /
~
~

2 r---~--r-RM10

" .....

"~,

~~

,~

~

//~~('

RMB

Push-pull feed=
1082~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~~~~~~--~
6

-

'B~'I:::
t
:s 400 mT -

. . ./ "--.."

4 r----t---tt---,.j./fC--t----~~k--~~_+

~~

V

_

t

-

Single-phase feed----j

t

~ Bpthrou9h converter

t-

-

_

:S200mT

1~' ~~~!~~~~~~~g~~t~!~~·§t~~t~~
6

4

6

B 10 '

4

6

B 10 2

cm 3

2

-v

Figure 2
Transmissible power P and volume V of transformers with N 27 and N 41 SIFERRIT cores at high frequencies
(approx. values)

The plotted core shapes generally meet the requirements of that frequency range. As
today's switched-mode power supplies preferably operate at increasing frequencies,
enhanced importance is attached to that frequency range. Thanks to the particular
characterics of RM cores (completed by some EC and PM types), their standardized
compact design, as well as the suitability of coil formers for automatic winding machines, they are particularly suitable for use throughout the frequency range between
50 and 100 kHz.

99

Cores for High Power

The frequency range above 100 kHz is becoming more and more important for power
supply units. For this reason, the material N 47 has been developed. The transmissible
power for RM 5, RM 6, RM 8, and RM 10 cores, made of this material, is shown in
figure 3 for frequencies of 300 and 600 kHz (single-phase feedthrough and pushpull feedthrough converters).

400~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Push·pull feed·
W 1-----+-~I----t----1--'---1--+~-l---B-l--vs:~'

1

360

f

I I

;§200mT~f--

~~~~

----t

Single-phase fe;\
320 1-----+-~I----t----1~-1--+~-l---B~throU9h converter j -+~-I--<

-+-f---"i_

280

1--+--+---+--+---+--+---+-

;§100mT-f--

I

~

I'

RM 10 --11-+--+----j

600kHz-f--

240
./

RM8

1---\---+~-l-I---+~I---+-I-+~+-,.o/4-~1---bl300 kHz - I - - 160 f..-RM 5

I--

Push-pull
feedthrough
conve[ter

..IV

V

)7. . .

1./

V:::. V

600 kHz

I'

. / 1 / ' . / 300kHz
120 1----f--.l-l--l-+---+--'i-lT-Ip(-+-HV-----J-.-V"-¥--'f~--l-~---I---+--+--j

I/~

8/1/

VV \f

801---+--+-1---W-A~~~~~-+~+_~~+--+~_I__+~

~

~ ~V

Single·phase
feedthrough
converter

40~~~B/~~~+--+-~-+-+~~~+--+-~-

-v
Figure 3
Transmissible power P and volume Vof transformers with SIFERRIT N 47 cores (typical values)

100

Cores for High Power

Design of power transformers
The transmissible power P of transformers can be calculated in close approximation
with the aid of the following equation:

P = C . f· t:;8 . S . feu· AN . Ae

(1 )

This simple equation neglects voltage drops at the winding resistances, leakage inductances, as well as the magnetizing current of single-phase feedthrough converters.
The constant C takes the operation mode into consideration, i.e.
C = 1 in push-pull feedthrough operation
C

=

2

~;
p

i.e. C = 0.71 at the switching ratio p = t1 . f
in single-phase feedthrough operation and

= 0.5

C = 0.61 in (single-phase) blocking operation
Further quantities in equation (1) are: switching frequency f, deviated magnetic flux
density t:;8, current density S, copper factor feu, winding cross section AN' and effective
area A e .
The deviation in magnetic flux density t:;8 is limited by the permissible heating t:;i7 Fe of
the core resulting from core losses and saturation phenomena which are due to the
material used. It should, furthermore, be taken into consideration that the flux density
in a core of unequal cross sections has to be designed according to the minimum
core cross section A min , since due to the flux concentration, the highest flux density is
to be found in this area. Hence it follows:
(2)

The smallest flux density deviation which has been determined according to the limitations mentioned above, is the flux density deviation /J.8, found for equation (1). The
current density S is limited by the heating of the winding due to copper losses. The
characteristic curves, plotted in the figures, are based on these considerations.
More detailed information including design examples can be obtained from the offprint 8/1967-101.

Comment on

Amin

In addition to the effective area A e, used for dimensioning at low excitation, the min.
core cross section Amin is indicated for cores for power transformers with differing
cross sections along the magnetic path.
In case of large excitations (approx. > 100 mT), the flux density should always be
referred to A min , as the smallest core cross section is mandatory for magnetic saturation and core heating. The data on Pv and f.1.e was subject to corresponding considerations.

101

Cores for High Power

Design fundamentals for energy storage chokes'l
The most important aspects for designing energy storage chokes are briefly explained,
taking the most usual switched-mode power supply - step-down mode - as an example
(figure 4).

T

+~--~~~-r~~""---~~--- +

D

-

Dr
UL

C

+

I

Uo
Figure 4
Switched-mode power supply inc!. energy
storage choke Istep-down model
- - - interface for incorporating a transformer

JL

If the response of the choke voltage UL is of rectangular waveform, that of the choke
current IL will have a sawtooth waveform (figure 2):

• t

= relation

on-time
versus cycle
P2 = relation off-time
versus cycle
= cycle
UL = voltage at the choke

p,

Figure 5
Schematic for voltage UL and
current IL of energy storage chokes

Depending on the current ripple b'/L - for step-down SMPS generally below 0.3 IL .
the maximum choke current I Lmax = IL + 0.5 t::,./L•
The maximum magnetic biasing capability (PL)max of the core is obtained at optimum
design, whereby the inductance - under worst conditions (at maximum operating
temperature) - may decrease by 5 % at the most. The inductance for the step-down
SMPS is calculated as follows:

L = (Ui - Uo) Uo
t::,./L • f· Ui
with the given operating conditions Ui =,input voltage, Uo = output voltage, f = switching frequency. As soon as the maximum magnetic biasing capability has been found
out with the aid of ILmax and L, core type, core size, and air gap can be determined.
With increasing air gap, the magnetic biasing capability rises, but also the pertinent
copper loss PR and hence the heating of the choke. An optimum gapping is attained
when the overtemperature t::,.n just reaches the permissible value.
11

For detailed information, the off-print 8/1967-101 is recommended.

102

Cores for High Power

The relationship between magnetic biasing capability (PL)max, copper loss PR, effective
permeability fJ.e (effect of air gap), and overtemperature .6.~ between 30 and 50 K is
shown in the nomograms of figure 6 for three different core series. Core losses due to
ripple have not been taken into consideration. Type, size, and air gap can be chosen
with the help of these nomograms.

Example

CC cores

Given: (PL)max = 8 A2 mH and t.i1 approx.
40 K

CC50

Required: Ferrite core and 1'.

~.,/

,

Solution: An effective permeability 1'. of approximately 38 can be obtained from the nomogram in the center of figure 3 on the rising
straight line of the EC41 core in the height of
the ordinate 8 A2 mH and in the middle of the
plotted temperature range between 30 and
50 K.

~

I
I

f/ { V

1

/

jCC36

CC26

/ ./
.At' 30

II
~

I"""

Operating range with 30 ... 50 K
overtemperature ill1 due to
copper losses

50K

30

40
50

)Je~

T

6,

V

2 3 4 5 6 7 Wl0
_____ /lR

EC cores

E and EF cores

,
./

0/
IEIi

1

n

,/~

5
A2mH

V~

~

r'i

2

....

[I
/

101

0

1°0,5

Y
5b

V

r

E42120
I I I I
E42115

25

.J

lC I411
Ey 35,

/~ 7
E5Y

EC 52

I"r
40

V

3

/

30

/

j

,/ E30

/ lk" /

I

lP': V1EF25
30

I

)Je

34567Wl0
_/2R

b~

C/1

10o

0,5

!J.

~

°

)Jet

v

I

3 4 5 67 W10
_/2R

Figure 6
Magnetic biasing capability (I'L) mo>. copper loss I'R effective permeability 1-' •• and overtemperatures ,;i) of
SIFERRIT N 27 E and CC cores.

103

Pot Cores

Pot Cores

Pot cores, general
Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293, IEC 133, have a low stray field due to their
closed form. They feature high Q and high stability along with very fine adjustment
capability. In the course of time they have practically penetrated the entire electrotechnical field. To meet the large application field, a comprehensive type spectrum with
accessories is at the user's disposal. Standardized pot cores are to be preferred. Most
of the types are available with inserted sleeves.
Coil formers with mounted pins are intended to be used for four-slot pot cores as well
as for IT cores which are particularly suitable for touch tone telephone systems (see
sections "4-Slot Pot Cores" and 'Touch-Tone Pot Cores").

107

Pot Cores

Summary

Approx. dimensions
dia x height in mm

Drawing number

Part No.

Page

3.3x 2.6

2 x C61 035-A35-C 1

B65491

109

4.6x 4.1

1 xC61035-A41-C10
1 xC61035-A41-C1 1

B65495

110

4.6x 5.2

1 xC61036-A36-C1
1 xC61036-A36-C2

B65430
B65433

117

5.8 x 3.3

2 x C60358-B3050-C1

B65501

123

7

x 4

2 x C61 035-A 1 5-C7

B65511

125

9

x 5

(standardized)

2xC61035-A18-C11

B65517

133

11

x 7

(standardized)

2 x C61035-A14-C1

B65531

142

14

x 8

(standardized)

2 x C60358-B3054-C3

B65541

151

18

x 11

(standardized)

2 x C61035-A10-C1

B65651

162

18

x14

2 x C60358-B3056-C6

B65561

176

22

x13

(standardized)

2 x C60358-B31 85-C3

B65661

186

26

x16

(standardized)

2 x C60358-B3181 -C1

B65671

197

30

x19

(standardized)

2 x C60358-B3186-C1

B65701

207

(standardized)

36

x22

2 x C61 035-A 16-C30

B65611

216

41

x25

2 x C40330-A79-C1

B65621

224·

50

x30'}

2 x C6 1035-A54-C1

B65644

230

62

x38'}

2 x C61 035-A52-C 1

B65694

.234

70

x42'}

2 x C6 1035-A9-C8

B65696

238

-

B63399

339

Adjusting tools

1)

Not for new design. available only for a transition period. Replacement: PM cores.

108

Pot Cores 3.3 x 2.6

B 65491

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A = 3.72 mm- 1
Ie = 5.1 mm
Ae = 1.37 mm 2
Ve = 7.0 mm 3

Approx. weight: 0.06 g/set

Dimensions in rnm

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

I tolerance

Ungapped

-

30

500

+40 "If .... Y
-30 o -

K 1

N 30

89

B65491-BOOOO-YOOl

1480

B65491-BOOOO-Y030

Winding data
Useful winding cross section AN
without coil former

Average length
of turn IN

AR value

mm

0,65

5,8

310

~ to be preferred

109

B 65495

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

Adjustable miniature type for film circuits and PC boards
I ndividual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw
driver (for
assembly only)

B 63 399

340, fig. 5

Adjusting screw

B 65496

114

Pot core

B 65495

111

Coil former

B 65496

112

Pot core with
inside thread

B 65495

111

Connecting board
for film circuits

B 65496

113

B 65496

113

or
Connecting board
for printed circuits

110

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

B 65495

Miniature pot cores for adjustable miniature inductors
One pot core half carries the inside thread for guiding the adjusting screw. The pot core and
the wound unit can be glued on a connecting board with 4 solder terminals.
Space requirement of the inductor (without terminals): 5 mm x 5 mm x 5 mm.

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =
I. =

2.5
7.2
A. = 2.9
V. = 21.0

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 0.17 g/set

Dimensions in mm

AL value
nH

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

Total air
gap 5 in
mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

fie

Gapped
5
16

±3%.AA

40
63

U 17 11

0,5

10

K1

0,2

31,8

B65495-KOO16-AOOI

M 33

0,07

80

B65495-K0040-A033

0,04

125

B65495-K0063-J048

0,02

199

B65495-K0100-Q048

± 5%.AJ

100 21

+30,* -"-Q
-10 0 -

B65495-KOO05-AOI7

N48

Ungapped

+40 01 -,,-y
_30'0-

1)

2J

-..r

80

B65495-KOOOO-YOOI

1590

B65495-KOOOO-Y030

The dimensions may be exceeded by up to 10%.
Version without thread is also permitted.
to be preferred

111

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

B 65495

Coil former B 65496
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former including positioning peg, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O; color code black.
For winding details refer to page 67.

Winding cross section

Positioning peg

_

.......~----r

0,25

0,35
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value"

Approx.
weight

jiQ

g

0.8

9.5

400

0.03

1

1)

Reu = AR . N 2
(de resistance

112

= AR .

number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

B65496-B1000-T001

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

865495

Connecting board B65496
Made of glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0.
Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For an easier handling we offer 6 connecting boards in one mounting strip (17 mm x 45 mm).
~-----------45----------~

Ordering code
B 65496-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 100 mounting strips)
Individual connecting boards are also
available.

Solder terminals for PC boards
Solder terminals for film circuits
Ordering code
B65496-A2003-XOOO
(PU: 100)

Ordering code
B65496-A2002-XOOO
(PU: 100)

bent after
soldering

Marking for pin 1

bent after
soldering

Marking for pin 1

Solder terminals on film circuits

Hole arrangement for PC boards
View in mounting direction

¢O,8 '0,1

D

Dimensions in mm

75---~
113

B 65495

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

Adjusting devices B 65496
Adjusting screw B65496-A3001-XO .. , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a polyacetal
thread is molded and 4 cam profiles serving as core brake;
fits:
the lower part of the pot core set B65495-K····-···· into which a guiding thread is molded.
Adjusting screw driver B63399-A 1007 -XOOO.

r-

rr;

'-t-.L.-J\\--'.~

r-+-rlH-.c;i

Dimensions in mm

Adjusting screw

Pot core B65495
Material
U17

AL value
nH
5

K1

16

M 33

40

N48

63

1,25 x 1,2

114

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

U17

brown

B65496-A3001-X017

K1

blue

B65496-A3001-X001

N 22

green

B65496-A3001-X022

Tube core
Material
dia. x length

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

B 65495

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65496-A3001-X017
color code brown

J

J 26

:::r


20

Q)

c:

OJ

t3:J
"0

.!:
Q)

'Eco

OJ

0::

26
24

Q)

c:
<.>

Adjusting screw B65496-A3001-X001
color code blue

V

OJ

/
/

Q)

16
14

7
/

12

6
4
2

22
""u 20
u
<:
co 18
t3:J
"0
16
.!:
> 14
:g
OJ 12
0::
10
8
6
4
2
c:

18

10
8

/ ' K1IAL 16

OJ

1.....-

U17/AL5

Q)

/ ' K1/AL16

I

/ /
/7
II
) /

~

234

0

5

6

7

8

- - Turns of the adjusting screw

0

I
II
/

V

2

3

M33/AL 40

11/

I

/1

~

W

4

5

6

7

8

- - Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw B65496-A3001-X022
color code green

J
:::r 26

Q)

<.>

c:
co

22
20

t3:J 18
"0

.!:
Q)
>

16
14

OJ

2

~

0::

17

7

10
8
6
4
2
0

N48/AL 63

7

/
II
J

/
t.,.....-'
2

3

4

5

6

8

_ _ Turns of the adjusting screw

o ~ at least 1/2 to

1 turn engaged.

115

Pot Cores 4.6 x 4.1

B 65495

Q factor characteristics

Material K 1

1.53
3.0

16
16

Turns

Wire

9

32 x 0.025 CuLS
15 x 0.04 CuLS

13

200

o

t

150

7
3,OO)JH

-

~

1\

)1'..

V

i'\

l,53J.JH
100

1\

1\

\
f\

\

~

5

5

-I
Flux density in the core
< 1 mT

fj =

116

10 2 MHz

B 66430
B 66433

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

-

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver

B63399

340, fig. 5

B66433

118

B66430

118

B65496

122

-77,

I

1

Cup core

Drum core

~

r

Connecting board
for film circuits
or
Connecting board
for PC boards

B65496

122

117

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

B 66430
B 66433

SIFERRIT cores for adjustable miniature inductor design in resonant circuits and for transformers
and chokes.
The drum core, carrying the winding, is screwed with the cup core, thus resulting in a compact
structural form suitable for dip-soldering on the connecting board.

OO,

~
q..
'L

-4'6,-()I,5~
-: OJ
"

ff '"

Magnetic characteristics

i

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

1.6-0.55~M3.5~O.35

?c:r ITI~ Ili ~ ,1.0
1.ig
-I

~;!i

L_ ,

1~1

~--+-"
j "I

£~

I

8.0

mm

V. = 44.4 mm 3

Drum core 0.1 5 g
Cup core 0.15 g

'--4.6-0,15-"

, -i> 9
> 55
> 160

(PU: 500 sets)

-

-

560

B66433-COOOO-X017

31,5

±20%

130

B66433-COOOO-X001

55

±30%

150

B66433-COOOO-X048

Adjusting key for cup core coil

1)
2)
3)

The dimensions may be exceeded by up to 10%.
Cup completely screwed on
Like position 1, however, 1.5 turns backwards.

118

B63399-Al007-XOOO

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

B 66430
B 66433

After having wound the drum core, it is recommended to apply a drip of non-corrosive elastic
material (e. g. silicone rubbers 3144 RTV of Messrs. Dow Corning) onto the drum core thread in
order to eliminate its play. Then, the associated cup core is screwed on. Subsequent adjusting of
the inductor by turning the cup core is possible at any time.

Winding data

Useful winding
cross section AN

Average length
of turn IN

mm 2

mm

0.84

6.9

AR value"

280

Maximum number of turns N

Inductance change

versus diameter d of the insulated wire

versus turn n and height h
of the cup core.

'IoU 17

8

,

N

'-

I

r\

r

'"

1\

I"". . . .

o
-2

'1\

\

8

10-1

-4

\

"

'"

...........

~

-6

\

-d

}L~ 8,7nH±10o;.

-8
4

mm

2

3

I

I

I

I

5,2

5,5

5,8

6,1

0

-n

:$
I

625mm

-h

') Re , =A R ' N'

(dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 ).
119

B 66430
B 66433

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

Inductance change
versus turn n and height h of the cup core

%K1

% N48

40

80

ML 30

A""L":

20

t

1\

10

\

\

\
\.. /ALt 31.5 nH

0

""",

-10

..........

-20

o

----

-20

........

"""- I--

-

-60

"40

0

2

3

3.5
I

-n

I

I

I

I

5.2

5.5

5.8

6.1

-80

6.25mm

I

5.2

5.5

Material U 1 7

1,25
0,15
0,020

Wire
0.18CuL
0.23 CuL
0,23 CuL

Turns

Layers

14
4

2
1

1

200
1.25p.H

a
150

I

/

y !"\. I

/

1\
/ \

\

\
\

100

r...
0.15p.H

,/

-n

I

-h

L (IJH)

2

0

Q factor characteristics

\

j("\

1/ \ 1'v0.02},!,H
\ \

50 10 3
120

i'--

-40

-30

1

/ALo" 55 nH

-f

I

I

3
I

. 5.8
6.1
-h

3.5
I

625mm

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

B 66430
B 66433

Q factor characteristics

Material K 1

L (IJH)

Wire; RF litzwire

Turns

620
12,5
3,2

0,04 CuL
12 x 0,04 CuL
0,20 CuL

140
20
10

300
Q

t

250
12.5~L

/

620,llH

200

7

150

/

,

\

IV'
'\.

1/

~

7

\

1/

100

1/
'\-3.2.uJj

\
50

10

\

2

-f
Material N 48
L(mH)

Wire

Turns

2,5
0,32
0.23

0,05 CuL
0,09 CuL
0,10CuL

200
72
60

225
Q

t

200
~

175

J
J V-~

711

150

/I
/I

1/

125

100

T
10

[~

\
\--t

\ \

0,23mH
J JJ

O.~~mH

2.5mH

1

-f
121

Cores for Miniature Inductors 4.6 x 5.2

B 66430
B 66433

Connecting board B 65496
Made of glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0.
Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec.
For an easier handling we offer 6 connecting boards in one mounting strip (17 mm x 45 mm).
~-----------45----------~

Ordering code
B65496-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 100 mounting strips)
Individual connecting boards are also
available.

-16,6<0.1

I-

Solder terminals for PC boards

Solder terminals for film circuits
Ordering code
B65496-A2003-XOOO
(PU: 100)

bent after
soldering

Solder terminals on film circuits

D

122

bent after
soldering

Marking for pin 1

Marking for pin 1

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code
B65496-A2002-XOOO
(PU: 100)

75~

Hole arrangement for PC boards
View in mounting direction

Pot Cores 5.8 x 3.3

B 65501

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E IfA = 1.68
I. = 7.9
A. = 4.7
V. = 37

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 0.2 gfset

Dimensions in mm

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

I tolerance

nH

Ungapped

-

K1

60
800

+40%..:o.Y
-30

1500

80

B65501-JOOOO-Y001

N 48

1070

B65501-JOOOO-Y048

N 30

2000

B65501-JOOOO-Y030

Gapped pot cores upon request.
.... to be preferred

123

Pot Cores 5.8 x 3.3

B 65501

Coil former B 65502
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with positioning peg, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O; color code black.
For winding details refer to page 67.

Positioning peg

Winding cross section

0,35

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

1}

Reo = AR . N'
(dc resistance

124

Useful
winding
cross
section AN

Average
length of
turn IN

AR value')

Appox.
weight

mm 2

mm

j.LQ

g

0.95

11.7

433

0.03

= AR . number

of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

865502-80000-T001

Pot Cores 7 x 4

B 65511

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)

863399

340, fig. 5

Adjusting screw

865512

129

Yoke

865512

128

Pot core

865511

126

Coil former

865512

127

Pot core

865511

126

Connecting board
with thread;
5 solder terminals

865512

128

Centering pin

129
125

Pot Cores 7 x 4

B 65511

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E /IA =

1.43
/,=10
Ae = 7
Ve = 70

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 0.5 glset

Dimensions in mm

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

I

nH

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

fie

Gapped

B

U 17'1

0,8

9,1

865511-AOO08-A017

K1

0,32

28,5

865511-A0025-A001

63

M 33

0,13

72

865511-A0063-A033

100

N 48

0,10

114

865511-A0100-A048

80

865511-AOOOO-Y001

N 48

1140

865511-AOOOO-Y048

N 30

22['':

865511-AOOOO-Y030

25

±3%.c.A

i

Ungapped
K1

70
1000
2000

1)

~

+40,*,,;,y
-30 0 -

The dimensions may be exceeded by up to 10%
to be preferred

126

Pot Cores 7 x 4

B 65511

Coil former B 65512
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with positioning peg. flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94V-0; color code black.
For winding details refer to page 67.

Positioning peg

Winding cross section

0,35
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

1)

Re, = AR .

Useful
winding
cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

mm 2

mm

f.LQ

g

2.2

14.6

240

0.04

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

865512-COOOO-T001

N2

(de resistance

= AR . number of turns 2 )
127

B 65511

Pot Cores 7 x 4

Mounting assembly for PC mounting B 65512
Mounting assembly with snap-in connection.
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board, flame-retardant in accordance with
UL 94V-0, with 5 solder terminals.
Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec.
0.2 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke with ground terminal.
Thread for
adjusting screw

Approx. weight 0.4 g

a
b

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Ground

View in direction A
Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65512-C2001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 5 solder terminals)
(PU: 500 sets)

Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C61035-A15-C5

b

1 connecting board
(with thread)

C61035-A15-B1

1)

Max. dimensions

128

Pot Cores 7

x4

B 65511

Adjusting devices B 65512
Adjusting screw 865512-A3001-X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a polyacetal
thread is molded and 4 cam profiles serving as core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board 865512-C2001-XOOO into which a
guiding thread is molded.
Centering pin e. g. of brass (for design proposal see drawing)
Adjusting screw driver 863399-A 1007-XOOO

Adjusting screw

co

" 14

"

~~

"C

.=
">
~
Oi

a:

12

r1

10
8

,

6

II /

U17/ ALB
Kl/AL25 -

..-- M331L63-

IfL

~
2
~
~

0

Turns of the adjusting screw

"0" corresponds to a completely engaged screw.

130

/

18

/

14

Q)

12

~
Oi
a:

10

_

N48/AL100_

/V

VI

III

8

/,

6
4

VL3/A~63-

V

16

2

2345678
-

20

"C

>

AV

4

"""c:
~
.="

22

III

~V

~~

0

2
-

3

4

5

6

7

8

Turns of the adjusting screw

Pot Cores 7 x 4

B 65511

Q factor characteristics

Materials M 33, N 48
Material

L

M 33
AL= 63 nH
N48
AL = 100 nH

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

Padding

420 iJH
230 iJH
90 iJH

80
60
37

0,15 CuL
3xO,07 CuLS
12 x 0,04 CuLS

-

8,90 mH
2,17 mH
0,61 mH

300
150
80

0,07 CuL
0,10CuL
0,15 CuL

-

Flux density in
the core
B< 1 mT

400

M 33
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

Q

- - RF lit! wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

t 300

.....

""'" "
'\.

~
~/

200

,.
100

/

/

-

""

'\.

"

\
\

23'0 iJH \
90iJH

...
420iJH

5

5

-f

300

-...

Q

t

N 48
AL = 100 nH
(typical values)

....,.-,
v;--- :\''"

200

.~
.J

,.

I'

,

'..
,\,

\

\\

I:l,llmi '. 2,17mH

100

\
0,61 mH

5

5
-f

131

Pot Cores 7 x 4

B 65511

Q factor characteristics

Materials U 17, K 1
Material

L (J.lH)

U17
AL = 8 nH

0,31
0,14
0,08

K1

Ac = 25 nH

Turns
6
4
3

20
5,6
3,3
0,75

28
15
11
5

Wire; RF litz wire

N urn b er
of layers

0,25 CuL
0,30 CuL
0,30 CuL

1
1
1

15 x 0,04 CuLS
12 x 0,04 CuLS
0,3 CuL
OACuL

4
2
2
1

Flux density
in the core

8<2 mT

200

U 17

Ac

= 8 nH
(typical values)

Q

t 150

- - RF litl wire
____ Enamel copper wire

J...;-

~--;

,-

100

, .'

~;K
O,31)JH

....

~O,08)JH

O,14)JH

.J-

5

5
-f

250
Q

t 200

..,.

~

..........

/

150

"7

,::s....

RF litl wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

l"o.

'\

.., "\

I

I'..

r...

.l.-

100

200W

~.

- - j--

N-~
-~

I

'.'

5,6)JH 1':
! '0,75jJH
3,3)JH

5

5
-f
132

I
I

K 1
AL = 25 nH
(typical values)

Pot Cores 9 x 5

B 65517

Type for PC mounting

~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

340. fig. 4

B63399

341. fig. 6

Adjusting screw

B65518

137

Yoke

B65518

136

Pot core

B65517

134

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

B65522

135

Pot core

B65517

134

Connecting board
with thread;
4 or 6 solder terminals

B65518

136

Centering pi n

137

133

Pot Cores 9 x 5

B 65517

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or IEC publication 133

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =
I. =

1.25
12.5
A. = 10
V. = 125

Approx. weight 0.8 g/set
Dimensions in mm

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J.l.

Gapped
10

U 1il

1,2

10

B65517-A0010-A017

16

K 12

0,8

15,9

B65517-A0016-A012

25
40

K1

0,45
0,26

24,9
39,8

B65517-A0025-A001
B65517-A0040-A001

M 33

0,37
0,2

39,8
63

B65517-A0040-A033
B65517-A0063-A033

±3%~A

40
63

-

100
160
200
250

N 48
±10%~K

0,1
0,06
0,04

100
159
200

B65517-A0100-A048
B65517-A0160-A048
B65517-A0200-A048

0,03

249

B65517-A0250-K048

Ungapped

1200

+30,*~R
-20 0

2500
5000

95

B65517-AOOOO-R001

N 48

1190

B65517-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2490

B65517-AOOOO-R030

T 38

4970

B65517-AOOOO-Y038

K1

95

+40,*~y

-30

0

11 The dimensions may be exceeded by up to 10%
... to be preferred

134

mm-'
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Pot Cores 9 x 5

B 65517

Coil former and insulating washers B 65522
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former. complying with DIN 41 294 or lEe publication
133. flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0; color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.

Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

1

2.8

2.8

2

1.25

2,5

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

mm

J.lQ

g

220

0,05

865522-80000-T001

250

0.06

865522-80000-T002

18.5

0.04 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between
coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Dimensions in mm

O,8±0.15

Ordering code 865522-A5000-XOOO
(PU:1000)
,I

Rc , ; AR .

N'

(dc resistance; AR . number of turns')

135

B 65517

Pot Cores 9 x 5

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting B 65518
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. 0.25 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 0.6 g (4 solder terminals); 0.7 g (6 solder terminals)
B65518-B2002-XOOO
(with 6 solder terminals)

B65518-B2001-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)
Thread for
adjusting screw
M1.4

Thread for
adjusting
screw

View in direction A

M1,4

a

a

b

c
Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

t

!

¢0,5

00,5

A

i

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65518-B2002-XOOO
(Complete mount. assembly with 4 solder term.)
(PU: 500 sets)

Ordering code B65518-B2002-XOOO
(Complete mount. assembly with 6 solder term.)
(PU: 500 sets)

Mounting parts

Ordering code

Mounting parts

a

1 yoke

C61035-A18-C7

a

1 yoke

C61035-A18-C7

b

1 connecting board
(with thread)

C61035-A18-B6

c

1 connecting board
(with thread)

C61035-A18-B7

Ordering code

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407 -A9-A 1
11

Max. dimension

136

2)

1.3 mm hole also permissible

Pot Cores 9

x5

B 65517

Adjusting devices B 65518
Adjusting screw (a) B65518-B3···-X···, consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and 4 cam profiles serving as
core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board B65518-B2.··-X .. • into which a
guiding thread is molded;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (b) 865539-J 1001-XOOO (only needed,
when no mounting assembly is used).
Centering pin (c) e. g. of brass (for design proposal see drawing)
Adjusting screw driver B63399-B0004-XOOO

c

a

J"

l~~1.4

:>

I.....

N

~

'

"

'.

CTl
C)

1.1
Dimensions in mm

Pot cores 865517
Material

nH
U 17

10

K12

16

K1
M 33

Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

brown

865518-83000-X101

K1

blue

B65518-B3000-XOOl

Si 1

brown

865518-B3000-Xl0l

K1

blue

B65518-83000-XOO1

N 22

green

B65518-B3000-X022

Tube core
dia. x length

25
40
40
63
100

N 48

Adjusting screw

AL value

1,81 x 2

160
200
250

137

B 65517

Pot Cores 9 x 5

Inductanca adjustmant curves
Adjusting screw B6551 8-B3000-X001
color code blue

Adjusting screw B6551 8-B3000-X1 01
color code brown

J.,
::l

14

"8
co

"C

.,

/

~

Oi
Qi
a:

IA

12

'/

K1IL5
M33/AL40
K121AL16

~ U17/AL10,

&.

18

I:

16

::l

14

'"
1l
'C

~

.,

.!:
>

1/

10

~
Qi
a:

2

1

/ II

/ I;:
II I V

12

6

2

I'

2345678910
_Turns of the adjusting screw

0

/'
/'

K11 AL 40

I
N48',/ACOO

1//1
1//

10

4

~ 'I

0

I

M33/A L63

I I

/

8

8

1 6 /1
4

/"

20

I:

1

.!:

.2:

.,
'"
.,"'"
"

 at least one turn engaged.

B 65517

Pot Cores 9 x 5

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
L (mH) for
AL = 100 nH AL = 160 nH Turns

19,9
4,91
1,03
0,25

32,0
7.41
1,64
0.40

Number of
sections

Wire; RF litz wire
0,07 CuL
0,1 CuL
1 xl 2 x 0,04 CuL
1 x15xO,04CuLS

450
250
100
50

FI ux density
in the core
B< 3 mT

400

N 48
A=100nH
(typical values)

a

t 300

--

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

/'

/

~

'.--;r-.. . . .

"-\
.~

/',

zoo

......

"

//'
,/

/

1\
1\ \

\

\

\
19,9mH

4,91mH

\

\ \
\ W5mH
1,03mH I

100
10'
--f

400

N 48
A= 160nH
(typical values)

a

t 300

- - RF litz wire
___ Enamel copper wire

/

/

-

"r-.. . .A.

r\.
_\
./ \.

~

.'j

..... ;,"
zoo

"

/

,
3Z,OmH

\
\

l\
1\\

\\

L\

(.41 mH

\~
.\04DmH
•

),64mHI

I
--f
139

B 65517

Pot Cores 9 x 5

Q factor characteristics

Material M 33

AL

~

L (flH) for
40 nH
AL ~ 63 nH
510
291
45,9

324
185
29,2

RF litz wire

Turns

1 x 5 x 0,05 CuLS
1 x 12xO,04CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS

90

68
27

400

Number of
sections

FI ux density
in the core
fj < 2 mT

M 33
~ 40 nH
(typical values)

A

a
t

300

v

"-

V ....

#
zoo

\"-

1/

3Z'~\\

V

f
III

I--~

185/LH

100
102

103

Z~Z/LH

--f

400

M 33
~ 63 nH
(typical values)

A

a

I

",..

300

:,...-

I/'

/

/J
/1

2n0

/

~

-

~

'\

'"

r\ \\
/

510/LH

\ \

291/LH \
'5,9/LH

--f

140

Pot Cores 9 x 5

Q

B 65517

factor characteristics

Material K 1

L (f.LH) for
AL = 25 nH
AL = 40 nH

Turns

6,21
1,08
47,3
12,2
72

4,37
0.76
30,4
8,35
497

Wire; RF litz wire

12
5
35
18
13

0,20 CuL
0,50 CuL
1 x20xO,04CuLS
1 x20xO,04CuLS
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS

Number of ¢*
mm
sections
1
1
1
1
1

400

6,7
6,0

6,7

~
t::::r
Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter

Flux density
in the core
{j < 0.6 mT

K 1

A = 25 nH
(typical values)

a

I

300
f--3o,~/LH

V

zoo

~

~jLH

"

~

7'

- - RF litl wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

'- +:.... F"f'

~

I-

"

'"

1-t,,97jLH
4,37jLH'" L'"
100
o,76/LH

t"i:l

I",,,,

,
--f

400

K 1

A

= 40 nH
(typical values)

a

t

300

~

20 0 lZ,2/LH

- - RF litl wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

'\

k'G,3/LH

..>.: t--...

7

~1ZILH~
,

7
V

17

lX

~Fii

-'

./

./
/.. ./
1---6,Z1~H ~~l,orjLH
0

1'-..
./

.~

\\
\\
\

--f

141

Pot Cores 11 x 7

B 66631

Type for PC mounting

~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

863399

340, fig. 4

863399

341, fig. f,

Adjusting screw

865539

146

Yoke

865535

145

Pot core

865531

143

Coil former
with 1 or 2 sections

865532

144

Pot core

865531

143

Connecting board
with thread,
4 or 8 solder terminals

865535

145

Centering pin

142

146

Pot Co res 11 x 7

B 65531

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or lEe publication 133

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

EI/A=
I. =
A. =

V. =

1.0mm- 1
15.9 mm
15.9 mm 2
252 mm 3

Approx. weight 1.7 g/set

4,4'°,3
6,6 -Of
Dimensions in mm

A L value

SIFERRIT
material

Itolerance

nH

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J.l.

Gapped
16

K12

1,0

12,7

B65531-LOO16-A012

25
40

K1

1,0
0,41

19,1
31,8

B65531-L0025-AOOl
865531-L0040-AOOI

M 33

0,64
0,38

31,8
50

B65531-L0040-A033
Bq5531-L0063-A033

40
63

±3%,Q,A

100
160
250
400

N48
±10%,Q,K

0,2
0,1
0,06

80
127
199

B65531-L0100-A048
B65531-L0160-A048
B65531-L0250-A048

0,03

318

B65531-L0400-K048

Ungapped
115
1600

+3oo/c A R
-20 0=

3200
6500
"l1li

92

B65531-LOOOO-ROOl

N 48

1270

B65531-LOOOO-R048

N 30

2550

B65531-LOOOO-R030

T 38

5170

B65531-LOOOO-Y038

K1

+4°o/c~Y
-30 0 -

to be preferred

143

Pot Cores 11 x 7

B 65531

Coil former and insulating washers B 65532
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41 294 or lEG publication 133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.

Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

4,2

4,2

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 1)

Approx.
weight

mm

\!Q

g

1,9

B65532-BOOOO-TOOl

180
0,1

22
2

3,8

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

200

B65532-BOOOO-T002

0.04 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between
coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Dimensions in mm

1'0.15

Ordering code B65532-A5000-XOOO
(pU: 1000)
1/

Rcu = AR . N 2
(de resistance

144

= AR . number of turns')

Pot Cores 11 x 7

B 65531

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting B 65535
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0. Max. permissible soldering temperature is
400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. 0.25 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 1.1 g (4 solder terminals); 1.4 g (8 solder terminals).
B65535-B0002-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)

B65535-B0003-XOOO
(with 8 solder terminals)

Thread for adjusting screw
Thread
for
adjusting
screw

View in direction A

M1A

a
Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

c

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65535-BOO02-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly
with 4 solder terminals) (PU: 500 sets)

Ordering code B65535-BOO03-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly
with 8 solder terminals) (PU: 500 sets)

Mounting parts

Ordering code

Mounting parts

a

1 yoke

C61035-A14-C24

a

1 yoke

C61035-A14-C24

Ordering code

b

1 connect. board
(with 4 solder
terminals)

C61035-A14-B20

c

1 connect. board
(with 8 solder
terminals)

C61035-A14-B21

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407-A9-A1
1)

Max. dimension

21

1.3 mm hole also permissible

145

B 65531

Pot Cores 11 x 7

Adjusting devices B 65539
Adjusting screw (a, b) B65549-C1 ••• -X••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and 4 cam profiles serving as
corebrake;
fits:
polyterephthalate connecting board B65535-BO .. ·-X· .. into which a guiding thread is molded;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (c) B65539-J 1001-XOOO (only needed,
when no mounting assembly is used).
Centering pin (d) e.g. of brass (for design proposal see drawing)
Adjusting screw driver B63399-B0004-XOOO.

c

a,b

d

.....
N

,
e', ..' '
",

en
c5

1.1
Dimensions in mm

Pot cores B65531

Adjusting screw

Material

AL value
nH

Part

K12

16

K1

25
40

M 33

N48

146

a

Tube core
dia. x length Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

black

B65539-Cl003-Xl0l

K 1

yellow

B65539-Cl003-XOOl

Si 1

black

B65539-C1003-Xl0l

1,81 x 2,0

40
63
100

a

1,81 x 2,0

K1

yellow

B65539-Cl003-XOOl

160
250

b

1,81 x2,7

N 22

red

B65539-Cl002-X022

Pot Cores 11 x 7

B 65531

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65539-C1 003-X1 01
color code black

Adjusting screw B65539-C1 003-X001
color code yellow
%

a/a

•
J
::r


10

I%:

8

CIl

~
a;

f

Mlll~l40

~

2

o
o

-

--=

18

..'"
c:

K1 IAlZS
K1Z lil16

.s:
u

16

II

Q)

c:

14

".5

12

~::J

MllIAl6l

~
~
a;

10

I%:

8

r

VII

~

h

6

2

l,.....oo"

23456

7

B

9

V

III

4

~r

N4BiAl100
K11Al40

/

u

JI
II

4

20

Q)



c:

18

.s:

16

c:

14

u
CIl
u

::J

".5

12

~
~
a;

10

I%:

8

r

I

/

II

6
4
2

/
./

/

N4BIL160

V

/

-

N4BIAlZSO

II

/;1

~
o ~
o
2

3

4

6

7

8

9

o

.Q,

at least one turn engaged

_Turns of the adjusting screw

147

B 65531

Pot Cores 11 x 7

a factor characteristics
Material N 48
L (mH) for

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

600
300
160
100

0,07 CuL
0,10 CuL
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS

Number of
sections

A = 100 nH AL = 160 nH
34,8
8,69
2,38
0,96

54,9
13,9
3,84
1,59

Flux density in
the core

B<1.5mT

~OO

N 48

A

= 100 nH
(typical values)

a

t

300

~

RF litz wire
- Enamel copper wire

I

/
1/
.....

zoo

.

/

/

-

\

\
\

\

,Ii"

\
i\

\

."
...... 1-

/

..--...
.'\ \.
\ \

34,BmH

\

\
\

0,9BmH

"

\

}

~,B9mH- -Z'13Bm~

--f

400

a

t

300

/

_ - - RF litz wire
_
- - - Enamel copper wire

/

/
,/

I

/

~/

-',

zoo

N 48
AL = 160 nH
(typical values)

~

/

/

/

X\

""\ \
\

'~

""
5~;9 mH

\

\

\.13,9mH

\

\

\

\
\ 159 mH
1

\

\ 3,84mH

/'

--f

148

Pot Cores 11 x 7

B 65531

Q factor characteristics

Material M 33
L (f.LH) for
Turns
AL = 63 nH

RF litz wire

Number of
sections

A = 40 nH
1020
303
84,7
38.4

1610
477
133
60.4

160
87
46
31

1 x 12 x 0,04 CuL
1 x 15 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS

Flux density
in the core
8<2 mT

4()0

M 33
AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

a

t 300

J.,..."

1/
/1/

1\

/84,7/LHV
.;~

zoo

/

,/

/

'-

38,4!lli

/

I,
\

303/LH

~

1\

\

~\
\

'\.\
'\\
\\

1\

10Z0/LH

l--

- - RF litz wire; sse
___ RF litz wire

k

~

---f

500

M 33
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

a

t

...... r-

400

- - RF litz wire; sse
- - - RF litz wire

~

/

~

1//

./

300

./

I

7

/
/

'J
I
"II
/ '133/LH

V
/

-

I\'\.
\\
.\

\\
\

1610/LH

\

60,4/LH

zoo f------ 477/LH

10' kHz
----f

149

B 65531

Pot Cores 11 x 7

a factor characteristics

a-~
-c:.:r

Material K 1

A

L (~H) for
= 25 nH A =40nH

3,68
0,52
39,5
6,88
6,83
2,05

5,35
0,74
60,8
9,73
9,70
2,92

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

11
4
40
15
15
8

0,25 CuL
0,70 CuL
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS

1
1
1
1
1
1

mmdi
meter"
8,1
7,2

8,4
6,9
8,1

400

a

t

Pad of
polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter"
Flux density
in the core
B< 0.6 mT
K 1
A = 25 nH
(typical values)

RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

300

......

'\.
\ /
39,5/LH

200

~

-"1\

I I / V
I 1/ V\

B,83!1H
100
102

It' \

~~

\\

a8sP,H
1\
3,B8!1H \

I I
I I

I.".

1'\

.~

/
O,52!!,H

2,05!1H\\

II

\

400

a

t

105 kHz

--f

I

I
I

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

'\.
\

300

V

l'sO,BJLH

I
I
HI
8,7/L

200

>(

I 1\ II
\

,.

~f

I
/.

8,73/1HL tLi92~

\\

i'h
\\
\\

o74/1H\ \ 5,35!1H

I-Y

100

102

150

--f

K 1
AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65541

Type for chassis mounting

~

V

$

~

~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

340, fig. 4

B63399

341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65549

157

Yoke

B65543

155

Pot core

B65541

153

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

B65542

154

Pot core

B65541

153

Threaded sleeve
threaded flange

B65549
B65808

157

Bakelized paper washer.

B65543

155

Base plate

B65543

155

I

151

Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65541

Type for PC mounting

~~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
Matching handle

B63399
B63399

340, fig. 4
341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65549

157

Yoke

B65545

156

Pot core

B65541

153

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

B65542

154

Pot core

B65541

153

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

B65549
B65808

157

Insulating washer

B65542

154

Connecting board with
4 or 6 solder terminals

B65545

156

W

/C::V

'v?
c::2

~

.~w'':'· .

I

.

.

a~

ct]5

W
,

JW1

C£)
152

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or IEC publication 133

1.3 ~O,15
Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section "
Effective volume

E I/A ~
I.

~

A. ~
Am;n ~

0.80 mm- 1
20
mm
25
mm 2
19

V. ~ 500

mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 3.2 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65541-K····-· .. •
B65541-N··.·-....

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH
Gapped

Itolerance

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J.le

20

K12

2.0

12.7

40

K1

1.0

25.4

B65541-'0040-A001

M 33

0.9
0.3

25.4
64

B65541-'0040-A033
B65541-'0100-A033

40
100
200
250
160
250
315
400
Ungapped

±3%'::'A

2800
4200
9000

B65541-'0200-A058
B65541-'0250-A058
B65541-'0160-A048
B65541-'0250-A048
B65541-*0315-A048
B65541-'0400-A048

89
1340

B65541-KOOOO-R001
B65541-KOOOO-R048

N 41

1780

B65541-KOOOO-R041

N 30

2670

B65541-KOOOO-R030

T 38

5720

B65541-KOOOO-Y038

N 48

+3~'::'R
-20

+40o/c.::.y
_30 0

B65541-'0020-A012

127
159
102
159
201,
255

N 58

140
2100

1)

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx,

0.12
0.09
0.16
0.1
0.08
0.05

K1
N 48

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density

~ to be preferred

153

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

Coil former and insulating washers B 65542
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41 294 or lEe publication 133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.

Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section
AN
total
of one
section
2
mm 2
mm
8,4

Average
length
of turn IN

AR

value 1)

Approx.
weight

mm

110

g

115

0,2

B65542-BOOOO-TOOl

127

0,3

B65542-BOOOO-T002

8,4

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

28
2

3,8

7,6

0.04 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulation and tolerance balancing
between coil winding and pot core; delivered
in strips.

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the dielectric strength between
core and connecting board.

Dimensions in mrn

Ordering code B65542-ASOOO-XOOO
(PU: 1000)

11

Rc , = AR . N 2
(de resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

154

Ordering code B65542-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 500)

Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65541

Mounting assembly for chassis mounting B 65543
Mounting assembly with metal base plate; fixed by twist prongs.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 1.5 g

B65543-A0001-XOOO

with bakelized
paper washer
14 dia x 0.4 (c)

Bend overl

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Only for adjustment
from below

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65543-A0001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly)
(PU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C40330-AB2-CB

b

1 base plate

C40330-AB2-C9

c

1 washer

C40330-AB2-C7

1)

Max. dimensions

155

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting B 65545
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection.
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board, flame-retardant in accordance with
UL 94V-0. Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 1.3 g

B65545-B0009-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)

B65545-B0010-XOOO "
(with 6 solder terminals) '5.
0>

:s"
Grounding pin

"

"
E

View in direction A

(!)

This recess must be on
the grounding pin side
to ensure that the yoke
locks in position.

--1

a

d,....,

a

.-'

b
'---'--n--'--m-'----rI--

d~ ~

c

"-----lI_ _ !~

t

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

i

A

~1.3 +0.1

--------

•L-16.8"~

Dimensions in mm

...l
'!
Ground

Ordering code B65545-BOO09-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with
4 solder terminals)
(PU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

I
II

Ordering code

Ground

Ordering code B65545-B001 O-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with
6 solder terminals)
(PU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts
Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C61035-A12-C2B

a

1 yoke

C61035-A12-C2B

b

1 connecting
board (with 4
solder terminals)

C42035-A 11-B4

c

1 connecting
board (with 6
solder terminals)

C42035-A 11-B3

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407-A9-A 1
" Max. dimension

156

Pot Cores 14

x8

B 65541

Adjusting devices B 65549
Adjusting screw (a, b) 865549-EO .. ·-X... , consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as
core' brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (c) 865549-J0002-XOOO, color code black;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 865808-L3002-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-B0004-XOOO,

a

c

b

d

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores B65541

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

AL value
nH

K12

20

K1

40
a

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

green

B65549-EOO03-X101

N 22

white

B65549-EOO03-X023

N22

black

B65549-EOO04-X023

Tube core
dia. x length Material

2,6 x 2,0

40
M 33
100
N48

160

N 58

200

N 58, N 48 250
N48

b

2,76x2,9

315
400

157

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

Inductance adjustment curves
Measured at cores with glued-in, threaded sleeve B 65808-L3002-XOOO.
Adjusting screw B65549-E0003-X 101
color code green

Adjusting screw B65549-E0003-X023
color code white

%

%

22

J
::r

22

20

J
::r 20

"c::

Cl

18

.J::
0

'"

16

"c::

14

.S •

-~



"
.S
">
~

10

a::

6

r
I

ifll

8

r

K1 1Al40
K121Al20

;l

Qi



14

'0

"
.S
"
10

12

.~

10

a::

8

r

2
4

5

6

9

7

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

I

6
4

V
3

I

1

Qi

/:1

4

"c::
.J::
0
0

~

12

'0

I
MllIA l 40

o
o

II
)
.,"'/

4

/



'0

~

12

a::

/1

6
I

~

_

158

N5BltOO : N4BI Al250I
N5BIAll50

I--J

N4BIl l l15

I

N4B I L400

/"
I,

~ V-

I--

I

fit I

/.Wy

4

o
o

N4BIAl160

I (~ <'"
I I f/;

10

0;

r

V

I

I

I

345
8
Turns of the adjusting screw

7

8

9

-Turns of the adjusting screw

%

22

M3llA l 100

/

Adjusting screw B65549-E0004-X023
color code black

J•
::r 20

.......

0"" at least one turn engaged.

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

150-0 curves
Material N 58
2-section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH
3
L 101

t

11111

I I
=100:::: t= !OO

I I I

I

130~ 1~ U~ 600 = Joo 5J&OAa~~U ==- culLS 1L1041 JJlJ
700 700
800 80D'\.' '''I\.. l''\ 1\

5

I

100

Cu LS 1$xO 04 N=,14{
Cu LS 20x 0,04 N 120
I
I I I I II
Cu LS 30 xO,04 N= 73

\' \i\

900

Cu LS 45xO,04 N 48
CuLS 60x a04 N 38
I I I I I II

\

\
\

\ \ \ '\

5

\\ \

1\

10-1
101

N58
AL = 200 nH

I I I I III

5

I\.

CulLS

96xo~od ~=12i

102
-I

mH

,

3

100 _

200 I

,

'" ,

3do Jo~ 5~W0700 706600

v

.1'
'" , , III
~~~
6u LsI12xl0 J4 ~~,I8~
'
300 t - =
'-

2001-:::== Cu LS 15xO.04 N-144
100 I - - Cu LS 20xO.04N= 120

800

'30~0.64 ~~ ~~

'\ .\i\'

900 900, .\i\'
1\ \

100

950
5

\
10-1
101

\

~

1\

~
102

'\.

.\

6u LS
I
I I I I III
CuLS45 xO.04N 48
Cu LS 60 xO.04 N- 38

I I I I III J

\ \ \.

\

N58
AL = 250 nH

"-

Cu LS 90xO.04 N=22
103
-I

104 kHz

159

B 65541

Pot Cores 14 x 8

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
AL

L (mH) for
Turns
AL = 250 nH

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

O,10CuL
0,15 CuL
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,05 CuLS

1
1
1
2
2
2

= 160 nH

53,9
12,5
5,28

0,74
0,24

84,9
19,5
8,25
1,65
1,15
0,38

580
280
182
81
68
39

Flux density
in the core
B < 1,5 mT

SOO

N 48

A

= 160 nH
(typical values)

600

a

t

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

400

/~

300

/

\o,74mH 0,24mH

\

//J

zoo
100

lot

/ ~
A..I ~
~
/
\ ~
/

I

~~

\

/

~

;'

"

'6.Z8mH

"53,8mH

.....1z,6mH

I
I

I

--f

600

N 48
AL = 250 nH
(typical values)

500

a

t

/~

RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

.~

300

//~ ~

#~ ~ /

zoo
100

~l'/ V

1-"1'"

~ ~ 1.15mH

,.

400

/\

/1/

<
~~ 193i/'
250l1H
1'\
f\ '\
~

0.

300

Wire; RF litz wire

1 x 15 x 0,04 CuLS
1000
100
325
57
1 x 30 x 0,05 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,05 CuLS
250
50
193
22+22 1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
90
15 + 15 1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
2,23
0,55 CuL
7
0,68
4
1,0 CuL
33,8
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
30
10,3
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
15
4,75
10
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
2,53
7
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS

600

I

Turns

1ri\LH

Flux density
in the core
fJ < 2 mT

1\ \

\\

V,OOO/1H

\

200
100

10" kHz
-f

600

K 1
Al = 40 nH
(typical values)

500

a

I

Flux density
in the core
fJ< 0.6 mT

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

400

300
33,Sj1H

200
100

V

--7-V-

1D,3/LH /
/
4,75/LH /

~

"...

r-

t,//

V

V

2,53/1H

~~,Z3j1H

I'\."\
~o.6Bj1H

10~

-f

161

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Type for chassis mounting

~

V

m
-----

~

~

•a

~

~fS:)
I

162

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

863399

340. fig. 4

863399

341. fig. 6

Adjusting screw

865659

168

Yoke

865653

166

Pot core

865651

164

Coil former with
1. 2. or 3 sections

865652

165

Pot core

865651

164

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

865659
865808

168

8akelized paper washer

865653

166

8ase plate

865653

166

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Type for PC mounting

V

l
4m-----

~-

§ .~-

uU U

I

~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

863399

340. fig. 4

863399

341.fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65659

168

Yoke

B65655

167

Pot core

B65651

164

Coil former with
1. 2. or 3 sections

865652

165

Pot core

865651

164

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

B65659
B65808

168

Insulating washer

865652

165

Connecting board with
4 or 8 solder terminals

B65655

167

163

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or IEC publication 133

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective a rea
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

E IfA =
I. =

A.

=

0.60 mm- 1
25.9 mm
43
mm 2

Am;" =
35
V. = 1120

Approx. weight 6 g
Dimensions in rnm

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65651-K.... - .. ..
B65651-N .... - ... .

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(pU: 500 sets)

fl.

Gapped
25
40
63
63
100
160
250
315
160
250
315
400
500
630
Ungapped
180
2800
3900

±3%~A

2.35

12

B65651-·0025-A012

K1

1.6
0.9

865651-·0040-A001
865651-·0063-A001

M 33

1.1
0.6
0.25

19.2
30.2
30.2
47.9

77

865651-·0063-A033
865651-·0100-A033
865651-·0160-A033

N 58

0.18
0.14

120
151

865651-·0250-A058
865651-·0315-A058

77

N48

0.32
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.07

120
151
192
240

0.05

302

865651-·0160-A048
865651-·0250-A048
865651-·0315-A048
B65651-·0400-A048
865651-·0500-A048
865651-K0630-K048

86
1340

865651-KOOOO-R001
865651-KOOOO-R048

N 41

1860

865651-KOOOO-R041

N 30

2670

865651-KOOOO-R030

T 38

5730

865651-KOOOO-Y038

±10%~K

+30,* A R
-20 0 =

5600
12000

K12

+40'* .... Y
-30 0 -

K1
N48

1) Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density .
.... to be preferred

164

mm 2
mm 3

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Coil former and insulating washers B 65652
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41294 or lEG publication
133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.
Winding cross section

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

16

16

mm 2

2

6,5

13

3

4,0

12

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

mm

f.LQ

g

35,6

0.04 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Dimensions in mm

Rcu

= AR . N 2

(dc resistance

= AR .

87

0,2

865652-80000-T001

94

0,3

865652-80000-T002

101

0,4

865652-80000-T003

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the dielectric strength between
core and connecting board.

12

Ordering code 865652-A5000-XOOO
(PU: 1000)

1)

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Ordering code 865652-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 500)

number of turns z)

165

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Mounting assembly for chassis mounting 8 65653
Mounting assembly with metal base plate; fixed by twist prongs.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.

Approx. weight 2.3 g

865653-A0001-XOOO

with bakelized
paper washer
1B dia x 0.5 Ie)

b

Bend overt

3,2 -0,2
Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction

Only for adjustment
from below
Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865653-A0001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly)
(PU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C40330-A75-C5

b

1 base plate

C61035-Al0-C43

c

1 washer

C40330-85-C33

" Max. dimension

166

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting B 65655
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Max. permissible soldering temperature
is 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. 0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 2.4 g
B65655-B0009-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)

B65655-B0010-XOOO
(with 8 solder terminals)

Grounding pin
Grounding pin

View in direction A
This recess must be
on the grounding pin
side to ensure that the
yoke locks in position

a

Hole arangement
View in mounting direction

+0.1

+0.1

---

--/

Dimensions in mm

- 2,54l:-

I--

Ground

Ground

Ordering code 865655-80009-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 4 solder
terminals) (PU : 500 sets)
Mounting parts

/

Ordering code 865655-8001 O-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 8 solder
terminals) (PU : 500 sets)

Ordering code

Mounting parts

a

1 yoke

C61035-Al0-C40

a

1 yoke

C61035-Al0-C40

Ordering code

b

1 connecting
board (with 4
solder terminals)

C42035-Al0-B5

c

1 connecting
board (with 8
solder terminals)

C42035-Al0-B3

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407 -A9-A 1
1)

Max. dimension

167

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Adjusting devices 8 65659
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) 865659-EO ••• -X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalatethread is molded and a spring crown serving ascore
brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (d) 865659-J0002-XOOO, color code: colorless;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (e) 865808-L3002-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80004-XOOO.
a
b, c
d

e

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores 865651

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia. x length Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU : 500)

a

2,6 x 3,7

Si 1

white

865659-EOO01-Xl0l

63

c

2,82 x 4,4

Si 1

brown

B65659-EOO04-Xl01

63

a

2,6 x 3,7

K1

green

B65659-EOO01-XOOl

a

2,6 x 3,7

Si 1

white

B65659-EOO01-Xl0l

100

c

2,82 x 4,4

Si 1

brown

B65659-EOO04-Xl01

160

a

2,6 x 3,7

K1

green

B65659-EOO01-XOOl

160

c

2,82 x 4,4

Si 1

brown

B65659-EOO04-Xl01

250

a

2,6 x 3,7

N 22

red

B65659-EOO01-X023

b

2,75 x 4,4

N 22

black

B65659-EOO03-X023

c

2,82 x 4,4

N 22

yellow

B65659-EOO04-X023

K12

AL value
nH
25
40

K1

63
M 33

M 33, N 48
N48
N 58
N 48, N 58

100

250
315

400
N 48

400
500

168

B 65651

Pot Cores 18 x 11

Inductance adjustment curves
Measured at cores with glued-in, threaded sleeve 865808-L3002-XOOO

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X1 01
color code white

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X1 01
color code white
%
22

%
22

J
:J 20

:J 20




:;:;

'"

14

Qi
0::

I

/

12
10
8
6
4

I

/

Q)

c

/

4

II
~

~V

0/0

/
J

V
3

4

7

5

Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X001
color code green

22

:J 20

.s::;

6

-

.J:J

J

Ol

M33IMOO

I

Turns of the adjusting screw

%
22

M33IA l 63

i /v

II

o
o

678

Adjusting screw B65659-E0004-X1 01
color code brown

Q)

/

0::

4

--

f7

Qi

1

-

14

ti

V

3

17

Q)

3
-

o ~ at least one turn

18

'"

16

c:

.s::;


~

0::

5

7

Turns of the adjusting screw

KlIA l 6L
M331A l 160

J~ /

10

/V
II
/ VI

8

4

o
o

.1

II /:V

12

Qi

I
4

14

ti
"C

/

III
II /
1// II
/ VI

o~ ~
o

Ol

Q)

Q)

/V
I

20



10

1>
::l

~

Qj
0::

;//

N48/t250

2

o
o

~

3

4

Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw 865659-E0004-X023
" color code yellow

22
20



14

"C

,:;

12

">

10

.~

/
/

/ /

Qj
0::

r

/

V

N48f~LSOO

/

6

/ /

4

/

V

o~
o

/
234

567

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

o '" at least one turn engaged.
170

12

"

10

,:;
>
~

NSBfAL2S0

/ ,..,..... N4B}~
NS6

L

NS6fALJ1S
;;V ,..,..... N46fA
400
L

(j/ V

II W

8

1fiJ

II 1/

4

W

~V

oI;;;:::::;:I "
o

7

5

'}o

"'"r:

"C

1>::l

2

-

J
:::r

14

(,)

r

1//

2

"co

./

6

'I

4

16

Qj
0::

'II

6

(,)

c

//

8

r

-

/

M331ttJ60

18

4
-

5

6

9

Turns of the adjusting screw

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

150-0 curves
Material N 58
2-section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH
5

rT""1""TTT-----,-----,----r.....-r,
,Tl,",-----.------r-.:-c-.-.rrrr-----,-r-r-,--,--rTT1 N 58
100
200 30040050060(Y6®
500
Cu LS 12><0,04 N=3GO
F!=i#R==t¥=F#m#~~~*""400#Fl=I===F=F=F1FR~ A = 250 nH
'700\\ \ ~ /' 300
_ Cu LS 15>< 0,04 N= 270
SOO '\. '\.' ,'\. :'\. 200 ++H-I---f--+--+-1I-+t-t-H
10' Htt+++-f--+t--I-+-+-YH~ 111000\\' ~~ ~ 100
Cu LS 20"0,04 N=240

'- 1/111/700

r

900- 900
5

"

Cu LS 30"0,04 N-163
,\.

H+f+l-,f-+---+I----II--H-+I+I-H-H 110,~ . \

CuLS60xO,04 N·S7

1:211~\1\~1\1\ 1~\~\~~\~\'\I~I~~!~I~cU~LS~90~XO~,04~N~=417
BI\

5

10'

5

102

103
-f

5

102
5 100

N58
A=315nH

200 300 400 500 600 79Q GOO
I
I I I I
I
J
J '~~ ,,'\.'\. l'VI

I""'" '"

~,,~ ~ ~\

10'

1000
1100

1115~

\

lao
5

5

1(J4 kHz

10'

\ \1\ \
5

500
400
300
200
100

CuLS' 15><0,04 N= 270
CuLS 20><0,04 N= 240
CuLS 30><0,04 N=163
CuLS 45><0,04 N=112

I\,

,\, 1\\

Cu LS 12>< 0,04 N=360

,\

-~

,

\ \' ~' ~ ~.\
102

5

~

CuLS 60xO,04 N= 87
I

I

1111

Cu LS 90><0,04 N· 47

103

5

104 kHz

-f

171

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
Turns
L (mH) for
= 250 nH AL = 315 nH

A

787
49,6
22,1

4,67
1,90
0,83

1000
63,8
,-

8,17
5,94

1,07

1790
450
301
161
138
87
58

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

0,07 CuL
0,15 CuL
1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
0,25 CuL
1 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,05 CuLS

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

700

/l

t roo

- - RF lilz wire
- - -

/

Enamel copper wire

1--..\
17\'\
\ \\
\ \\

lI.

I

~r-

j

400

/'

/J V~
1//
~,

/

--

zoo
I-~

A

= 250 nH
(typical values)

, \' o.aamH
\l,90mH
It,S7mH

II

300

100

N 48

h

600

Flux density in the
core B< 1.5 mT

; \22~mH

r,

"

ltlI,SmH

r

r..... 78 m1H
-f

700

N 48

A
600

v

0.

r 500

RF lilz wire
- - - En,mel copper wire

~

\'\
\ 1\
\ \ 'j,07iH

I

/

1t00

/..', ~.....

.1//

300

\

\ 5,94mH

1\

//7
//

zoo
100

/

\.

r-..

?--,
~

'\

"

........

= 315 nH
(typical values)

,8,17mH

61~f1H

l°Flm~ II

-f

172

B 65651

Pot Cores 18 x 11

a factor characteristics
Materials N 48, M 33
Wire; RF litz wire

Material

L

Turns

N 48
AL = 160 nH

504
31,9
3,0
1,19
0,53

mH 1790
450
mH
mH
138
87
mH
58
mH

M 33
Ac = 40 nH

900
400
256
125
46,3

1 x 30
150
fJH
1 x 45
100
fJH
1 x 45
fJH 40+40
fJH 25 + 6 + 25 1 x 45
fJH 15+4+15 1 x 45

Numberof ¢"
sections
mm

-

1
0,07 CuL
0,15 CuL
1
1 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS 1
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS 1
1 x 45 x 0,05 CuLS 1
x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS

-

-

1
1
2
3
3

11,7
10,8

700

\ \\
\ \

/

a

t

N 48
AL = 160 nH
(typical values)

1S( ':\.

60 0

600

- - -

RF litz wire
Enamel copper wire

I

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter"

\
\

400

\

O,53mH I

1,19,mH

Flux density
in the core
B< 1.5 mT

3,0 mH

,- ......

300

/

\

//

2DD

\

...

100

31,9mH

.......

//

; ....

\

501"~H
101

----f

600

M 33
AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

500

a

t

1,00

300

200

L
~/

/': . . .L

~ ......

'lZ6p.H

7.

/'

........

.......

"'"";> ..... '-:

,

......., .....

Flux density
in the core
B< 1.6 mT

....
~

'","

'\
256/LH

" t\

i\

\.

I,OO/LH

\46,3/LH

100

10' kHz

--f
173

B 65651

Pot Cores 18 x 11

Q

factor characteristics;

Material M 33
Turns
L (I1H) for
AL = 63 nH AL = 100 nH
2250
150
1415
100
630
1000
40+40
403
640
25 + 6 + 25
198
313
72,8
115
15+4+15
12+4+12
49,4
81.2

Wire; RF litz wire
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS

600

a

/'

500

./ / /

:Z. ><-g / ""- ><
/

t400
300

....... V

......

/

><

-

-

11,7
10,8
10,8

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter'
Flux density
in the core
B < 1.6 mT

~

~

\'\

\

/

¢.
mm

M33
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

....

/'

Number of
sections
1
1
2
3
3
3

//19S'H
/ V\.
7Z.S!J,H! \
1.10/-LH 630pll
49,4/1H

403pll

~ /

200
100

--f

SOD

a

t

500
400

,...

~

<:

/
/. ~
/ 7 -...,( '\. /
'\ ./" /
//
/ / / ry \

./ ,( .\
300 -313j.LH -115!J,H -812j.LH
zoo

\

M33
A L =100nH
(typical values)

.x. ..... ~'"

" "-,'\.

/

\

\:
\:

\

640/-LH

1000~H

ZZ50j.LH

100

--f

174

10"kHZ

Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65651

a factor characteristics
Material K 1
Number of ¢.
sections
mm
0,6 CuL
1
13,0
9
1,0 CuL
1
12,2
3
3 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS 1
12,8
20
12,8
5+5+5 3 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS 3
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS 1
15
13,5

L (I-IH) for
AL = 25 nH A =40nH
2,78
3,75
0,37
0,49
13,3
18,3
7,6
10,6
7,1
9,85

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the

diameter·
(valid for all
sections)
Flux density
in the core

8<0.6 mT
BOO

Kl
AL = 25 nH

(typical values)

600

a

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

I~

IIII
1

~J~ ~

7,SjJ.H / .
7,ljL1i

20IJ

-><" ~ r--.

".\

~

'" '"'\2,7Bp.H
" -.....,

I"

100

,0,37jLH

y
10"

-f

600

Kl
A = 40 nH
(typical values)

500

a

t

400
300

~ r-........

f

./ ~

r-9,B5p.H

'\.

- - RF litz wire
-f___ Enamel copper wire

1""',.--

zoo r---- 3,75 p.H ,.-"- l\.

K

"-

100

r-

r--., '<'

lB,3~

'"

" '" "
/

>- i-'"lo,sjLH

1

"

".,

"

"O,49p.H

10"
-f

175

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Type for chassis mounting

$

~

~
I

176

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Coil former with
1,2, or 3 sections

865562

179

Pot core

865561

178

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

865569
865808

182

Bakelized paper waher

865563

180

Base plate

865563

1 BO

B 65561

Pot Cores 18 x 14

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

863399

34~fig.4

863399

341. fig. 6

Adjusting screw

865569

182

Yoke

865565

181

Pot core

865561

178

Coil former with '
1. 2. or 3 sections

865562

179

Pot core

865561

178

Jrr1

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

865569
865808

182

~

Insulating washer

865652

179

Connecting board with
4 or 8 solder terminals

865565

181

~
.

"U U

I

U

177

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Magnetic characteristics

3.1±O,15

'"
'"
:::;;:

}i~~~~~u~-

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
volume

I: I/A =
I. =
A. =
V. =

0,67
30,1
45
1350

Approx, weight 9,0 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Pot GOre
without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig,)

AL value

nH

Ordering code

B65561-A •••• - ••••
B65561-N •••• - ••••

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx,

Effective
permeability

Ordering code

(PU: 500 sets)

P.

Gapped
25
25
40
40
63
100
100
160
250
315
400
630
Ungapped
160
2700
5300

178

K12
K1
±3%":"A

M 33

N 48

± 5%":"J
±10%":"K

+30
R
-20 ex0 A

K1
N 48
N 30

1,5
2,7
1,3
2,0
1.1

0,6
0,6
0,3
0,17
0,14
0,1
0,05

13,5
13,5
21,6
21,6
34
54
54
86,5
135
170
216
340
85
1440
2820

B65561-·0025-A012
B65561-·0025-AOOl
B65561-·0040-AOOl
B65561-·0040-A033
B65561-·0063-A033
B65561-·0100-A033
B65561-·0100-A048
B65561-·0160-A048
B65561-·0250-A048
B65561-·0315-A048
B65561-A0400-J048
B65561-A0630-K048
B65561-AOOOO-R001
B65561-AOOOO-R048
B65561-AOOOO-R030

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Coil former and insulating washers B 65562
Glass-fiber reinforced polyacetal or polycarbonate coil former.
For winding details refer to page 67.
Winding cross section

0.5
10-0.2
Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross sectio n

AN
of one
section

total

mm'

mm'

20

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

mm

flO

9

58

0,4

Polyacetal"
B65562-AOOOO-H001
Polycarbonate B65562-AOOOO-M001

68

0,4

Polyacetal"
B65562-AOOOO-H002
Polycarbonate B65562-AOOOO-M002

73

0,5

Polyacetal"
B65562-AOOOO-H003
Polycarbonate 865562-AOOOO-M003

20

2

8,5

17,0

3

5,3

15,9

34

0.04 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Dimensions in mm

,1

Ordering code
IPU: 500)

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the dielectric strength between
core and connecting board.

1.3t 0.2

Ordering code B65562-A5000-XOOO
(PU: 1000)

'I

Material

Ordering code B65652-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 500)

R c, = AR . N' (de resistance = AR . number of turns')
glass-fiber reinforced

179

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Mounting assembly for chassis mounting B 65563
Mounting assembly with metal base plate; fixed by twist prongs.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 2 g

B65563-A0001-XOOO

o
with bakelized
paper washer
18 dia x 0.5 (c)

b

Bend over!

3.2 -0.2

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Only for adjustment
from below

Ordering code B65563-A0001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly)
(pU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C40330-B5-C27

b

1 base plate

C61035-A10-C43

c

1 washer

C40330-B5-C33

1)

Max. dimension

180

Pot Co res 1 8 x 14

B 65561

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting 8 65565
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0. Max. permissible soldering temperature is
400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. 0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 2.5 g
865565-80009-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)

865565-80010-XOOO
(with 8solderterminals)
Grounding pin

Grounding pin

View in direction A

, This recess must be on
the grounding pin side
to ensure that the yoke
locks in position

a

c

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction

I
I
I

f---

'01

~

~
Dimensions in mm

I
I

01
~

I

I /

II

12.54

~

r

~4

Ground

1

Ground

Ordering code 865565-80009-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 4 solder
terminals) (PU: 500 sets)

Ordering code 865565-8001 O-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 8 solder
terminals) (PU: 500 sets)

Mounting parts

Ordering code

Mounting parts

a

1 yoke

C61035-Al0-C41

a

1 yoke

C61035-Al0-C41

b

1 connecting board
(with 4 solder
terminals)

C42035-Al0-85

c

1 connecting board
(with 8 solder
terminals)

C42035-Al0-83

Ordering code

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407 -A9-A 1
1)

Max. dimension

181

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Adjusting devices B 65569
Adjusting screw (a) B65569-DO ••• -X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on which
a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core
brake.
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (b) B65569-K0002-XOOO, color code
white; glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (c) B65808-L3002-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver B63399-B0004-XOOO

a

c

b

£W

ijt
e;.

I

~

Pot cores B65561
AL value
nH

K 12

25

K 1

25
40

M 33

40
63
100

N 48

100

182

.

.

r-t")'

3,9

Dimensions in rnm

N 48

[i)

M2

~
oo:::r"

Material

M2

160
250
315

Adjusting screw

dia. x length

2.6 x 5.5

Tube core
Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

white

B65569-DOO01-X101

N 22

red

B65569-DOO01-X023

B 65561

Pot Cores 18 x 14

Inductance adjustment curves

Adjusting screw B65569-D0001-X1 01
color code white
o

%

o

J 22
:::r

V
v
V

~Cl 20

~" 18

g 16

/

V

<1l

t>

-5 14
~

12

/ /~ /'

8
6
4

2

/~

I- ~ -:/'

/

~ 10

V

Y LY

.0;
.~

Adjusting screw B65569-D0001-X023
color code red

--

Kl/Al15
M33/Al40

i-- M33A63

" 18

..c:

' - - N48/Al100
K12/Al25_

I

M33/A l l00

/'

"
"
tl
()

<1l

:J

16

J

14

OJ

10

III

8
6
4

/

,/

1/

<1l

a:

/

J. V

1/

, / N4B1A l 160

/

.",

II

'E" 12

1

~

i

.0;

I

~V

/

()

'C

;$ ~

o

~Cl 20
<1l

>-- Kl/Al~O

~

%

J 22
:::r

,/

/

;'

-

N4811l250

-

N48/A l 315

L~ 1/

2 t7 /

:/

2345678910
-

Turns of the adjusting screw

0

2
-

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10

Turns of the adjusting screw

0"" at least two turns engaged

183

Pot Cores 18 x 14

B 65561

Q factor characteristics

Material M 33
L {JIH) for

A = 63nH

A=

1570
763
433
164
122

2500
1210
688
260
194

Turns

RF litz wire

Number of ¢*
sections
mm

65 +
50 +
38+
20+
20+

1 x 20 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
2 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS
3 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS

3
3
3
3
3

100nH
38 + 65
10 + 50
7 + 38
11 + 20
4+20

700
~

BOO

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter *

Flux density
in the core
B<1.6mT

M 33
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

t::..

~ ~ r...... ~~
i""
/~ ~
" r\
"~~
1///

,

1670~

/.

~O

/~

§

300

zoo

11,2
13,2
11,8
10,8
11,5

/

r\ :\\

7S3~jLIi \ \
16~iLH\\

7

lZZ/LH

100
10Z

,03

10' kHz
--f

700

V r- i'-.

/.
/ # 1--0.
'D , / ' -

BOO

a

I

500
~

F
/'

'/

'\
f'. '-.l\

" 1"\

Z600/LH

M 33
AL = 100 nH
(typical values)

1\.'\

\

lZ10iLH

\'
B88jJl1

I.

\.

\\194/LH
ZOO /LH

300

ZOO
100

102

10' kHz
--f

184

B 65561

Pot Cores 18 x 14

Q factor characteristics
Material K 1

LtuH) for
Turns
::::ALL=-=.2:::.5.::.n:.:H_~A::.!L~=.....:4:::.:0:.:n.::.H.:...-.-+-_ _ _ _
1,88
2,92
8
0,53
0,78
4
24,3
38,8
10+ 10+ 10
14,7
22,4
11
3,75
5,65
22

Wire; RF litz wire Number of ¢"

+-_____--t-=s.:::.ec"-,t"-,io,-,-n,,,s_~m.:.::m,,,-1,0 CuL
1,2 CuL
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
3 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS

1
1
3
1
1

11,5
11,2
12,0
12,8
12,5

B
Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter"
(valid for all
sections)
Flux density
in the core

B< 0.6
700

mT

K 1
AL = 25 nH
(typical values)

600

a

t

- - RF litl wire
f- - - Enamel copper wire f-

500
400
/

300

//

~/
200

-3,751

/"""'""

"'"'>0.:

"'- .
~

-

')"

,

188p.H Zr,3/LH

'

'1,'"

, ....

::.,--,
,

"

0,53/1H

100
103

~,

1'. ,
--f

700

K 1
AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

BOO

a

t

500
400
300
200

.....38,B/LH~

.z2'~rI

/

/
/

5,B5pit/

1 II

I II

RF litl wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

~ .........

"-

'\

/' \" ...... ~\
/

\./"'"

\

'/
V

/1

Z,SZpH 1/
0,7811H.1

V

'\.,
\\

---f

185

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Type for chassis mounting

-_._-

V

crT]
2fE

•
186

Individual parts

Pa rt No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

339, fig. 3

B63399

341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65669

192

Yoke

B65663

190

Pot core

B65661

188

Coil former with
1, 2, or 3 sections

B65662

189

Pot core

B65661

188

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

B65669
B65669

192

Frame

B65663

190

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

339, fig. 3

B63399

341, fig. 6

Adjusting screw

B65669

192

Yoke

B65665

191

Pot core

B65661

188

Coil former with
1, 2, or 3 sections

B65662

189

Pot core

B65661

188

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

B65669
B65669

192

Insulating washer

B65662

189

Connecting board with
8 solder terminals

B65665

191

r:~ "

--.~ ~

~
_4-:?"

'.

I

i

.

..

"

"

'-[:~"

I

0;

a~

clj)

•

@

~

187

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Pot cores complying with DI N 41 293 or I EC publication 133
2,9±O,15

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section' I
Effective volume

E IIA=
1.=

A.=

0.5 mm-'
31.6 mm
63 mm 2

Am;o=

50
V.= 2000

Approx, weight 13 glset
Dimensions in mm
Pot cores
without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig,)

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

.1

nH

Ordering code
B65661-L ••• - ••••
B65661-N ••• - ••••

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx,

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J.l.

Gapped
40
63
100
160
160
250
315
400
500
630
1250
Ungapped

15,9
25

B65661-·0040-A001
B65661-·0063-AOOl

M 33

0,9
0,7

39,8
64

B65661-·0100-A033
B65661-·0160-A033

0,5
0,26
0,22
0,16
0,14
0,10

64
100
125
159
199
250

B65661-·0160-A048
B65661-·0250-A048
B65661-·0315-A048
B65661-·0400-A048
B65661-·0500-A048
B65661-L0630-A048

0,05

498

B65661-L1250-K048

86
1510

B65661-LOOOO-ROOl

N 48
N 41

1950

B65661-LOOOO-R048
B65661-LOOOO-R041

N 30

2780

B65661-LOOOO-R030

T 38

6360

B65661-LOOOO-Y038

N48

±10%.!l.K
K1
+30O/C-"-R
-20 o-

7000
16000

1.4
1,3

±3%.!l.A

220
3800
4900

K 1

+40 o/c-"-Y
-30 0 -

11 Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density.
~ to be preferred

188

mm 2
mm 3

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Coil former and insulating washers B 65662
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41294 or lEe publication
133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.
Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

1

23,4

23,4

2

11,0

22,0

3

6,7

20,0

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

value')

Approx.
weight

mm

iJQ

g

67

0,4

B65662-BOOOO-T001

69

0,45

B65662-BOOOO-T002

76

0,5

B65662-BOOOO-T003

44

0.06 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulating and tolerance balancing between coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Ordering code B65662-A5000-XOOO
(PU: 1000)
11

Rcu =

AA • N2
(de resistance

= AR

AR

Ordering code
(PU: 500 items)

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the dielectric strength between
core and connecting board.
3,5.0.1

Ordering code B65662-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 500)

. number of turns 2 )

189

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Mounting assembly for chassis mounting B 65663
Mounting assembly with glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate frame. flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0; fixed by screws.
0.4 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 4 g

B65663-B0001-XOOO
(for free terminals)

b

a

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65663-B0001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly for free terminals)
(PU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 frame

C6035B-B3185-C103

b

1 yoke

C60358-B3185-Cl05

2 hex. nuts
M 2 DIN 934 m-5 S
}
2 cylindrical screws AM 2 x 10 DIN 84-5 S
(for:;; 3 mm thick mounting plates)

190

not included
in delivery

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Mounting assemblies for PC mounting B 65665
Mounting assemblies with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0. Max. permissible soldering temperature is
400 °Cj752 of, 2'sec, 0.4 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 5 g
B65665-C0005-XOOO
(with 4 solder terminals)

B65665-C0004-XOOO
(with 8 solder terminals)
Grounding pin

Grounding pin

View in direction A
This recess must be on the
grounding pin side to
ensure that the yoke
locks in position

This recess must be on the
grounding pin side to
ensure that the yoke
locks in position

Q

Q

b

t

A

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

101,3 +0,1

A

--

--

2,54

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865665-COO05-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 4 solder
terminals) (pU: 500 sets)
Mounting parts

2,54

Ground

Ground

Ordering code 865665-COO04.,.XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 8 solder
terminals) (pU: 500 sets)

Ordering code

Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C61035-A17-C6

a

1 yoke

C61035-A17-C6

b

1 connecting boa rd
(with 4 solder
terminals)

C61035-A17-833

c

1 connecting board
(with 8 solder
terminals)

C61035-A17-B10

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407-A9-A1
1)

Max. dimension

191

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Adjusting devices B 65669
Adjusting screw (a, b, c, d, e) 1365669-0 (E)-••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (f) B65669-K0002-XOOO;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (g) B65669-L0004-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver B63399-B0001-XOOO

a to d

e

9

M2'6XO'35

~
I

ex:>
t<)"

,

a"t

~
o

M2,6xO.35

.

~

ii:

cq

~
N

'7

~

0

~

9·

;;j

4,9

;;j

2

2

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores B65661

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia. x length Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

40

a

3,5

x 3,5

Si 1

brown

B65669-D0010-Xl0l

63

b

3,5

x4,3

K1

blue

B65669-DOO09-XOOl

100

a

3,5

x 3,5

K1

green

B65669-D0010-XOOl
B65669-DOO09-XOOl

Al value
nH

K1

M 33
M33,N48

160

b

3,5

x4,3

K1

blue

160

b

3,5

x 4,3

M25

black

B65669-DOO08-X025

c

4,1

x 3,5

N 22

yellow

B65669-DOOll-X022

d

4,1

x4,3

N 22

red

B65669-DOO07-X022

e

4,18 x 5,0

N 22

white

B65669-EOO06-X022

250
315
N48

400
500
630

192

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65669-0001 O-Xl 01
color code brown
E

..J

%
J 22
:::r

%

o

:::r 22

"0
"
.!:
'".;:;>
co
.c

18

12

OJ

~Cl 20

20

"co>

'';:;

Adjusting screw B65669-0001 O-XOOl
color code green

"
'""
"
~
""
"0
co

18

.c

KlIAL 63

16

~

/

~ 14

V

1/

.!:

.~ 12

J

co

~ 10

I

M33~~

VV

iJ V

4

2

~
17

k:::: ~

o
-

18
16
N~60

14

1/

.!:

[7 l7

1:

<.l

V'

2345678910
Turns of the adjusting screw

'>"

.~

12

II V

a;

cc 10

f 6
2
0

V

J

8

4

M33/AL~

I

V

VV
V
II
V

b:::::~

2345678910
- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

o ... at least two turns engaged.
193

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw 865669-DOOll-X022
color code yellow

J

:::r


'"

~

Qi
II:

'"
'c"
'"
"0
<.l

N481AL 250

)/

::l
"C

V/ V

12

1//

10

.!:
.>

JV

8

2

l..,...::: ~

2

0

-

10

6

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

0

~V

II

2
-

3

4

6

:::r

~Cl 20
c

~ 18

g 16

~

N481~500

14

~
~

V

12

17

~ 10

r

/.

4

2

o

j

V

7J

~
2345678910
-

194

1/ ~AL6~0

II V

:

Turns of the adjusting screw

8

9 10

Turns of the adjusting screw

%

.!:

.........

V

J 22

~

I.-

II

Adjusting screw 865669-E0006-X022
color code white
5

"

J

6

2
5

I

V

.....

V

4

III

3 4

12

1

i'

4

.,'"

8

III

6

14

Qi
II:

'"

N481AL 315

N481AL 400

o ~.at least two turns engaged.

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
L (mH) for
Turns
A L =315nH A = 400 nH
456
575
1200
800
200
256
28,1
35,5
300
500
78,3
99,1
49,0
350
38,9
12,5
16,0
200
2,55
80
2,0
1,1
59
0,51
40
0,62
40

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
2

0,12 CuL
O,15CuL
0,27 CuL
1 x 12 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 15 x 0,04 CuLS
1 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
3 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
3 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
3 x 20 x 0,05 CuLS
3 x 30 x 0,05 CuLS

-

1000

Q

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

t

-'rh

",

.I~""J ~
~L~ ,
78,3mH

~'

~
~

V

I
500

N 48
AL = 315 nH
(typical values)

i'\.

1.1

1\
\

j'-.

~r-..
,

Flux density
in the core
S< 1.5 mT

~

I'

456~
-[ ~inH
~~

~~

I

~~,O,~mH

zpm~~1,1mH

\

T
12,5mH

'38,9jH

zajmH

II

1000

N 48
AL = 400 nH
(typical values)

"-

Q

_ _ RF litz wire
___ Enamel copper wire

I

/V

/

/, ~

t
600

-. .. ~
, :--.,

~.~

~,omH
f9il~~

l~
",...,~

IIU

,~

D

~

\"

\

......

"', I',' \
, ....
~,

I"~

~t\.

I

\

35,5mH

51jH I256r1H

O,62mH

~5mJ

\
If,omH

195

Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65661

Q factor characteristics

Material K 1
L (f.LH) for

Ac =40 nH
4,63
0,84
40,2
8.45
4,96

Turns

AL = 63 nH
6,74
1,17
58,0
11,7
7,0

Wire; RF litz wire Number of (!l'
sections
mm
10
0,7 CuL
1
16,1
4
1,0 CuL
15,5
1
16,8
10+ 10+ 10 1 x45xO,04CuLS 3
13
3x30xO,04CuLS 1
16,5
10
3x30xO,04CuLS 1
16,5

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter'
(valid for all
sections)
Flux density
in the core

8<0.6 mT

1000

K 1
AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

(J.

- - RF litz wire
---Enamel copper wire

t
500

8~5~
~
, 4,9Ilp.H ......
,/

r-.
"'-,

K

~ .... ,

4O,2J.11!

4,63p.H

o,s~J.II!
" "1

103

-f

1000

Kl
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

Q

--RF litz wire
---Enamel copper w ire

I
500

.

~ ~ ~t-.

11,1iJ.H ./.
7,op.H ~

.

~~

~.;~~

.6,7/jpJI
j..)'

' ...
'l17J.11!
"
10~

-f

196

Pot Cores 26 x 1 6

B 65671

Type for chassis mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

339,fig.3

B63399

341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65679

203

B65673

201

Pot core

B65671

199

Coil former with
1, 2, or 3 sections

B65672

200

Pot core

B65671

199

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

B65679

203

B65673
B65673

201
201

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Yoke

j)

I

,

I
I,

I

'
k!J
I

.

$

I
j

4'~---------I
~
l, - - - - - - - Base plate
I

I

g,

2 tubular rivets

197

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

V

~

Q __25-

.-,'

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
-(for assembly only)
Matching handle

663399

339, fig. 3

663399

341,fig.6

-Adjusting screw

665679

203

Yoke

665675

202

---- Pot core

665671

199

665672

200

665671

199

Coil former with
- - 1, 2, or 3 sections

- Pot core

"~

Wl

Threaded sleeve or
threaded flange

665679

203

~

Insulating washer

665672

200

~

Connecting board with
- - 8 solder terminals

665675

202

"

198

U U

I

I

U

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or lEG publication 133

3.1 ~O,15
Magnetic characteristics
Gore factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min, core
cross section 11
Effective volume

E //A=
/,=
A,=

0,4 mm- 1
37.2 mm
93 mm 2

Am;,=
74
V,= 3460

mm 2
mm 3

Approx, weight 21 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Pot cores
without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

Ordering code
865671-L····-....
865671-N •••• - ••••

I

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx,

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

f./,

Gapped
63
100

K 1

2,28
0,90

20,1
31,9

865671-·0063-A001
865671-·0100-A001

100
160

M 33

1,52
0.78

31,9
51

865671-·0100-A033
865671-·0160-A033

160
250
315
400
630
800

±3%:::'A
N 48

0,80
0.40
0,34
0,24
0,15
0,11

51
80
100
127
201
255

865671-·0160-A048
865671-·0250-A048
865671-·0315-A048
865671-·0400-A048
865671-·0630-A048
865671-·0800-A048

1000

±5%:::'J

0,10

319

B65671-L1000-J048

1600

±10%:::'K

0,05

510

B65671-L1600-K048

Ungapped
K 1

270
4900
6300

+3°O/C:::'R
-20 0

9000
20000

11

~

+40o/c:::.y
-30 0

86

865671-LOOOO-R001

N 48

1560

B65671-LOOOO-R048

N 41

2000

B65671-LOOOO-R041

N 30

2860

B65671-LOOOO-R030

T 38

6360

B65671-LOOOO-Y038

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density,
to be preferred

199

B 65671

Pot Cores 26 x 16

Coil former and insulating washers B 65672
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41294 or lEe publication
133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-O, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.
Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

1

32

32

2

15

30

9.6

3

mm 2

AR

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

Average
length
of turn IN

value')

Approx.
weight

mm

f.lQ

g

55

0.4

865672-80000-T001

59

0.5

865672-80000-T002

61

0.6

865672-80000-T003

52

28.8

0.06 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the die.lectric strength between
core and connecting board.
26-0.5
8

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865672-85000-XOOO
(PU: 400)
1)

Reu ~ AR . N'
Ide resistance ~ AR . number of turns')

200

Ordering code 865672-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 200)

B 65671

Pot Cores 26 x 16

Mounting assembly for chassis mounting B 65673
Mounting assembly with metal base plate (b); fixed by screws or rivets (c).
0.4 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke (a).
Approx. weight 7 g

B65673-A0006-XOOO
(without solder terminals)

o _ _ ri

e
b
_ - - - 37 11 - - - _

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65673-A0006-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly without solder terminals)
(PU: 200 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C60358-B3181-Cl16

b

1 base plate

C60358-B3181-Cl17

e

2 tubular rivets

C60358-B3059-Cl06

1)

Max. dimension

201

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Mounting assembly for PC mounting B 65675
Mounting assembly with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Max. permissible soldering temperature is
400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec. 0.4 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 7 g
B65675-B0005-XOOO
(with 8 solder terminals)
Grounding pin
View in direction A

This recess must be
on the grounding pin
side to ensure that
the yoke locks in
position.

o

'"

c~._UbJ::jr:tdJ ~

b

..;

t

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

A

2,54

I
Ground

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865675-80005-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 8 solder terminals)
(PU: 200 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

yoke

C61 035-A 11-C2

b

connecting board
(with 8 solder terminals)

C61035-A11-81

Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407-A9-A1

1)

Max. dimension

202

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Adjusting devices B 65679
Adjusting screw (a. b. c) B65679-DO ••• -X •••• consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as
core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded flange (d) B65679-J0001-XOOO;
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (e) 865679-L0003-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80001-XOOO
Due to the limited distance between the adjusting core 865679-DO ••• -X ••• and the internal
borehole. the complete assembly has to be centered accurately.
L~C

e

d

co

;g:"

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores B65671

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia. x length Material

b

4.98 x 6.3

Si 1

yellow

B65679-DOO02-Xl0l

c

4.55 x 6.3

N 22

red

B65679-DOO03-X022

b

4.98 x 6.3

N 22

black

B65679-DOO02-X022

a

5.15 x 6.3

N 22

white

B65679-DOO01-X022

K 1
M 33. K 1
M 33. N 48

AL value
nH

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

63
100
160
250
315
315

N 48
400
630
800

203

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjustment screw B65679-D0002-X101
< % color code yellow

J 22
:::r

.,


"0

.!:
>
:;::;

'"
cr::

"iii

it ----

IfA

I
N48/iL 160

./'" M33JL160

/ VI ~

12

KlIAL 63

V

Kl/AL 100

8

~ 20

'"c:

2 18
(,J

g 16

'"
t>

2

"""'"

0

d

2

o

2345678910

<

~Cl 20
c:

18

/

16

/

-5 14

I/

.!:

12

6

h

4

!J

/

2345678910
Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw B65679-D0001-X022
color code white

-

~ 20
Cl

c:

-E

18

g 16

/'

N48/AL400

'I

'"
t>

/ N48~

-5 14
.!:

/ /'

~ 12
~

/

~ 10

Ij

8
6

4

If

2

~~
2345678910
-

Turns of the adjusting screw

o ... at least two turns engaged.
204

N48/jL315

II

8

o

/

II

~ 10

2

%

/ ' N481315

J:::r 22

J 22
:::r

r

l..---./
-

Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw B65679-D0002-X022

~
~

f

4

~

/

N48lfL 250

1/

6

• % color code black

.,
g
'"
t>

/

8

A '{/
-

-E

/

12

~ 10

I/il

4

/

-5 14
.!:

/iJ fjj

6

% color code red

J 22
:::r

~
~

/~ '1/
/1/; V;

10

Adjusting screw B65679-D0003-X022
<

o

ld

II

N48/ALBOO

/"

II
'I

2345678910
-

Turns of the adjusting screw

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48

L (mH) for
AL

~

315 nH

43,6
17,2
26,0
11,5
2,52
1,65

AL

~

23,0
5,10
0,98

I

600
385
235
290
193
90
78
39

0,20 CuL
0,27 CuL
0,35 CuL
1 x 20 x 0,05
1 x 30 x 0,05
3 x 30 x 0,04
3 x 20 x 0,05
3 x 20 x 0,07

1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3

BOO

-

\

/

'"

/

/

'"

\ \
\ \
\ \11,5 mH
\ Z6,OmH

"
"

17,Z ~H'

"143,6 mH

N 48

= 630 nH
(typical values)

AL

/

RF lilz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

....... ./
.LI

600

/

/

,,//

/

\

400

\

~

\'\
\
\ \
\ \

)(

.,.,;-- .... '. ' .

600

\

'~.

I,

\
\

\

I'.

"'

\!

\, O,98mL
5,10 mH

i
.'

300

100

H

/

700

100

r

Z,5ZmH

I 11111
I 11111
I 11111

900

ZOO

65
\ \'i

--f

1000

800

\

\
\\

.....,,//
~-/ "'-

\

\

"
'/

ItllO

t

1\

/.

500

a

(typical values)

\ \

v:

.

N 48
AL = 315 nH

\ 1\

600

100
100

B>1.5mT

\

RF Iilz wire
Enamel copper wire

300

Flux density
in the core

.A--..

700

ZOO

CuLS
CuLS
CuLS
CuLS
CuLS

1/

I I II
I I II

a

t

Number of
sections

I IlL

I
I

900

Wire; RF litz wire

630 nH

219
89,7

1000

Turns

\23,0 mH

89,7mH
Z19mH II

--f

205

Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65671

Q factor characteristics

Material K 1

L (I-IH) for

Ac = 63

Turns

Wire;RFlitzwire Number of w"
mm
sections

10
6
4
10+10+10
15
3+4+3

0,7 CuL
1,0 CuL
1,0 CuL
1 x 45 x 0,04 CuLS
3x30xO,04CuLS
3 x 30 x 0,04 CuLS

Al = 100 nH

nH

6,70
2,60
1,23
61,0
15,2
6,70

11,1
4,14
2,00
96,5
24,1
11,1

1

1
1
3
1
3

18,0
17,5
17,5
18,5
18,0
18,0

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter'
(valid for all
sections)
Flux density
in the core

8<0.6 mT

1000

Kl
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

900
800
11

t

RF litz wire
___ Enamel copper wire

700
SOD

500

""
1/7"""-

400

7

300
61,OjLH

zoo

/

~
/

I'....
---~

151jL~ 67~ S,70 ~H ZsOi.iH
I

!(

'" 17

1'-.

~

"

'l,231LH

1111

I I
10'

---f

1000

K 1
A L =100nH
(typical values)

900

800
0

~

500

/

400

V

7
30 o -SS,5,JJ7' c-ZIti/lH 11.1 /H
0

T

TT

I

0

T

I

T

T
I
I

...

-

- - RF litz wire
___ Enamel copper wire

'\

" / ......

...

--;
/

~...;

/
/-

l1i/lH

1/

4.14~~ Vz;OO/LH

....---f

206

B 65701

Pot Cores 30 x 19

Type for chassis mounting

-------

,
II

~
i
!

!
I

§fB

•
W

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

339, fig. 3

B63399

341, fig. 6

Adjusting screw

B65679

213

Solder tag board
with 8 solder terminals,
if required

B65703

211

Yoke

865703

211

Pot core

865701

209

Coil former
with 1, 2, or 3 sections

865702

210

Pot core

865701

209

Threaded sleeve

865679

213

8ase plate

865703

211

II

~
I

207

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

863399

339, fig. 3

863399

341, fig. 6

865679

213

-Yoke

865705

212

- - Pot core

865701

209

865702

210

865701

209

Threaded sleeve

865679

213

Insulating washer

865702

210

Connecting board with
8 solder terminals

865705

212

Adjusting screw driver
. (for assembly only)
Matching handle

,

Adjusting screw

~C~

~

I

I

Ie?
~

CC0
l J~

.---

Coil former
with 1, 2, or 3 sections

" Pot core

I
I

@

C2::>
208

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or IEC publication 133
3.75~O.15

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section')
Effective volume

E I/A =
I. =

A. =
Am;n

V.

=

0.33 mm-'
45
mm
136
mm 2
112

= 6100

Approx. weight 36 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65701-L····-·· ..
B65701-N····-....

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

I tolerance

Total
air gap s

Effective
permeability

in mm
approx.

Il.

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

Gapped

0.22
0.12

66
105
166
263

B65701-·0250-A048
B65701-·0400-A048
B65701-·0630-A048
B65701-·1000-A048

±5 %,Q.J

0.10

328

B65701-L1250-J048

± 10 %,Q. K

0.05

525

B65701-L2000-K048

N48

1630

B65701-LOOOO-R048

N 41

2050

B65701-LOOOO-R041

N 30

2760

B65701-LOOOO-R030

T 38

6560

B65701-LOOOO-Y038

250
400
630
1000

±3%"'-A

0.72

1250
2000

0040
N 48

Ungapped
6200
7800

+30 o/c A R
-20 0 =

10500
25000

+40 o/c A Y
-30 0 =

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density
"l1li to be preferred

1)

209

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Coil former and insulating washers B 65702
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41 294 or lEG publication
133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-O, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.
Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

1

48

48

2

22,5

45

3

14

42

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

mm

IJQ

g

46

0,6

B65702-BOOOO-T001

49

0.7

B65702-BOOOO-T002

51

0,8

B65702-BOOOO-T003

60

0.06 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring
washers for insulating and tolerance balancing between coil winding and pot core; delivered in stri ps.

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

0.05 mm thick insulating Teflon washers for
increasing the dielectric strength between
core and connecting board.

2'0.2
Ordering code B65702-A5000-XOOO
(pU: 400)
') Reo

= AR . tV'

(dc resistance

210

= AR . number of turns 2 )

Ordering code B65702-A5002-XOOO
(PU: 200)

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Mounting assemblies for chassis mounting B65703
Mounting assemblies with metal base plate;
fixed by M 2.3 screws.
0.5 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Types with or without solder tag board.
Approx. weight 8 g (without solder tag board)
9.5 g (with solder tag board)

B65703-B0005-XOOO
(without solder tag board)

B65703-B0006-XOOO
(solder tag board with 8 solder terminals)

d

a

~

~

c

E

~

lri
'"

N

N

b
b

e

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65703-BOO05-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly without solder
tag board)
(pU: 200 sets)

Ordering code B65703-BOO06-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with solder tag
board and 8 solder terminals)
(PU: 200 sets)

Mounting parts

Ordering code

Mounting parts

a

1 yoke

C61035-A22-C3

c

1 yoke

C61035-A22-C4

b

1 base plate

C61035-A22-C2

b

1 base plate

C61035-A22-C2

d, e

1 solder tag
board complete

C40330-A74-B15

Ordering code

2 cylindrical screws AM 2.5 x 15 DIN 84-5 S (not included in the delivery).

211

Pot Cores 30

x 19

B 65701

Mounting assembly for PC mounting B 65705
Mounting assembly with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0. Max. permissible soldering temperature
is 400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec. 0.5 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Approx. weight 9 g
B65705-B0003-XOOO
(with 8 solder terminals)

Grounding pin

View in direction A

This recess must be on the
grounding pin side
to ensure that the yoke
locks in position.

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

~_01YO"

~Gro"",
02.8 00•1

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865705-80003-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 8 solder terminals)
(PU: 200 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C61035-A40-C4

b

1 connecti ng board
(with 8 solder terminals)

C61035-A40-81

The 2.8 mm dia hole is only necessary for additional screw mounting with M 2.5.
Drawing details for the design of mounting devices are available upon request.
Ordering code C61407-A4-A9

1}

Max. dimension

212

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Adjusting devices B 65679
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) 865679-DO···-X···, consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core
on which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving
as core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 865679-L0003-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80001-XOOO
Due to the limited distance between the adjusting core 865679-DO .. ·-X·.·and the internal
borehole, the complete assembly has to be centered accurately.

a,b,c

d

~
~

~

;;;

2 !-

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores 865701

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia. x length Material

Color
code

Oraering code
(PU: 200)

250

c

4.55 x 6.3

N 22

red

865679-DOO03-X022

400
630

b

4.98 x 6.3

N 22

black

865679-DOO02-X022

630
1000

a

5.15 x 6.3

N 22

white

865679-DOO01-X022

N 48

AL value
nH

213

Pot Cores 30 x 19

B 65701

Inductance adjustment curves

~

...J

::J


12

OJ

10

a:

/i
I

8

1

N48/Al250

/'

.s
.~

%

22

20

Cl

.t:

Adjusting screw 865679-D0002-X022
color code black

Adjusting screw 865679-D0003-X022
color code red .

2
0

-

./

il 14
~

1/

12

I ./V
IV
W

10
8

1

6

J

4

V

/
'.-'

16

to

~
~

/

4

18

.s

i

II

6

/

"
§ro"

2

456

7 8

9 ro

- . . Turns.of the adjusting screw

o

I

-~

V

2345678910
- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw 865679-D0001-X022
color code white

%

J 22

::J

~ 20
Cl

"
§"ro

~

t>

!

:

I

~

12

:
1

,

/

10

II

8

;:

i

6
i

,

4!

,

2

i

Y

....... ,N48/A ll000

I:AI

I

II /

I

I

I

~

o

2
-

214

N48~AlS30

I

ro

~

,/

V
'/

i

16 i
14

:;:;

!

I

18

il
.s

I:

I

3

4

5 6

7

N48/tS30

~I(/

2

/

N48/~l400

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

0'" at least two turns engaged.

B 65701

Pot Cores 30 x 19

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
L (mH) for

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

1600
570
350
420
420
270
150
65

0,15 CuL
0,25 CuL
0,40 CuL
1 x 12 x 0,04
1 x 20 x 0,05
1 x 30 x 0,05
3 x 20 x 0,05
3 x 20 x 0,07

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2

Ac = 630 nH AL = 1000 nH
2260
326
68,7
170

1612
208
47,4

-

-

84,6
45,6
14,2
2,65

70,3
21,8
3,75

1000

1Ri

1

li;Z

~i~e I I

........

?

SOD

J..

..

If',,

"

~

1',

/

1/

'\

'\

-",,'

~~

fi<1.5mT

, / ><\1-.

% r--."\ \

t

Flux density
in the core

N 48
A = 630 nH
(typical values)

I II

- - - Ename! copper wire

11

CuLS
CuLS
CuLS
CuLS
CuLS

i\
'\

1\

1\

[\

'\

',~

~~rH

"-

I

1612 ml1'

\

"2,65mH

~)

14,2mH
45,6mH'1

1,~,l,mIH 12~8nHI

----r
1000

N 48
A = 1000 nH
(typical values)

11111

I

I I I I III

- - RF litz wire
- - - Enamel copper wire

11

,...,;; I::::.

/'

r
500

""
V
,,;1/

/"

'I~

::/,, "- \.
''I.'',
\.

""
1', ""
i
260mH

~'

~

1~DmH

" 32SmH

\

~
\ . \3,75mH
~ 7D,3mH
21,8mH

symHI

215

Pot Cores 36 x 22

B 65611

Type for chassis mounting

n
\

Individual parts

Adjusting screw driver
- - - - - - - - - - (for assembly only)
Matching handle

a----------

I B y-------i~ I

$

~~
"' ... ~~'
~J
..

LJj /'1

-------

~

Part No.

Page

B63399

339, fig. 3

863399

341, fig. 6

865679

222

865613

220

865613

220

B65611

218

B65612

219

Pot core

865611

218

Threaded sleeve

865679

222

865613

220

Adjusting screw
Cylindrical screws')
Washers')
Solder tag board if required

~

Threaded bushes (only for
type with solder tag board)

Ill------U>

Yoke

!

- - - - - - - Pot core

I
I

I ~

Coil former

I

a~I---- with 1,2, or 3 sections

,

: - 1 '-

I'

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

rrn ----------

~~>_______ Base plate with
I

1)

1

dl

2 tubular rivets

These parts are supplied for types with solder tag board.

216

B 65611

Pot Cores 36 x 22

Type for PC mounting
I nd ivi d ua I parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

B63399

339, fig. 3

B63399

341. fig. 6

B65679

222

Yoke

B65615

221

Pot core

B65611

218

Coil former
with 1, 2, or 3 sections

B65612

219

Pot core

B65611

218

B65679

222

B65615

221

I \

I
V

@

._-- Adjusting screw

Threaded sleeve

I
Connecting board with
10 solder terminals

217

B 65611

Pot Cores 36 x 22

Pot cores complying with DIN 41 293 or IEC publication 133

3.75 !O,15
Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min, core cross
section 11
Effective volume

E IfA

=

Ie
Ae

=
=

0,26 mm o1
52
mm
202
mm 2

Am;n

=

173

Ve

= 10600

Approx. weight 57 gfset

Dimensions in mm

Pot core

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig,)

B65611-L .... _ ....
B65611-N .... -····

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

I

nH

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx,

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 100 sets)

f.'e

Gapped
250
400
630

800

±3%bA
N 48

900
1000
1250

0,16

52
83
130
166
186
207
259

B65611-·0250-A048
B65611-·0400-A048
B65611-·0630-A048
B65611-·0800-A048
B65611-·0900-A048
B65611-·1000-A048
B65611-·1250-A048

1,2
0,62
0,35
0,3
0,26

0,22

1600

±5 %bJ

0,1

331

B65611-L1600-J048

2500

±10 %b K

0,05

518

B65611-L2500-K048

N 48

1570

B65611-LOOOO-R048

N 30

2790

B65611-LOOOO-R030

Ungapped
7600
13500

1)

+30,* -". R
-20 o-

Necessary for the calculation of the max, flux density

"l1li to be preferred

218

B 65611

Pot Cores 36 x 22

Coil former and insulating washers B 65612
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, complying with DIN 41 294 or lEe publication
133, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 66.

Winding cross section

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

1

63

63

2

29.5

59

3

18.3

55

mm 2

AR

Average
length
of turn IN

value 11

Approx.
weight

mm

flQ

g

39

1.4

865612-80000-TOOl

42

1.7

865612-80000-T002

44

1.9

865612-80000-T003

73

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

0.08 mm thick insulating Makrofol spring washers for insulation and tolerance balancing between
coil winding and pot core; delivered in strips.

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65612-A5000-XOOO
(PU: 200)
11

Re,

~

AR . N'

(dc resistance ~ AR . number of turns')

219

Pot Cores 36 x 22

B 65611

Mounting assemblies for chassis mounting B 65613
Mounting assemblies with metal base plate;
fixed by screws or rivets.
0.5 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.
Types with or without solder tag board.
Approx. weight 14.5 g (without solder tag board)
17.5 g (with solder tag board)
B65613-A0005-XOOO
(with solder tag board)

B65613-B0001-XOOO
(without solder tag board)

a
d
b

b

c
Rivet!

a

>------49 ,0,4 - - - - - - J

c

~~======~J
~

Rivet!

~

e------:;r'
9

1----37.5 1) - - - - - J
>------43:0,7 ---~
Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865613-80001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly without solder tag board)
(PU: 100 sets)

Ordering code 865613-AOO05-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with solder tag board)
(PU: 100 sets)

Mounting parts

Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

b

c

1 yoke

1 base plate

2 tubular rivets

Ordering code
C40330-A78-C5

C40330-A78-C6

C60358-B3059-C106

a

1 base plate

C40330-A78-C6

b

1 yoke complete

C40330-A78-83

c

2 tubular rivets

C60358-B3059-C106

d+e

1 solder tag
board complete

C40330-A78-B7

f

2 cylindrical

D84-H40-M37

screws

g
') Max. dimension

220

2 washers

D125-A25-M37

Pot Cores 36 x 22

B 65611

Mounting assembly for PC mounting B 65615
Mounting assembly with snap-in connection. Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate connecting
board, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0.
Max. permissible soldering temperature is 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
0.5 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke.

Approx. weight 11 g

B65615-B0001-XOOO
(with 10 solder terminals)

a
b

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Ground

12x2.54=30.48
Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65615-B0001-XOOO
(Complete mounting assembly with 10 solder terminals)
(PU: 100 sets)
Mounting parts

Ordering code

a

1 yoke

C61035-A16-C102

b

1 connecting board

(with 10 solder terminals)

C61035-A16-B9

221

Pot Cores 36 x 22

B 65611

Adjusting devices B 65679
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) 865679-DO ... -X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 865679-L0003-XOOO.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80001-XOOO
Due to the limited distance between the adjusting core 865679-DO ••• -X ••• and the internal
borehole, the complete assembly has to be centered accurately.

a, b, c

d

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores 865611

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia. x length Material

250

b

4,98 x 6,3

250
400

c

400
630
630
800
900
1000
1250

AL value

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

yellow

865679-DOO02-X101

4,55 x 6,3

N 22

red

865679-DOO03-X022

b

4,98 x 6,3

N 22

black

865679-DOO02-X022

a

5,15 x 6,3

N 22

white

865679-DOO01-X022

nH

N 48

222

Pot Cores 36 x 22

B 65611

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65679-D0002-X1 01
% color code yellow

J:r

20

J

:r

18



1)

.s

">
~

Qj

a:

8

II

N48J-

AL2S0

"""c:co

14

I

/

1)
::l
"C

.s

./

"
10

a:

8

Qj

r

V

/,v
2

3

4

5

6

7

8

/

12
10

.~

/

4

o
o

~I -

/'

10

6

r

16

.<:

12

::l
"C

18

"c:co

C>

.<:

Adjusting screw B65679-D0003-X022
% color code red
20

6
4

~

:r

18



1

~

3

"c:

a:

/

5

20

Qj

Ii V

2


:;;

"

20
15
I...;

10

~

ctl

,,...

---- --

.....

~~

Qj

a:

Insertion
depth

mm

25

ctl

b

Adjusting devices

5

~~

2

6

4
-

I..- ....

N 22

250 a;B65579- BOO01-X023

3

N 22

400 b;B65579- BOO03-X023

3

N 22

630 b;t:l65579- BOO03-X023

3

N 22

1250 b;B65579- BOO03-X023

3

810121416
Turns of the adjusting screw

Explanation of "insertion depth"

leeve, part c

229

Pot Cores 50 x 30

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 50 x 39

B 65644

Type for chassis and PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Fixing yoke

865645

233

865644

231

865645

232

865644

231

- - - - - Pot core

Coil former with
10 solder terminals

- - - - - Pot core

230

Pot Cores 50 x 30

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 50 x 39

B 65644

Approx. weight 130 gfset
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

~

{fA =
{, =
A. =

Am;n

=

0.225 mm- 1
73
mm
324
mm 2
275

Va = 23650

mm 2
mm 3

Accessories
Coil former
Fixing yoke

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mrri
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

fl.

Gapped
250
630

±

3%~A

2,0

45

B65644-A0250-A027

0,6

113

B65644-A0630-A027

0,3

224

B65644-A1250-A027

0,1

448

B65644-A2500-J027

1500

B65644-AOOOO-R027

N 27
1250
2500

±

5%~J

Ungapped
8400
11

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density.

231

Pot Cores 50 x 30

Not fo new design!
Replacement: PM cores 50 x 39

B 65644

Coil former B 65645
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0.
Equipped with 10 terminals.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. For winding details refer to page 67.

~

rT~~==~==~~~=?--1~
~

e'---4--'

Hole arrangement for PC mounting
View in mounting direction

Hole arrangement for chassis mounting
View in mounting direction

1.S '0,1
3,S'0,1

-t._._._.-=1r
LS3,5!0.D1~
----lL

Dimensions in mm

2,54

Number
of
sections

1
I)

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR value'l

Approx.
weight

IlQ

g

118

96.8

28.2

4.5

Reo = AR . IV'
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

232

Ordering code
(PU: 20)

865645-81000-T001

Pot Cores 50 x 30

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 50 x 39

B 65644

Fixing yoke for chassis and PC mounting B 65645
0.6 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke; fixed by screws. For chassis mounting the coil former has
to be mounted with the pins upwards.

50'0,3

50'1,5

~#f+itJt
.j 7

4,5

Approx. weight 18 g

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865645-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 20)

233

Pot cores 62 x 38

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 62 x 49

B 65694

Type for PC and chassis mounting

~----

~----

234

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Fixing yoke

865695

237

Pot core

865694

235

Coil former with
12 solder terminals

865695

236

Pot core

865694

235

Pot Cores 62 x 38

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 62 x 49

B 65694

Approx. weight 250 g/set
Dimensions in

illm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

I: I/A =
I. =

A. =

0.183 mm- 1
95
mm
520
mm 2

Am;. =
460
V. = 49400

mm 2
mm 3

Accessories
Coil former
Fixing yoke

AL value

nH

SIFERRIT
material

I

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

fl.

Gapped
1000

±3%.t.A

0,6

146

B65694-A1000-A027

0,2

365

B65694-A2500-K027

1460

B65694-AOOOO-R027

N 27
2500

±10%~

K

Ungapped
10000

,I

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density.

235

Pot Cores 62 x 38

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 62 x 49

B 65694

Coil former B 65695
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94V-0.
Equipped with 12 solder terminals.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 67.

Hole arrangement for printed circuits
View in mounting direction
~ 73,66!O,1 - - - - ,

I,

~~+O,1

I' ¢ 3,6+0,1

L

2,54

Hole arrangement for chassis mounting
View in mounting direction
,"",I.o--~-

73.66!0,1 - - -....,\

I

k-'-'-~-+

;=~~~~==~==~~~~~ ~

'--..."...~~,~-

3,6+ 0,1
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR value'l

Approx ..
weight

!-LQ

g

203

120

20

8.5

"Rc" = A • . If'
(dc resistance

236

= A•

. number of turns 2 )

Ordering code
(PU: 20)

865695-C1000-TOO1

Pot Cores 62 x 38

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 62 x 49

B 65694

Fixing yoke for chassis and PC mounting
0.6 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke; fixed by screws. For chassis mounting the coil former has
to be mounted with the pins upwards.

Approx. weight 25 g

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code 865695-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 20)

237

Pot Cores 10 x 42

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 74 x 59

B 65696

Type for chassis and PC mounting

238

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Fixing yoke

B65698

241

1 - - - - Pot core

B65696-L 239

Coil former with 1 section;
at chassis mounting
r - - - - to be inserted with
the terminals upwards

B65697-K 240

- - - - Pot core

B65696-L

239

Pot Cores 70 x 42

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 74 x 59

B 65696

Approx. weight 360 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

l: I/A =
I. =

A. =
Amin =

0.168 mm- 1
105
mm
625
mm 2
580

V. = 65600

mm 2
mm 3

Accessories
Coil former
Mounting assembly

SIFERRIT
material

AL value
nH

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

11.

Gapped
1000

±3%.<

.....
..,

~-r

\-4---

~ ~engement ~~:mimmiEiimmnJ
LJ

64 :0,3 - - - . ,

for

PC mounting
I
View in mounting
direction

C25--l
• 6x2.5 =15
24x2,5=60

~L

.,

d

;Jrj

'+$--'-=:l
iI ')-.1-.
':" -.I

'-'1--'

i

Q

C

tn

+1

T' ~

I

HOI""",,mootf0l .-l--.

c~ass~s mounti.ng
View In mounting
direction

Dimensions in 'mm

Number
of
sections

1
1)

R e" = AR . N'
(de resistance

240

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR value '1

Approx.
weight

~Q

g

290

140

16.6

15

= AR

. number of turns 2 )

---i15!O.1

L

52,2!O.1

Ordering code
(PU: 10)

665697-LOOOO-T001

Pot Cores 70 x 42

Not for new design!
Replacement: PM cores 74 x 59

B 65696

Fixing yoke for chassis and PC mounting
0.8 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke; fixed by 4 screws. For chassis mounting the coil former
has to be mounted with the pins upwards.

1-----70+ 1•5

--~~

Approx. weight 35 g
Dimensions in mm

Ordering code B65698-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 10)

241

4-Slot Pot Cores

4-Slot Pot Cores

General
Apart from pot cores, complying with lEe publication 133, with two slots for bringing
out the leads, there are also four-slot cores available with appropriate 4-pin coil formers
(with 1 and 2 sections) as equivalent types of 14, 18, 22, and 26 mm diameter.
The adjustable coils are preferably made of the material N48. The materials N48, N30,
and T38 are available for transformer applications.

Survey
Approx. dimensions
dia. x height (mm)

Drawing No.

Type

Page

14 x

8

2 x C61 035-A 12-C31

865546

245

18 x 11

2 xC61035-Al0-C33

865656

248

22 x 13

2 x C61 035-A17-C30

865666

251

26 x 16

2 x C61 035-A ll-C21

865676

254

Adjusting tools

-

863399

339

244

4-Slot Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65546

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

863399

340,fig.4

863399

341.fig.6

Adjusting screw

865549

157

Pot core

865546

246

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

865547

247

Pot core

865546

246

Threaded sleeve

865808

157

I

trn---I

245

4-Slot Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65546

1.3±O.15
Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

~ IIA

=

0.867
20.4
A. = 23.5
V. = 480

I. =

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 3.2 glset

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65546-A .... -····
B65546-N •••• -····

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J1..

Gapped
160
250
315
400

±3%B.A

0,17
0,1
0,08
0,05

110
173
217
276

B65546-·0160-A048
B65546-·0250-A048
B65546-·0315-A048
B65546-·0400-A048

N 48

1450

B65546-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2760

B65546-AOOOO-R030

T 38

6000

B65546-AOOOO-Y038

N 48

Ungapped
2100
4000
8700

+30 o/c .A R
-20 o+40 o/c .A Y
-30 0 -

"IIIIto be preferred

246

4-Slot Pot Cores 14 x 8

B 65546

Coil former B 65547
Glass-fiber reinforced, thermosetting plastic coil former with 4 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 v-o. Permissible soldering temperature 400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec (also refer to
page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 66.

2,4-02

0,45

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimension in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section
AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

7.5

1

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Average
length
of turn IN

AR value')

Approx.
weight

mm

J.LQ

g

134

0.28

B65547-B1001-0001

153

0.3

B65547-81001-0002

7.5
29.3

3.3

2

6.6

For adjusting devices and adjustment curves refer to page 157, 158.

11

= AR . N2
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

Reo

247

4-Slot Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65656

Type for PC mounting

248

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)
Matching handle

963399

340. fig. 4

963399

341.fig.6

Adjusting screw

965659

168

Pot co"re

965656

249

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

965657

250

Pot core

965656

249

Threaded sleeve

965808

168

4-Slot Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65656

2.4 !:0.15

NUimlI'IlIf"''''l----L
~n~tk=,,+---T

Magnetic characteristics

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

:E IfA =
I. =
A. =

0.678 mm- '
26.5
mm
39.1
mm 2
V.=1040
mm 3

Approx. weight 6 gfset

Dimensions in mm

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65656-A .... - .. ..
B65656-N •••• - .. ..

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J1..

Gapped
160
250
315
400
500

±3%"Q,A

86
135
170
216
270

B65656-·0160-A048
865656-·0250-A048
865656-·0315-A048
865656-·0400-A048
865656-·0500-A048

N 48

1510

865656-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2700

865656-AOOOO-R030

T 38

5930

865656-AOOOO-Y038

N 48

0,32
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,07

Ungapped
2800
5000
11000

+30,* "Q, R
-20 0
+40,* ..,. y
-30 0 -

"'l1lI to be preferred

249

4-Slot Pot Cores 18 x 11

B 65656

Coil former B 65657
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 4 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (also
refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 66.

0,5

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
min 2

total

14

14

Average
length
of turn IN

AR value')

Approx.
weight

mm

J.lQ

g

mm 2

90.5

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

0.58

B65657-81001-0001

0.6

B65657-81001-0002

36.8
2

6.1

12.2

104

For adjusting devices and adjustment curves refer to page 168 ... 170.

1)

Re, = AR . fVl
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

250

4-Slot Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65666

Type for PC mounting
Individual parts

Adjusting screw driver
L l I - - - - - - - - - - . ( f o r assembly only)
Matching handle

Part No.

Page

963399

339, fig. 3

963399

341, fig. 6

- - - - - - - - - Adjusting screw

965669

192

- - - - - - - Pot core

965666

252

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections

965667

253

Pot core

965666

252

Threaded sleeve

965669

192

251

4-Slot Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65666

2.9 ±O.15

Approx. weight 13 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

EllA ~
0.525
Ie ~
32.1
Ae ~
61.2
Ve ~ 1970

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65666-A .... -····
B65666-N .... -····

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap 5
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

fLe

Gapped
250
315
400
630

±3%~A

104
132
167
263

B65666-·0250-A048
B65666-*0315-A048
B65666-·0400-A048
865666-·0630-A048

N 48

1500

865666-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2720

865666-AOOOO-R030

T 38

6060

865666-AOOOO-Y038

N 48

0.29
0.22
0.16
0.1

Ungapped
3600

+300/. -"'- R
-20 0 -

6500
14500

~

+400/. -"'-y
-30 0 -

to be preferred

252

4-5lot Pot Cores 22 x 13

B 65666

Coil former B 65667
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 4 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94V-0. Permissible soldering temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (also refer
to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 66.

0,5

8,95-0,2

I '635'r

L

03

~

r'

IT

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

.
1
j

ci

~~
2,54
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

23

23

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

ARlI

value

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

mm

J.lQ

g

66.7

0.92

B65667-Bl00l-DOOl

71.6

0.94

B65667-Bl00l-D002

44.6
2

10.7

21.4

For adjusting devices and adjustment curves refer to page 192 ... 194.

11

R c" = A R ' N2
(de resistance = AR • number of turns 2 1

253

4-810t Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65676

Type for PC mounting
Part No.

Page

863399

339, fig. 3

863399

341, fig. 6

865679

203

865676

255

865677

256

Pot core

865676

255

Threaded sleeve

865679

203

Insulating washer

865677

256

Individual parts

Adjusting screw driver
- - - - - - - - (for assembly only)
Matching handle

-------~--

Adjusting screw

._ _ _ _ _ Pot core

-=a~~li"""'=P\

254

Coil former with
- - - - - - . - - 1 or 2 sections

4-Slot Pot Cores 26 x 16

B 65676

Approx. weight 21 glset

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

EllA

0.436
38.7
A. =
88.8
V. = 3430

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

=

I. =

min- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Pot cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

865676-A .... - .. ..
865676-N .... - .. ..

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap 5
inmm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

f.J.

Gapped
315
400
630
800

±3%~A

109
139
219
278

865676-·0315-A048

N48

1560

865676-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2780

865676-AOOOO-R030

T 38

6240

865676-AOOOO-V038

N48

0,34
0,24
0,15
0,11

865676-·0400~A048

865676--0630-A048
865676-·0800-A048

Ungapped
4500
8000
18000

~

+_ 30
20

'* ~ R
0

+40,*
R
-30 0 =
A

to be preferred

255

4-Slot Pot Cores 26 x 16

865676

Coil former B 65677
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 4 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94V-0. Permissible soldering temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (also refer
to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 66.

3,7-0.2

0,5

26-0,25

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

0.2 mm thick insulating Makrofol washer
for double-clad PCBs
0,5'°"

.... 1Zl3,5
1

~

j
---l

~

1
Ordering code B65677-A2005-XOOO

2,54

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm 2

total

28

28

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

mm

fin

g

65

1.24

B65677-B1001-D001

69

1.26

B65677-B1001-D002

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

53
2

13.2

26.4

For adjusting devices and adjustment curves refer to pages 203, 204.

" Rc, = AR . N 2
(dc resistance

256

= AR .

number of turns 2 )

Touch-Tone Pot Cores

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 11

B 65716-P

Type e.g. for use in telephone systems (push-button dialing)
Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Screw core

863310

261

Sleeve

865717

261

Pot core

865716-

260

Coil former, 1 section,
with 10 pin terminals

865717

261

Pot core

865716-P 260

259

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 11

B 65716-P

e.g. for use in telephone systems (push-button dialing)
Pot cores, suitable e.g. for application in push-button telephone sets. Because of the large slots
in the lower part a higher number of connections can be brought out.

Approx. weight 14 glset

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

EllA =

AL value

nH

I. =

A.
V.

=
=

0.48
27
56
1510

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

1-1.

Gapped
250

0,33

95

BS571S-P0250-A048

0,18

153

BS571S-P0400-A048

O,OS

382

BS571S-P1000-J027

4000

1530

BS571S-POOOO-R027

7200

2750

BS571S-POOOO-R030

400
1000

±3%"'A

N48

±5%"'J

N 27

Ungapped

Adjustment ranges
Material
N 48

2S0

AL value
nH

250
400

Screw core

Sleeve

Adjustment range

BS3310-A4021-X022

BS5717-Z3002-XOOO

approx. 18 ... 22 %
approx. 11 ... 13 %

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 11

B 65716-P

Accessories
Glass-fiber reinforced polyamide coil former (figure 1) with 10 terminal pins.
Permissible soldering temperature 280 °C/536 of, 1 sec.
For winding details refer to page 67.
Polyester-paper sleeve (figure 2), which is glued into the pot core hole.
SIFERRIT N 22 screw core (figure 3), which cuts its own guiding thread into the cams of the
sleeve.
Figure 1

Figure 2

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

--

¢16· o.1

3,81 f--

'rI'

Built-in dimensions
for the transformer
(basic area x height):
26 x 19.5 x 11.2

Figure 3

•
U"I

N

f
,.,
N

oN

M4,5xO,75

1
-15,24_
Marking
for pin 1

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Number
of
sections
1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

14

44.8

Sleeve
Screw core

AR value1)

Approx.
weight

~
110

g

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

1.0

B65717-J1010-R001

0.1

B65717-Z3002-XOOO

0.6

B63310-A4021-X022

AR • N2

" R c, =
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

261

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 18

B 65716-A

Type e.g. for use in telephone systems (push-button dialing)

262

I ndividual parts

Part No.

Page

Screw core

B63310

264

Sleeve

B65717

264

Pot core

B65716

263

Coil former, 1 section,
with 10 pin terminals

B65717

264

Pot core

B65716

263

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 18

B 65716-A

e.g. for use in telephone systems (push-button dialing)
Pot cores, suitable e.g. for application in push-button telephone sets. Because of the large slots
in the lower part a higher number of connections can be brought out.

Approx. weight 1 7 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =
I. =

AL value

nH

0.73
41
A. =
56
V. = 2300

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(pU: 200 sets)

f.I.

Gapped
250
315
400
1000

±3%~A

N48

0,32
0,24
0,17

145
183
232

B65716-A0250-A048
865716-A0315-A048
865716-A0400-A048

±10%""K

N 27

0,055

580

865716-Al000-K027

N 27

1450

865716-AOOOO-R027

N 30

2790

865716-AOOOO-R030

T35

3890

a65716-AOOOO-R035

Ungapped
2500
4800

+30~-"-R
_20 0 -

6700
Adjustment ranges
Material

N48

AL value
nH

250
315
400

Screw core

Sleeve

Adjustment range

B63310-A4020-X022

B65717-Z3001-XOOO

approx. 22 ... 25%
approx. 18 ... 20%
approx. 13 ... 15%
263

B 65716-A

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 23/15 x 18

Accessories
Glass-fiber reinforced polyamide coil former (figure 1) with 10 terminal pins.
Permissible soldering temperature 280 °C/536 Of, 1 sec. For winding details refer to page 67.
Polyester-paper sleeve (figure 2), which is glued into the pot core hole.
SIFERRIT N 22 screw core (figure 3), which cuts its own guiding thread into the cams of the
sleeve.
Figure 2

Figure 1

Built-in dimensions
for the transformer
(basic area x height):
26 x 19.5 x 18.4
Figure 3

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
l"

+

ul;

N"

t
x
"E

I

N
n"l

!

N

0"

>D

N

/"

~1,6 +0.1

/

-

.

3.81 :---15,24-

1f~1

.~

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Number
of
sections

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR

~

g

1

35.6

44.8

43.4

1.3

B65717-A1010-R001

Sleeve

0.2

B65717-Z3001-XOOO

Screw core

1.0

B63310-A4020-X022

1l

value ll

Reo = AR • N 2 (dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

264

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 30/20 x 19

B 65730

e.g. for use in telephone systems (push-button dialing)
Pot cores, suitable e.g. for application in push-button telephone sets. Because of the large slots in
the lower part, a higher number of terminals can be brought out.

Approx. weight 30 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =
0.45
I. = 45
A. = 100
V. = 4500

AL value

nH

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Total
air gap s
inmm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

Ii.

Gapped
630

±

3%':' A

0,24

225

B65730-A0630-A027

0,12

358

B65730-Al000-J027

1680

B65730-AOOOO-R027

N 27
1000

±

5%':'J

Ungapped
4700

265

Touch-Tone Pot Cores 30/20

x 19

B 65730

Coil former B 65731
Glass-fiber reinforced polyamide coil former with 10 terminal pins.
Permissible soldering temperature 280 °C/536 of, 1 sec.
For winding details refer to page 67.
For adjusting devices (screws and threaded sleeve) refer to pot cores 30 x 19 (page 213).

1x 0,6

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Cu Sn, tinned
-5,O8~

..I..

I

..I..

Ji1.6 j

'"

w

'~
N

~

ar-:
N

'"

-20,32~~
I

Marking
for pin 1
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections
1
1)

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR value')

Approx.
weight

f.LQ

g

48

60

43

2.0

N2
(dc resistance

Rcu = AR •

266

= AR . number of turns 2 )

Ordering code
(pU: 200)

B65731-A1010-R001

RM Cores

RM Cores

RM cores for inductors and transformers, general
The demand for coil formers with directly attached terminal pins for the windings
gave rise to the development of compact RM cores. Compared with round pot cores,
the pins at the coil former require larger openings in the cores, thus ensuring an
efficient winding method.
During assembly, RM cores - in addition to being well glued as recommended - are
held together by means of clamps which engage in recesses in the base. The dimensions of the RM cores are matched to the hole arrangement of the printed circuit.
RM 6 means, for example, that the core with coil former fills a square basic area of
6 x 6 modules = ·15 x 15 mm 2 • The sizes which are mainly used, RM 4 to RM 14,
are specified in IEC publication 431/431 A, DIN 41980, and the coil formers in
DIN 41981.

269

RM Cores

Survey

Type
of core

Mounting volume
basic area x
height (approx.)
mm

Drawing number

Type
No.

Page

RM 3

7,5 2 x 7,5

2 x G61035-A34-G9

665817

271

RM4

10 2 xl0,5

2 x G61035-A32-Gl

665803

273

RM5

12,5 2 x 10,5

2 x G61 035-A31-G8

665805

280

RM6

15 2 x 12,5

2 x G61 035-A26-G44
2 x G61 035-A26-G5 7')

665807

291

R6

15 2 x 12,5

2 x G61 035-A43-G 1

665809

303

RM 7

17,5 2 x 13,5

2 x G61 035-A60-G 1

665819

310

RM8

20 2 x 16,5

2 x G61 035-A28-G21
2 x G61 035-A28-G20' J

665811

317

RM 10

25 2 x 19

2 x G61 035-A50-G 1
2 x G61 035-A50-G8' J

665813

325

RM 12

30 2 x 23,6

2 x G61 035-A62-G5 'J

665815

331

RM14

35 2 x 29

2 x G61035-A44-Gl

665887

335

663399

339

Adjusting tools
11

Without center hole

270

RM 3 Cores

B 65817

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

Approx. weight

Dimensions in mm

E I/A =
I. =

2.1 mm- 1
13.8 mm
6.5 mm 2

A. =
V. = 90

mm 3

0.5 g/set

Accessory: Coil former

SIFERRIT
material

AL value
nH

tolerance

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

J.l.

Ungapped

50
700
1400

""l1lI

K1
+40 % .... Y
-30 -

84

B65817-KOOOO-Y001

N 48

1170

B65817-KOOOO-Y048

N 30

2340

B65817-KOOOO-Y030

to be preferred

271

RM 3 Cores

B 65817

Coil former B 65818
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 4 terminal pins, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (also refer to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 68.

\2W0.1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

I)

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR value'l

Approx.
weight

flU

g

3.2

14.7

147

0.1

Rc, = AR . N'
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

272

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

B65818-C1001-D001

RM 4 Cores

~

B 65803

~
~

I

,

L

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)

863399

340, fig. 4

Matching handle

863399

341, fig. 6

Adjusting screw

865539

276

Core

865803

274

Clamps

865806

275

Insulating washer
for coil

865804

275

Coil former
with 1 or 2 sections,
5 or 6 pins

865804

275

Core

865803

274

865806

276

Insulating washer for
double-clad PC8s

865804

275

Centering pin

865806

276

"'(\

I

i

I ndividual parts

I
I

~

I,

I

I

.-J
- - Threaded sleeve

Cd;~
I,
Additionally available:

273

RM 4 Cores

B 65803

RM 4 cores complying with DIN 41980 or lEe publication 431.

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

1.9 mm- 1
21.0mm
11.0 mm 2
Ve = 232.0 mm 3

1: I/A =
le=
Ae =

Approx. weight 2 g/set

Dimensions in mm

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

nH

RM core

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65803-A····-····
B65803-N···.-....

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

I-'e

Gapped
16
25
40
63

±3%.aA

63
100
160

K1

1,0
0,40

24,6
38,4

B65803-·0016-A001
B65803-·0025-A001

M 33

0,36
0,18

61,5
97,0

B65803-·0040-A033
B65803-·0063-A033

N48

0,16
0,10
0,06

97,0
154
246

B65803-·0063-A048
B65803-·0100-A048
B65803-·0160-A048

76

B65803-AOOOO-R001

N 48

1210

B65803-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2570

B65803-AOOOO-R030

Ungapped

K1

50
800

+30
-20

1700
"II1II to be preferred

274

ex

0

.a. R

RM 4 Cores

B 65803

Coil formers. insulating washers B65804. and clamps B65806
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 5 or 6 terminal pins. complying
with IEC publication 431 (DIN 41981). suitable for automatic winding machines. flame-retardant
in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec
(also refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 68.
Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
CiampI)

6 pins
Marking
pin 1

Marking
pin 1

Marking
pin 2

Marking
pin 2

0.7 x 0.3

~O.s5

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

5;',/

,/
J
, -'.2

Dimensions in mm

Coil
former
Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section
of one
total
section
2
mm
mm 2

1-

7.7

Average AR
value 2 )
length
of turn

Approx.
weight

3.65

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

5

B65804-Al005-DOOl

IN
mm

7.7

IlQ

g

89

0.2

20
2

Number
of
pins

7.3

94

0.23

6

B65804-Al006-DOOl

5

B65804-Al005-D002

6
Clamp (approx. weight 0.1 g; ord. code for each clamp, 2 required)

B65804-Al006-D002

Insulating washer for double clad PCBs

B65804-B2005-XOOO
B65804-A5000-XOOO

Insulating washer between core and coil
Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
11

Pressure per clamp pair: 30 ... 45 N.

2)

B65806-B2001-XOOO

C61407-A3-A3

Reo = AR . N 2 (dc resistance

= AR .

number of turns 2 )

275

RM 4 Cores

B 65803

Adjusting devices B 65539, B 65806
Adjusting screw (a, b) B65539-C1 ••• -X ••• consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on
which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and 4 cam profiles, serving
as core brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (c) B65806-K3002-XOOO, color code
natural.
Centering pin (d) 865806-A2008-XOOO as mounting aid for RM core centering.
Adjusting'screw driver 863399-80004-XOOO

c

a,b

d

~l
utl
t

<,2)5

'

-M1,4

Dimensions in mm

RM 4 core 865803

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

AL value
nH

Tube core
dia. x length
Material

Color
code

'Ordering code
(pU: 500)

16

Si 1

black

B65539-C1003-X101

25

K1

yellow

865539-Cl003-XOOl

40

Si 1

black

865539-C1003-X101

K1

yellow

865539-C1003-XOOl

63

Si 1

black

865539-Cl003-X101

100

K1

yellow

865539-Cl003-XOOl

N 22

red

865539-Cl002-X022

K1

M 33
63

N48

160

276

a

b

1,81x2,0

1,81 x2,7

RM 4 Cores

B 65803

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65539-C1 003-X1 01
color code black

Adjusting screw B65539-C1 003-X001
color code yellow
%
22

%

J

:::r

22

J

20

Q)

'"

18

<.l

16

c:
.c

'"

Q)

V

b'"

14

/1

:J

"0

.5

12

>

'g

10

1

I I

Ql

/' N48/A L63

8

/

18

II

14

"0

12

.~

10

.5
Q)
>

/

I II

2

o
o

IJV
/'
.....-:: ~
3

4

5

6

7

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

N48/A L100-

II

a:

I/,I

4

V

/ II

Qi

1

M331/A L613 K11 AL25

/

16

:J

I 'j

Qi

a:

Ql

'"
'"
"
"c:
2
"

c:
.c

1,1

Q)

20

<1

J
M33/A L40_

I !I

<.l

c:

:::r

/' K1/~L16

<1

'/
4

o
o

/,

/I

...)'

4

5

7

8

10

- T u r n s of the adj usting screw

Adjusting screw B65539-C1 002-X022
% color code red

22

J
:::r

20

<1
Q)

'"

c:
.c

'"
"c:
b'"
<.l

Q)

18
16
14

:J

"0

.5

/

12

Q)

>

~
Qi
a:

V

N48/A L160-

/

10

II
/

1

I

4

o
o

--'

V

/
3

4

6

7

8

9

10

0"'" at least one turn engaged.

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

277

B 65803

RM 4 Cores

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
Turns
L (mH) for
AL = 100 nH A=160nH

1,00
3,24
9,6
3,25

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

45 x 0,04 CuLS
20 x 0,04 CuLS
0,18 CuL
0,14CuL
10 x 0,05 CuL

1
1
1
1
1

52
100
180
310
183

0.43
1,60
5,18
15.4
5,35

500

/
~/7',

Q

I

- - RF litz wire

400 f - - - - - Enamel copper wire

II

.... f-

300

V
,;'

~

V

\

~,

~-

"

"

200

'"\ \

Flux density
in the core
B< 1 mT

N 48
AL = 100 nH
(typical values)

\

1\
\ \

3,25 mH \

\'

1.00mH

1

9,6m~ 3,24mH

100

I

o

5

10'

102

103 kHz

-f
500

~

Q

I

_

400

-RFlitzwire
_ _ Enamel copper wire
/

/
300

-

/-:r

/

II

V"\.

\

t7' . . .

1\,

'\'\.

1\\

\\

1\ \ \
5,35mH \

J

\

1,601~H\

\ ,
15.4mH
5,lBmH -

200

N 48
A =160nH
(typical values)

0.43 mH

100

o

10'

278

102

--I

5

103 kHz

RM 4 Cores

B 65803

Q factor characteristics

Material M 33, K 1
L (j.lH) for

M 33
AL = 63 nH

770
183
54,5

Wire; RF litz wire Number of ¢'
mm
sections

100
52
29

20 xO,04 CuL
45 xO,04 CuL
90 x 0,04 CuL

1
1
1

-

45 x 0,04 CuLS
0,5 CuL
0,6 CuL

1
1
1

6,6
6,6
6,4

5,20
2,65
1,27

K1

A = 25

Turns

nH

14
10
7

500

v

Q

r 400

183f.LH
./

300

/

/

&:k

Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter'

-

-

M 33
AL = 63 nH
(typical values)

r---~ ~ :--'1"-

[\1"\

{.is'.f.L" H 1\

1\

\

Flux density
in the core
8 < 1 mT

\

77Of.LH
200

1\

100

o1

5

10

103 kHz

5

102

--I
250
Q

....--

V

./

r 200

./

L

/

,

1

, l ....

1,'

1

i"""
I~

- - RF litz wire
Enamel copper wire

~-

\\

1\ \\

L

\

K 1
AL = 25 nH
(typical values)
FI ux density
in the core

B<0.5mT

\

\

\\\

150

5.20f.LH \ \

,

\

U
2, 65 f.LH

100

127f.LH
I

50
100

5

5

101

102 MHz

-I

279

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

~

t!

~ ~~
I:
II

~~.

I

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)

B63399

340, fig. 4

Matching handle

B63399

341, fig. 6

Adjusting screw

B65539

284

Core

B65805

281

Clamps

B65806

282

Insulating washer
for coil

B65806

282

Coil former
with 1 or 2 sections,
4, 5, or 6 pins

B65806

282

Core

B65805

281

Threaded sleeve

B65806

284

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

B65806

282

Coil former with
bent solder terminals
(for litz wires)

B65806

283

Centering pin

B65806

284

~

II

I

Individual parts

I,

I

•
I

,

L

Cd;~
I,
Additionally available:

280

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

RM 5 cores complying with DIN 41 980 or IEC publication 431

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

E IfA =

I. =

A. =

1.0 mm- 1
20.8 mm
20.8 mm 2

Am;" = 15
V. = 430

mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 3.1 g/set

AL value

nH
Gapped
25
40
63
100
125
160
200
160
200
250
315
Ungapped
100
1400
1800
2400
3200
4800

SIFERRIT
material

I

tolerance

K1
M 33
±3%~A

N5S

N 48

+30O/C-"R
-20 o-

RM core

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65805-C·· •• - ... .
B65805-N .... - .. ..

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.
1,0
0,4
0,4
0,2
0,15
0,11
0,08
0,12
0,09
0,06
003

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(pU: 500 sets)

f.I..

20,3
31,9
50,2
79,6
100
128
159
128
159
200
255

B65805-·0025-AOOl
865805-·0040-AOOl
865805-·0063-A033
865805-·0100-A033
B65805-·0125-A058
865805-·0160-A058
B65805-·0200-A058
865805-·0160-A048
865805-·0200-A048
865805-·0250-A048
865805-·0315-A048

K1
N 47
N 48
N 41
N 30
T 35

80
111O
1430
1910
2550
3820

865805-COOOO-ROOl
865805-COOOO-R047
B65805-COOOO-R048
865805-COOOO-R041
B65805-COOOO-R030
865805-COOOO-R035

6000

+40o/c -"Y
-30 0 -

T 38

4770

865805-COOOO-Y038

6000

+8°o/c-"U
_ 0 0-

T 38

4770

865805-C6000-U638

11 Necessary for the
~ to be preferred

calculation of the max. flux density

281

B 65805

RM 5 Cores
Coil formers. insulating washers and clamps B 65806

Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 4, 5, or 6 terminal pins, complying
with IEC publication 431 (DIN 41981). suitable for automatic winding machines, flame-retardant
in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 OF. 2 sec.
(refer to page 85. para. 8.2.). For winding details refer to page 68.
Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
7

5 pins

4 pins

6 pins
1

Ground 1 +0

1

mm dia

i'
,/

--

-

-~

,

!

/'\

')

. . . \'v '

/

\
/

r'

: ¢1"

1".
/<,

I
I

1/

l,

/

;J,
N-

~-

~

I •

-- "

t

/

,.- if'-

\

I

Ir

,

I

~

/

--

\\

"-'

!

sections

1

Useful winding
cross section

AN
of one
section
mm'

total

9.5

9.5

mm'

/

/

/

',l
r

I~-

-

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction
Dimensions in mm

0.7 x 0.3
Coil
former
Number
of

/

- ,I/!

/

/

(

\'

I)

r' jl/
I
I
/

,

/',

-"'\ I

J/

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

mm

~Q

g

90

0.3

Number
of pins

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

4

B65806-AI004-DOOI

5

B65806-Al005-DOOI

6

B65S06-AI006-DOOI

4

B65806-Al004-D002

5

B65806-AI005-D002

6

B65806-Al006-D002

Clamp (approx. weight 0.1 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required)

B65806-B2001-XOOO

Insulating washer for double clad PCBs

BS5806-B2005-XOOO

Insulating washer between core and coil

B6580S-A5000-XOOO

25
4.35

2

8.7

94

0.4

Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
11

Pressure per clamp pair: 36 ... 45 N.

282

" Reo

= AR

C61407-A3-A4

. N' (de resistance

= AR

. number of turns')

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

Coil formers B 65806-J
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil formers with special solder terminals for litz
wires, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max.
400 °Cj752 of, 2 sec (also refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to pag"e 68.

-.l"'"

1l..L_ _

,

, '

. . r+--:--

-',

,v
r-~

,

I

/

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

I

I

/

I

l,

,

/

I,

/

(

"

"

~>j

-,>

~1.3 +0.1

~

J':{;~)l
['I•• J
V
Ground 1 +0.1 mm dia

Number
of
sections

1

-

Useful winding
cross sectio n

AN
of one
section

total

mm 2

mm 2

9.5

9.5

Dimensions in mm

AR

Average
length
of turn IN

value')

Approx.
weight

mm

J.lQ

9

90
99

Number
of pins

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

0.4

4

865806-J1003-T001

0.5

4

865806-J1003-T002

25
2

4.35

8.7

') Rc, = AR . N2 (de resistance = AR . number of turns 2 ).

283

B 65805

RM 5 Cores

Adjusting devices B 65539, B 65806
Adjusting screws (a, b) 865539-Cl ••• -X ••• and (c) 865806-C3001-X022 consisting of a
SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core on which a glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is
molded and 4 cam profiles, serving as core brake;
fits:
Glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 865806-K3002-XOOO, color code
natural.
Centering pin (e) 865806-A2008-XOOO as mounting aid for RM core centering
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80004-XOOO

c

a,b

e

d

Ql
I

¢5

'

I

-M1,41--

r-r--'

II
Dimensions in mm

RM 5 core 865805

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia x length
Material

a

1,81 x2,O

b
a

K1
M 33

AL value
nH

25
40
63
100
125

N 58

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Si 1

black

865539-Cl003-Xl01

K1

yellow

865539-Cl003-XOOl

1,81 x 2.7

Si 1

white

865539-Cl002-Xl0l

1,81 x2,O

K1

yellow

865539-Cl003-XOOl

K1

grey

865539-Cl002-XOOl

N 22

red

865539-Cl002-X022

green

865806-C3001-X022

160
200
160

N 48

250
315

284

b

1,81 x 2,7

c

1,85 x 3.4

200

B 65805

RM 5 Cores

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw 865539-C1 002-Xl 01
color code white

Adjusting screw 865539-C1 003-X1 01
color code black

J

:::J


Cl

c:

'"
.c
u

C1>

%
22

J

:::J 20

20



// V

1
4

o
o

~

Ii

16
14

"0
.: 12

{

a::

18

M3L L63-

>
:.;:;

'"

a;

10

/

a::

II
'I

r

V

-

M33/A L63-

/

6

II

4

/

'/

/

345678

V
2

10

I
3

4

6

7

8

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw 865539-Cl003-XOOl
color code yellow

%
22
E

...J

:::J

20

/


a;
'"

/

M33 1/A L613 -

NS8/A L12S-

/.V
Ib I

10

a::

1// I

1
4

o
o

-

~I

JjV

~~

2

3

4

6

7

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

ob

at least one turn engaged.

285

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65539-C1 002-X022
colo r code red

Adjusting screw B65539-C1 002-X001
color code grey

%

%

J:l

22

.E

22

.J

:l 20

20

 18
.c
u

.- N581AL1f-

16

I
I

8
i5 14

tJ

"

]

~

~
"ai

12

/
VI
1/

10

a::

8

r

c:

N581/AL1~0-

"

2
....",::

~

8
6
4

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

i.--- N48IA L160

II

/ Vh
I!J.V

o """"" ~
2
o

V

3

4

22
20

i!l, 18
u

16

8
i5 14

tJ

"

]

/

12

Q)

>

'iii

/ 1/

a::

1

2

I'

V-

i

.-

N48( AL2 O-

..--

N481A L250

:..,......, N4~/AL3\5 _

II, I

6
4

/

I

10

"ai

/

Ij

I)

ol...",.II ~
o
2

V

4

6

7

8

9

10

-Turns of the adjusting screw

286

7

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

<0.05 N·142
CuLS 6 ><0.07 N=124
CuLS 15><0.05 N=84
CuLS 20><0.05 N=80

I

CuLS60 xO.05

5

103
-I

I I

N~23

5

287

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

ISO-O curves
Material N 48
l-section winding with litz wire
Flux density in the core 8 < 1 mT

mH
101

N48

100 - 200 300 400 500550 550500 - 1 - - 400
5
\ \ \ v 3QO
I
\ t'),f1:~ 200
100
i\ \ ,
600\

~oo

\1\\\

lao

A=

Cu LS 10><0.05 N= 142
Cu LS 6>< 0.07 N= 124

250nH

H,'CuLS15"0.05
I,
I l
N=84
Cu LS 20><0.05 N. 80
ICu LS10xO.07 N- 67
CuLS 15,,0.07 N- 57
Cu LS 30" 0.05 N- 54

5

\

\

1\

\

10-1
101

CuLS45>< 0.05N= 36

1

~\ I

\

1

I

I

5

1 1

CuLS60lCO.05 N- 23

I I
5

103
-f

5

1()2

104 kHz

l-section winding with enamel copper wire
Flux density in the core 8 < 1 mT

mH
3
100 150 200 -

400

" ""

I\, \
\

450

CuL 0.20 N=170
CuL 0.25 N=120 _
CuL 0.315 N-Bl

\

I

\

100

N48
AL = 250 nH

Cu L 0.08 N-730
CuL 0.10 N 600 :::
CuL 0.125 N=385
CuL 0.16 N=260

300 200150 100

102

II

\

I

I I

uL 0040 N=40

"" "

'\

10-1

CuL 0.50 N=24
uL 0.63 N=13

3

5

102

5

103

_I

288

5

1()4 kHz

RM 5 Cores

B 65805

Q factor characteristics
Material N 48
L (mH) for

Ac = 160 nH

AL = 250 nH

90
23,1
7,75
4,62

141
36,1
12,1
7,20
4,22

-

-

1,30
0,74

1,16

-r--

700

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

Number of
sections

750
380
220
170
130
90
68

0,1 CuL
0,14 CuL
0,18 CuL
10 x 0,05 CuLS
20 x 0,04 CuLS
30 x 0,04 CuLS
45 x 0,04 CuLS

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

-,----

Flux density
in the core
B< 2 mT

-

I

Q

Ii
litz wire

600

!
i

~
200

Y

//-1

I

10'

-

I.

7.75mH
1'23.1mH
"

I

\

\

0.74mH
_130mH

4.62mH

. I

--L+-

I

.

I

I

,

-1

\

\

±_ 1 __ ._~

~l:'"~__

I

I

\'

1\

'h

't--

-,
1
--7~t~-I-t

I
100

,0:; /"

J,.f~

I
i

~\\

17 l7
~-:::?- ~ l"1

I

300

7' " \

I1rI

400

AL = 160 nH
(typical values)

i

/"""

I

RF
enamel copper wire

r 500

N 48

l

-I

.

i

t1Q3 kHz

~f

I------t----t---I---I--+-+-I-++-----t--+--+---j - -

N 48
AL = 250 nH
(typical values)

---f

289

B 65805

RM 5 Cores

p

Q factor characteristics

Material K 1

A

Wire; litz wire

Turns
L (flH) for
= 25 nH A =40nH
1,96
6,75
25,0
16,0

1,27
4,25
15,7
10,2

mm

300

___ J.

-

I

Kl

- - RFlitzwire
___ Enamel copper wire

1--

200

- Pad of polystyrene
tape up to the
diameter'
(valid for 1 section)

8,5
9,0
8,4
8,2

0,6 CuL
30 x 0,04 CuLS
30 x 0,04 CuLS
45 x 0,04 CuLS

7
13
25
20

Q

125-

"",.

W

l/ .....
['\

,
I

100

: ....

1

'\\

i

.~

I

i\

i

\.\

4,25~

1\1

1 ,7)JH
i

= 25 nH
(typical values)

Flux density
in the core
B< 0,5 mT

V 1\ 1\/

i

A

1,27)JH

10,2)JH
I

I

i

i

I
5

5

5

300

I

..

Q

i

~

~

AL = 40 nH
(typical values)

\

Flux density
in the core
B< 0,6 mT

I\\.
1)\'

200

j

/1

I

1

'1

-

100

\\

\\

\

I~ \ 16JJH

\'
6,75)JH'l..
\

\

':

25)JH

1.96)JH

I

I

I
I

I

5

5

5
-f

290

Kl

- - RF litz wire
___ Enamel copper wire

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

-.-------.------~

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)

863399

340, fig. 4

Matching handle

863399

341,fig.6

865659

296

865807

292

865808

293

865808

293

865808

293

865807

292

865808

296

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

865808

293

Coil former with bent solder
terminals (for litz wires)

865808

294

Coil former for power transformers (in preparation)

865808

295

Centering pin

865808

296

---------- Adjusting screw

'--f------~

Insulation washer for coil

----- Coil formers
with 1 or 2 sections,
4,5, or 6 pins

i

L

_ Core

~

_ _. _ _ _ ~ _ _ Threaded sleeve

~------I
Additionally available:

291

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

RM-6 cores complying with DIN 41 980 or IEC publication 431.
RM-6 cores are also available without center hole for use in transformers.

Magnetic characteristics

Core factor
E !fA =
Effective length
fe =
Effective area
Ae =
Min. core cross section 11
Amin

Effective volume

Ve

with
center
hole
0.86
26.9
31.3

= = 840

Approx. weight/set

without
center
hole
0.78 mm- 1
28.6
mm
36.6
mm 2
31
1050

4.7

RM core
without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)
without center hole

5.1

mm 2
mm 3
g

Ordering code

865807-C •••• - ••••
865807 -N •••• - ••••
865807 -J •••• - ••••

Ordering code

AL value

(PU: 500 sets)
nH
~

Gapped
40
63
100
160
200
250
160
200
250
315
400
1000
Ungapped
120
1700
2000
3100 2)
4300 2)
6200 2 )

K1
M33
N 58
±30/0""A
N 48

+ 10 0/0"" K

0,80
0,60
0,38
0,21
0,16
0,11
0,22
0,17
0,12
0,08
0,05
0,006

+300/, ""-R
-20 o-

82
1160
1370
1920
2670
3850

B65807-COOOO-ROOl
B65807-COOOO-R047
B65807-COOOO-R048
B65807-JOOOO-R041
B65807-JOOOO-R030
B65807-JOOOO-R035

5340

B65807-JOOOO-Y038

5340

B65807-J8600-U638

2)

+40o/c ",,-y
-30 0 -

T 38

8600

2)

+80o/c ""-U
-0
0-

T 38

Necessary for the calculation of the max. flux density
~to be preferred

292

B65807-·0040-AOOl
B65807-·0063-A033
B65807-·0100-A033
B65807-·0160-A058
B658077·0200-A058
B65807-*0250-A058
B65807-*0160-A048
B65807-·0200-A048
B65807-*0250-A048
B65807-·0315-A048
B65807-·0400-A048
B65807-Cl000-K048

K1
N 47
N48
N 41
N 30
T 35

8600

11

27.4
43,2
68,5
110
137
171
110
137
171
216
274
685

21

without center hole

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Coil formers, insulating washers, and clamps B 65808
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 4, 5, or 6 terminal pins, complying
with IEC publication 431 (DIN 41 981), suitable for automatic winding machines, flame-retardant
in accordance with UL 94 v-a. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (also
refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 68.
Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
4 pins

@
•

.'

5.

6 pins

5 pins
6

6.

2

.>(.
3

Clamp'l

~I ~L.I,
il \'/
j

I

I

,

I/

I

7

·~V-.

v'

sections

1

Useful winding
cross seetio n

AN
of one
section

total

mm'

mm'

15

15

7

,-

I,'.

I'r

i

\;

I

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction

I
!

III

'~l

----:".....1,,--,,'

,-+-I--t-t

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 2 )

Approx.
weight

mm

~Q

g

69

0.4

30
2

)tv

j 1\

Ground 1 +01 mm dia

0,4
Coil
former
Number of

.c:
!

v

I

-+

1/J1,' '\1

/

,V-

(

I

I

-~,.I

14

73

0,6

Dimensions in mm

Number
of pins

Ordering code
(pU: 500)

4
5

B65808-Al004-DOOl
--B65808-Al005-DOOl

6

B65808-Al006-DOOl

4

B65808-Al004-D002

5

B65808-Al005-D002

6

B65808-Al006-D002

Clamp (approx. weight 0.12 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required)

B65808-C2002-XOOO

Insulating washer for double clad PCBs

B65808-B2005-XOOO

Insulating washer between core and coil

B65808-A5000-XOOO

Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
11

Pressure per clamp pair: 45 ... 60 N.

2j

R c,

= AR

C61407-A3-A2
. N 2 (de resistance

= AR

. number of turns')

293

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Coil formers B 65.808-J •••
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil formers with special solder terminals for litz wires,
flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °CI
752 of, 2 sec (refer to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 68.

'--..-r-,n-L--+-. ~

...
+1

0,4 x 1

Ground 1 +0.1 dia
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful winding Average
cross section
length
of turn IN
AN
mm 2
mm

AA

value')

Approx. Number
weight of pins

flQ

g

15

69

0.5

4

B65808-J1003-T001

73

0.65

4

B65808-J1003-T002

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

30
2
1)

14

Rc, = AR . N' (dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

294

B 65807

RM 6 Cores

Coil former for power transformers B 65808 (in preparation)
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 8 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec
(also refer to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 68.

Marking for pin 1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
(Intermediate spacing
should be considered!)

Dimensions in mlTl

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section

AN

= AR

AR
value ' )

Approx.
weight

of one total
section
mm 2
mm 2

mm

flQ

g

15

30

6

2

1
" Rc,

Average
length
of turn IN

•

15

N 2 Idc resistance

= AR

.

Number
of pins

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

8

B65808-A1508-TOO1

number of turns')

295

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Adjusting devices B 65659
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) B65659-EO ••• -X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core
brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) B65808-L3002-XOOO
Centering pin (e) B65808-A2008-XOOO as mounting aid for RM core centering.
Adjusting screw driver B63399-B0004-XOOO

a

e

d

c

b

~

~
3.15

-C/J6--

5!l

1

t

r

Dimensions in mm

RM-6 core B65807
Material

K1

AL value
nH

Adjusting screw
Part

Tube core
dia x length
Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

white

B65659-EOO01-X10l

brown

B65659-EOO04-X10l

green

B65659-EOO01-XOOl

red

B65659-EOO01-X023

black

B65659-EOO03-X023

red

B65659-EOO01-X023

40
a

2,6 x 3,7

63

Si 1

M33
100
N 48, N 58

c

2,82 x 4.4

a

2,6 x 3,7

160

K1

200
N 58
250

b

2,75 x 4.4

200
250

a

2,6

315

b

2,75 x 4.4

black

B65659-EOO03-X023

400

c

2,82 x 4.4

yellow

B65659-EOO04-X023

x 3,7

N 22

N 48

296

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X1 01
color code white

Adjusting screw B65659-E0004-X1 01
color code brown

%

JJ

%

22

JJ

20

<]

<1

'c:"

Q)

OJ

'"
'c:"
'"
t5

.J::

CJ

18
/

16

.!:
.>

.,'"

'"
0::

c:

'"

.J::

CJ

c:

1/ V

12

K1/A l 40

8
6

o
o

l?

.!:
>

12

'"
0::

r

3

I

I

10

/ I~
7V
II !J

8
6
4

)

2

V
4

5

6

7

8

9

o
o

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

20

J

'c:"
'"
'c:"

18

1/ N48(Al1~0

16

t5:J'"

14

"C

12

.,'"

'"
Cii
0::

I

7

8

9

10

II I ~
II/I V

10

II VI

8

2

o
o

4
-

o "" at least one turn

t5'"

14

.!:

12

~'"

10

:J
"C

I

5

7

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

/V
/V

[1/

o
o

NsLl2t-

V

A/

6
4

/'

pi

8

2

l.......I~
2

'c:"

. / N48/A l160
NS~/Al1~0-

u

'"

/1//
VI

4

18
16

Qj
0::

If/t

6

OJ

c:

NS8/A l 200
N48/A l 2S0-

20

'"u

.J::

1 J
N48/A l 200_

I

CJ

.!:
.>

6

Turns of the adjusting screw

22

Q)

CJ

4

E

-'
<1

OJ

W

%

22

<]

.J::

~

N48/A l160 _
NS8/A l160

~V

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X001
color code green

%

.J
J

~

-

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X023
colo r code red

1/

if

Cii

11)7
......."

16
14

.,'"

I

I

4

M33k1JO_

18

'"
t5

:J
"C

I [7
7J
7 11

10

20

CJ

I

14

Cii

f

OJ

M33(A l 63

Q)

CJ

:J
"C

V

22

!J

VI

~~

4
-

5

6

7

8

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

engaged.

297

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65659-E0003-X023
color code black
%
22

J

:::r

J

20



.~

a:

r

VII

8
6
4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

o
o

/

/ N48/AL400

V

III
I.
/1

10

2

4

N4J/AL~15_
l{ J I


co
a;

N4~1 AL250 1

"0

:;::

Adjusting screw B65659-E0004-X023
color code yellow

I,.,:::::: ~
2

II
~

3

4

5

6

7

o ~ at least one turn engaged.

298

8

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

150-Q curves
Material N 58
l-section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH

3

T

I

T

Cu LS 12 xO,04 N;303

I

L

t

100

I

I I I I

I

Cu LS 15><0,04 N;236
1

10

N 58

1

200 300 400 500400300200100

~\\ ,\

Cu LS 20><0,04 N 196

5

l\ \

700 \

Cu LS 30 xO,04 N 130

1 1111

3

Ac = 200 nH

II ,,,\ r\~ ,\ ,\1\

Cu LS 45><0,04 N; 93
Cu LS 60><0,04 N; 78

800 900 800

Cu LS 80xO,04 N; 44

\.

I

\.

\\ fT"Y
.\\ \\Y 1\ 1\
1\

\

I\,

I I I II

10 0

101

10 2
-I

ISO-Q curves
Material N 48
l-section winding with enamel copper wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH
103

10 F

200 250 250 20lJT00
7300~

L 10 2

N 48
A L =315nH

Cu LO,08 N=1230
CuLO,l

I '400 500 4'00

N=1050

CuL 0,125N - 700 '

t

CuLO,16 N-455

\

101

'\ -)

'\

-\

"

100

CuLO,315 N=127
r:rLOA ~
Cu LO,5 N=45
CuLO,63 N=26

io

"7

III

10-1
2

CuLO,2 N=314
uLO,25 N 180

101

102

103
-I

I I
5

104 kHz

299

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

150-Q curves
Material N 48
1 -section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH
3

!I

I

100
10'

"

III

""

I

A = 250 nH

CuLS10xO.OS N=230
CuLS 6xO.07 N=200-

200 300400 SOO SOO 400 300 200
111>.. \ \ \100

r-

N 48

I I
=

Cu LS lSxQ.OS N=lS4

600
\

Cu LS20 xO.OS N=142 /
Cu LS10xO.07 N=12S!
Cu LS1SxO.07 N=90

\

I \ \ 1\ \
700 \

\\ 1\ 1\

\ .\\ \ \

100

CuLS30xO.05N=84
Cu LS 20xO.07N= 65
Cu LS45 x0.05 N=60
Cu LS 60xO.05 N-42

3

5

10'

5

5

1111
103

I

I

-f

1 -section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core B < 1 mT

mH
3~~.---.-~~~~---r-.-r~~.---.-.-~~~

1~

L

200 360

1

4~0 iod ~Wo03001o~+- 6~ l~ lOXO.OS N~2~0
I

600

.\ \

\100 +--++C
.....:uH"L+"S-'-6x-0-'-.07-N+="""'200-t-t-f+t1

~
CuLS15)(0.OS N R1S4
f lO"I~~ill·~~~~\II\li~~~~.

Cu LS 20)(0.05 N -142
CuLS10 xO.07 N=12S

\

700

'~

\\ \
700\ \ \

__
\\

S

101

5

102

'111

I

I

Cu LS30)(0.05 N-84
Cu LS 20xO.07 N=65

~_
CuLS45xD.05 N-60-

CIJLS60)(0.05 N-42=

5

103
-I

300

I

CuLS15xO.07 N=90

5

104 kHz

N48
A=315nH

RM 6 Cores

B 65807

Q factor characteristics

Material N 48
L (mH) for

AL = 250 nH

Ac = 315 nH

22,5
12,1
4,55

28,3
15,2
5,73

Turns

Wire; RF litz wire

300
220
135

0,20 CuL
6 xO,07 CuLS
20 x 0,05 CuLS

Number of
sections
Flux density
in the core
fJ < 2 mT

sao

N 48
= 250 nH
(typical values)

Ac
700
Q

t

~

500

,,'"

,;'

7

.........

./

300

\

".

_RFlilzwire

--r----- __ Enamel copper wire

\.
\.

\.

//

400

200

v .....
t--.

, ""

600

\

4,55mH
12,lmH

\,

uL···

22,5mH

I

",

10' kHz
--f

800

N 48
Ac=315nH
(typical values)

700
Q

t

....
600

/- '7
...- ~ /'

500
/'

400

300

./
/

/ '/

-

-\

~

'\

\.

'"

\. 5.73mH-

-RF lilz wire
__ Enamel copper wire

-

15,2mH---'--

\

----

-.

2S.3mH

200

10' kHz

10'
--f

301

B 65807

RM 6 Cores

Q factor characteristics

Material M 33

534
414
108
49

847
657
168
75

Number of ¢*
mm
sections

RF litz wire

L (flH) for
Turns
A =63nH A = 100nH

x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS

45
45
45
45

92
81
41
27

-

1
2
2
2

x 0,04 CuLS
x 0,04 CuLS

9,8
10,6

Pad of pOlystyrene
tape up to the
diameter ¢" (valid
for all sections)

Flux density
in the core

B<2mT
600

M 33

I

AL = 63 nH

T
Q

(typical values)

...I-

t 400

/J

7

Ii'\

l
Y

~

//
//

~

/

fI

?

\\.

III

\\ 49jJH

1\ \

200

53'4jJH

\10B pH
14jJH

5

5

5

-f

BOO

M 33
A=100nH
(typical values)

Q

t

600

-'--

/

VI

400

\

"'" ,Y /

)
/I
//
I

I

I

I

1\

\

\/

/
/

I
I

If
200 1
10

302

~

/ 657jJH \\-16B jJH
B47jJH
\

I

5

5

\
75~H

5

R 6 Cores

B 65809

~
r::P

l

/'

~

~
i
'I,

~ ~

I

•

L

~
I

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Adjusting screw driver
(for assembly only)

863399

340, fig. 4

Matching handle

863399

341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

865810

306

Core

865809

304

Clamps

865808

305

I nsulating washer for coil

865808

305

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections
4, 5, or 6 pins

865810

305

Core

865809

304

Threaded sleeve

865810

306

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

865808

305

Centering pfn

865808

306

II
I

-,----~---

I

@

--~
.;.,
~~
~~

I
Additionally available:

303

R 6 Cores

B 65809

R 6 cores complying with DIN 41 980 or IEC publication 431

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

0.8
I. = 25.6
A. = 32
V. = 840

E IfA =

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Approx. weight 5.1 gfset

R 6 cores

Ordering code

without threaded sleeve
with threaded sleeve (fig.)

B65809-A •••• - ••••
B65809-F•••• - ••••

Dimensions in mm

AL value
nH

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

iJ.e

Gapped
63
100
160
200
250
315
400

± 3%"" A

1000

±10%"" K

40,1
64

M 33

0,60
0,38

B65809-·0063-A033
B65809-.0100-A033

N 48

0,20
0,16
0,11
0,08
0,05

102
127
159
201
255

B65809-·0160-A048
B65809-.0200-A048
B65809-.0250-A048
B65809-*0315-A048
B65809-*0400-A048

0,006

637

B65809-Al000-K048

N 48

1460

B65809-AOOOO-R048

Ungapped
2300
4300

+300/.0 "" R
-20

6000
8600

304

+400/. Ly
-30 0 -

N 30

2740

B65809-AOOOO-R030

T 35

3820

B65809-AOOOO-R035

T38

5470

B65809-AOOOO-Y038

R 6 Cores

B 65809

Coil formers B 65810, clamps and insulating washers B 65808
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 4, 5, or 6 pin terminals, flame
retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O; permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of,
2 sec (also refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 68.
Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
4 pins

5 or 6 pi nsll

5 or 6 pins')
6

.,

2 sections

Hole arrangement, view in mounting direction

,

-

" I,
- ,V

"

II

/

,

"II

,

\'

/,-

/

- ,:
"

~-+-+~~~--r~

l

Dimensions in mm

Ground 1 '0.1 mm dia

I" r7

'( "

"

0.4 x 0.7

Coli former
Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section
AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

Average
length
of turn 'N

AR
value"

Approx.
weight

mm

110

g

67

0.4

71

0.6

Number
of pins

4
1

15.5

15.&
30.0

2

7.25

14.5

Clamp (Approx. weight 0.12 g; ordering code for each clamp. 2 required)
Insulating washer for double clad PC8s
Insulating washer between core and coil
Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices

1,
2,
3,

2.3

)\_-"

/

/(- ~-:x .J

Clamp 2)

,4••

"

5
6
5
6

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

865810-Cl003-0001
865810-81002-0001
865810-81001-0001
865810-81002-0002
865810-81001-0002
865808-82003-XOOO
865808-82005-XOOO
865808-A5000-XOOO
C61407-A3-A2

Version with 5 pins without pin 4
Pressure per clamp pair: 45 ... 60 N
Reo = AR ' N' (de resistance ~ AR • number of turns 2)

305

R 6 Cores

B 65809

Adjusting devices B 65810
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) 865810-C3 ••• -X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core
brake;
fits:
glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 86581 0-L3002-XOOO (color code yellow)
Centering pin (e) 865808-A2008-XOOO as mounting aid for R core centering.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-B0004-XOOO

d

e

[]

1° 6-

a, b, c
~

; .MlI I

;;

.....

'"
1

@

~

3,15

I

ir

..~-----

-j

Dimensions in mm

R 6 cores 865809

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia x length
Material

Color
code

b

2,85 x 4,05

Si 35

green

865810-C3001-X135

Si31

red

865810-C3002-X131

a

2,73 x4,05
yellow

865810-C3002-X101

white

865810-C3001-X101

brown

865810-C3003-X022

black

865810-C3002-X022

AL value
nH

63

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

M 33
100
160
Si 1

N48

200

b

2,85 x 4,05

250

c

2,73 x 3.45
N 22

315
a
400

306

2.73 x4,05

R 6 Cores

B 65809

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw 865810-C3002-X131
, % colo r code red

.J 22

:::.~ 20

!

!

01

c:

~

"

18

Q)

Q)

>

12

a::

10

Q)

>

""Q;'"

Q;

a::

I

,

V

i
4

' / - M33/AlIOO

.

!

!

,

i

I

I -

I

....

i

'

I

I

Ii,

1

'

_+ __' ___'

I

V

l}--ttj

I

o

c

tt;

.l~-f---1

+-------t-T--._-1
I '
'
. I
----1

I

2 1/

Adjusting screw 86581 0-C3002-X1 01
color code yellow

.

'I

(y

/ VI
II

I

IM33;AL63

1/ / VI Li __r--

1

6i

Turns of the adjusting screw

1

I

8 II

_

!

I!

l----H--I
/n ~
.
i
1

g 16
b'"
.g 14
.s

.~

~

I

I

3

6 7 8 9 10

4

-

Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw 865810-C3001-X101
color code white

%

J 22'-'-'-~---r-~~-~~·--~--~
:::.-

i

~01 20r-~~--+---r--r-~~--+---~

t-! -t-~
I

c:

~ 18r-+--+--T -,--+----r---+·--

g 16 r----I-----l----'---t- ~-.----+----_:f

I

I

j--j

N48/AL160

l!l

~ 14r-r-~-----r--o~

.s

.,

~

12 r-~----l-----7"

£

10r-~--+-,~~

'g

,

,

I

i-.L-~
.
,

-,----r/--+----------------,--

8
1

6

I

__; N48/Al200 ___.

-+---;--+F----'--j--

1-1

4r-*7--~--~---+---+-----~---

o

2
-

o

B=

3

4

5

6

8 9 10

Turns of the adjusting screw

4

5

6

9 10

- - - - - Turns of the adjusting screw

at least one turn engaged.

307

R 6 Cores

B 65809

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw 86581 O-C3003-X022
color code brown

Adjusting screw 86581 O-C3002-X022
color code black
o

%

o

%

.J
:::. 22

.J
:::. 22

~Ol 20

~Ol 20

c:

~ 18

......
./

g 16

to'"

/

-5 14

.~

~

:;;

V

/

12

/ 1/

'"

£ 10

/ /

6
4

N48L2~OI

V

I

,Q.

308

1/"

-5 14

N48)Al40J-

/V

~
..;:;

12

£'"

/

10

4

2
~

2345678

9

m

Turns of the adjusting screw

o

/

V

N48/AL2S0 _
1

1

N48/AL315

I· I
.... N48/AL400_

/, / V

6

at least one turn engaged.

/

I

8

//
I.1/
-

o

g 16

.~

~

o

~" 18
to'"

N48!AL31 i5

JV

I /

8

",

~

~

/1. /
Ii 'I
W

2345678
-

9

m

Turns of the adjusting screw

R 6 Cores

B 65809

ISO-Q curves
Material N 48

mH

l-section winding with RF litz wire
Flux density in the core {j < 1 mT

3

~
100

L

t· 10'

I II III

N 48
A = 250 nH

I I

1Ut

200 300400 500 500400300200 I
II\, \ \ \100 f-

Cu LS 10xO,05 N~23~_
Cu LS 6x 0,07 N = 200

600

CuLS15>t--t---+--,~I
+-4,.+-I-t--I---I--+--+~l

,- ,

I ....

....,

I

0,6x0,4
Ground 1 +0

1

mm dia

Coil former
Number
Useful winding
of
cross section
sections
AN
one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2
1

21.4

AR

Average
length
of turn IN

value 21

Approx.
weight

mm

~Q

g

56

0.6

21.4
35.6

Number
of
pins

4
5
8

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

865820-81001-0001
865820-81002-0001
865820-81003-0001
865820-81002-0002
865820-81003-0002

5
8
Clamp (approx. weight 0,15 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required) 865820-82001-XOOO
Insulating washer for double clad PC boards
865820-82005-XOOO
Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
C61407-A3-A7
10,05

2

11
2)

20.1

60

Pressure per clamp pair: 50,. , 70 N
AR • N 2 (de resistance = AR • number of turns 2 )

Rcu ==

312

0,7

RM 7 Cores

B 65819

Adjusting devices B 65659
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) 865659-EOOO.-X ••• , consisting of a SIFERRIT tube core on which a
glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core
brake;
fits:
Glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) 865808-L3002-XOOO
Centering pin (e) 865808-A2008-XOOO as mounting aid for RM core centering.
Adjusting screw driver 863399-80004-XOOO

a

c

b

e

d

LYJ

~
3.15

I-~

~

t

1

T

6-

Dimensions in mm

RM 7 core 865819

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Al value

Tube core
dia. x length

nH

Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

white

865659-EOO01-X101

brown

865659-EOO04-X101

red

865659-EOO01-X023

black

865659-EOO03-X023

yellow

865659-EOO04-X023

40

a
M 33

2,6

x 3.7

63
Si 1
100
c

2,82 x 4.4

250

a

2,6

315

b

2.75 x 4.4

400

c

2,82 x 4.4

160

x 3.7

N 48
N 22

313

RM 7 Cores

B 65819

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X1 01
Color code white
%

J22

:::r
<1

'"
1ij

46

20

.<=

/

18

~ 16

14

co
OJ

a:

10
8

"'c:"
'"

I

8

j

/

4

!
.

VV
8

4

9

10

-Turns of the adjusting screw

~

234

J
<1

'coc:"

%
22

I

20

Ol

.<=

18

<.>

'<.>"

16

"

14

.2;'"

12

c:
co

::J

"0

.!:

co
OJ

a:

-;
/V

10

J J, I
V N481AL1tl
I
'
.:

iI
I,......

.l

-+J
I

l

6
4

_/

I

N48IA L250 -i

VI

!
I
I
I

i

I

/

I

I
4

6

8

9

I

i
10

-Turns of the adjusting screw

314

7

8

9

10

-Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw B65659-E0001-X023
Color code red

:::r

N481AJ60 -

/ V"
II

~
a: 10

I

o

I

OJ

I

III

~

16

.!:
12
>

M331AL10~

/'""'

I)
~~

M3JIA L1do-

,r

~::J 14

!JV

4

18

<.>

"0

II
rl /

:;:;

20

.<=

i
M33 'A L63 -

if

.!:
~ 12

<1
Ol

/ V

c:
co

g
"0

%
22

'cco"

/

<.>

J

:::r

M33JA L

Ol

Adjusting screw B65659-E0004-X1 01
Color code brown

o ~ at least two turns engaged

RM 7 Cores

B 65819

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw 865659-E0004-X023
Color code yellow

Adjusting screw 865659-E0003-X023
Color code black

j

%
22


OJ

a:

"
"c:

16

Q

14

Q)

OJ

::J
"C

..,

0;

/

8

t

~ 18

OJ

10

0;

Cl

.=.,
>

V

6

a:

M33/A L100

12

I
I

4

....-

o

:....-

./
3

4

5

6

8

9

o

10

>--

V
~
5

.J 22
:::r

.,



r

N48/A L250
N48/AL315 ~
N48/A L400X

.,

.s:;

::J
"C

I I I

c:

Cl

c:

9 10

6

--Turns of the adjusting screw

-Turns of the adjusting screw

Adjusting screw 865812-A3001-X101
., % color code white

L

V

/

2

f..-

/

10

16

/

4

Adjusting screw 865812-A3003-X131
% color code red.

!J

)/'
~

---

,,/

3
-

4

14

/

..,~ 12
~ 10

6

9 10

./

°

-

h~

~~

2

3
_

6

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

0'::' at least two turns engaged.

322

~

!J /

2
5

K

// /
If 1/

8
6

4

Turns of the adjusting screw

/

/1 /

OJ

t

hV
~V

o

.g"

.=

V
V

K

l!l

B 65811

RM 8 Cores

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65812-A3002-X022
~ % color code brown

Adjusting screw B65812-A3001-X022

c

j % color code black

::; 22

::::r 22



12

"

+=
ro
a;
a::

t

--

:g, 20

,'"
~

/ /

10

..--

./ ~

~~
2

3

N48/A L500
N48/AL630

14

..,"> 12
ro

/
jV/

Qi

I

/ [,'l

4

.!O

16

a:: 10

II, V/

6

o

'r\"

""
"
"
"0
2

::l

VI /' V

8

2

./

",.-

8

IJ

6

4

~

5

6

8

9

10

V"'"

- - - :--

Ij

/'

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

,;'

~

I/

4

V

V

R

o

~
8

4
-

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

o ~ at least two

turns engaged.
323

B 65811

RM 8 Cores

factor characteristics

Q

Material N 48

L (mH) for
Turns
A=315nH A=400nH

Wire; RF litz wire

381
113
19,6
2,85

0,15CuL
0,2 CuL
20 x 0,05 CuLS
60 x 0,05 CuLS

484
144
31,4
3,60

900

N 48

700

i

r\

\

RF lilz wire
- Enamel
'-'-'__
copper

Q

Flux density
in the core
[j < 2 mT

-,-----,-,

T11
T 11. _____

800
•

1100
600
280
95

Number of
sections

wire

II

I

AL = 315 nH
(typical values)

\
\ 2,85mH

h

600

II

l-----

500

rT

,

/

400

[7
....

-.

300

17

-,

\

19,6mH

li

11 m

1\ 381 mH

200 1(JO

103 kHz

10'

----- I

90 o~

-

N 48

80 0

a

t

J7

70 0
60 0

50 0

~/-/

L....

400
30 0

;-,r'
......-

7/

r::z

..........

",

I

RF lilz wire j =Enamel cOPP~L
wire

'\

17

\

3,60mH

"

h ..

"

V

31,4mH

" 144mH
484mH
I

0
___ f

324

A = 400 nH
(typical values)

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

Individual parts

----~---.

,

Adjusting screw driver
- - - - - - - (for assembly only)
Matching handle

Part No.

Page

B63399

339, fig. 3

B63399

341,fig.6

Adjusting screw

B65679

329

Core

B65813

326

Clamps

B65814

327

Insulating washer for coil

B65814

327

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections
11 or 12 pins

B65814

327

Core

B65813

326

Threaded sleeve

B65679

329

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

B65814

327

Coil former for
power transformers

B65814

328

'"
;;:

.-J

-~
i

Additionally available:

325

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

RM 10 cores complying with DIN 41 980 or IEC publication 431. For transformer applications
RM 10 cores are available without center hole.
Magnetic characteristics
with
without
center hole center hole
dia 5.4+ 0 . 2
Core factor
Effective length
Effective a rea
Min. core

E //A =
Ie =
A, =

cross section 1)
Effective va Iu m e

Amin

Ve

=
=

Approx. weight

Dimensions in mm

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH
Gapped
315
400
630
250')
630')
1600')

I

tolerance

N 48
±3%,o,A
±5 %,o,J

N 41

±10%,o,K

0.50
42
83

0.45
44
98

3470

90
4310

mm'
mm'

20

23

g/set

RM 10 core

Ordering code

without threaded
sleeve
with threaded
sleeve
without center hole

B65813-A •••• -.... } with
center hole
B65813-N •••• - ••••
B65813-J •••• - ••••

Effective
permea bil ity

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

1-'0

0,28
0,21
0,13

125
160
250

865813-·0315-A048
B65813-.0400-A048
B65813-·0630-A048

0.44

90

B65813-J0250-A041

0,13
0,04

226

B65813-J0630-J041

573

B65813-J1600-K041

Ungapped
3100')

N 47

1110

B65813-JOOOO-R047

4000')

N 27

1430

B65813-JOOOO-R027

N 41

1970

B65813-JOOOO-R041

7600')

N 30

2720

B65813-JOOOO-R030

11000')

T 35

3940

B65813-JOOOO-R035

T 3B

5730

B65813-JOOOO-Y038

5500')

16000
11
~

2)

+30 o/c ' R
-20 0 -

+40%AY
-30

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
to be preferred

326

mm- 1
mm
mm'

2J

without center hole

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

Coil formers, clamps, and insulating washers B 65814
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 5, 8, 10, 11, or 12 terminal pins
complying with IEC publication 431 (DIN 41 981), flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 v-a.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 68. Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
Clamp'l
4.5'0.1

Dimensions in mm

12

,
1

1

11
10

/
1",

l

9 ,

1

4
I

Ground
1.3+ 0 . 1

-r'

6

Coil
formers
Number
of
sections

Version

Omitted pin

11 pins

9

10 pins

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

Average
length
of turn fN

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

mm

~Q

g

2; 5; 8; 11

5 pins

1; 2; 5; 7; 8; 11; 12

Number
of pins

5
1

2

41.5

19.5

41.5

39

52

52

43

1.5

1.7

46

2; 11

8 pins

Ordering code
(pU: 200)

B65814-A1005-DOO1

8

B65814-A1008-D001

10

B65814-A1010-D001

11

B65814-A1011-D001

12

865814-A1012-D001

5

B65814-A1005-DOO2

8

B65814-A1008-DOO2

10

B65814-A1010-DOO2

11

B65814-A1011-DOO2

12

B65814-A1012-DOO2

Clamp (approx. weight 0.37 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required)

B65814-A2001-XOOO

Insulating washer for double clad PC boards

B65814-A2005-XOOO

Insulating washer between core and coil

B65814-A5000-XOOO

Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
1)

Pressure per clamp pair: 50 ... 65 N

21

Re"

= AR

C61407-A3-A8

. N 2 (de resistance

= AR

. number of turns 2 )

327

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

Coil former for power transformers B 65814
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 12 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 v-o. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer
to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 68.

Marking for pin 1

Ground 1.3+0 .,

~

d~

./

N

~tt
...."
<0

,

N
x

co

,

,

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
(Intermediate spacing should
be considered.)

,All ,S+0,15

t~

~

I--l'x2.54=27.94 --

Dimensions in mm

Coil formers
Number
of
sections

1
1)

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

value'l

Approx.
weight

mm

j.lQ

g

AR

41.5
41.5
52
43
Reo = A • . N' (dc resistance = A • . number of turns 2 )

328

1.5

Number
of pins

12

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

B65814-A1512-TOOl

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

Adjusting devices B 65679
Adjusting screw (a, b, c) B65679-DO •• *-X •• *, consisting of a SIFERRIT or SIRUFER tube core
on which a polyterephthalate thread is molded and a spring crown serving as core brake;
fits:
Glass-fiber reinforced 11 polyamide threaded sleeve (d) B65679-L0003-XOOO
adjusting screw driver B63399-B0001-XOOO.
Due to the limited distance between the adjusting core B65679-DO.*.-X.*. and the internal
borehole the total assembly must be centered accurately.

a,b,c

d

00

:;to

Dimensions in mm

RM 10 cores B65813

Adjusting screw

Material

Part

Tube core
dia x length
Material

Color
code

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

315
400

c

4.55 x 6.3

N 22

red

B65679-DOO03-X022

400
630

b

4.98 x 6.3

N 22

black

B65679-DOO02-X022

630

a

5.15 x 6.3

N 22

white

B65679-DOO01-X022

N 48

AL value
nH

329

RM 10 Cores

B 65813

Inductance adjustment curves
Adjusting screw B65679-D0003-X022
color code red

Adjusting screw B65679-D0002-X022
color code black

%

%
22

22

'~

20

::r

"'"c:

18

"'"c:

18

CJ

16

CJ

16

::r'.

...J

...J


,!::

;/

/ i/
V
/.

10

'"

a;
0::

8

N48/AL400

.l9CJ

"
"
.~

"0

,!::

'"
a;
0::

I~

6

r

N48/~L315

4
2

o
o

..:::;

~

IJ

3

VI

4

-

r

5

6

7

8

9

10

Turns of the adjusting screw

14

10

/ V
1/ V

8

/

-4

I,...::::: ~
2

VI
3

4

5

6

7

• 2220


:;:::

10

II

CJ

"0

'"
0::

N48t630

V

/

a;

r

8
6

/

4

o

o

I
./
2

/

/
3

4

5

7

9

10

--Turns of the adjusting screw

330

8

9

10

- T u r n s of the adjusting screw

...J

c:

N48/AL630

/

::r

'"

V

V

Adjusting screw B65679-D0001-X022
color code white

.c:

N48)A/tOO

II

12

o
o

V

o ..:>, at least two turns engaged.

RM 12 Cores

B 65815

~ ~1

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Core

865815

332

Clamps

865816

333

B65816

333

I;

,I!

~

I

:~ Insulating washer for coil

~I
i

I
I

"''1

--

1'':

-

j

.

.

f

I

I

I

-"

i
)}

L

I
i

I

Coil former, 1 or 2 sections,
11 or 12 pins
Sliding-on solder clip for
soldering thick wires

865816

333

B65888

333

Core

865815

332

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

B65816

333

Coil former for
power transformers

B65816

334

,
I

I

--J

-~
I

Additionally available:

331

RM 12 Cores

B 65815

RM 12 cores without center hole are preferably available out of the material N 41, which is
particularly suitable (low core loss, high amplitude permeability, even at temperatures up to
100 °C/212 OF) for transformer applications.
Magnetic characteristics
I: I/A

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

=

Ie =
Ae =

0.40 mm- 1
56.9 mm
140
mm 2

= 125
Ve = 7960

Amin

Approx. weight 42 g/set

Dimensions in mm

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

.1 tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

fie

Gapped
160

51

B65815-J0160-A041

0,65

80

B65815-J0250-A041

0,10

320

B65815-J1000-J041

0,04

640

B65815-J2000-K041

1400

B65815-JOOOO-R027

N 41

1910

B65815-JOOOO-R041

N 30

2670

B65815-JOOOO-R030

T 35

3910

B65815-JOOOO-R035

1,2

±3%,QA

250
1000

±5%,QJ

2000

±10 %,Q K

N 41

Ungapped

N 27

4400
6000
8400
12300
1}

"l1li

+30%L R
-20

-

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
to be preferred

332

RM 12 Cores

B 65815

Coil formers, clamps, and insulating washers B 65816
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil formers with 11 or 12 terminal pins, suitable
for automatic winding machines, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details
refer to page 68. Spring steel clamps (tinned) with ground terminal.
11

12

Clamp'}

4,5'0,1

Marking
for pin 1

0,7 x 0,45

Solder clip

Dimensions in mm

Ground 1.3+ 0 . 1

For the
11-pin version, pin
No.9 is
omitted

Coil
former
Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross-section AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

jl~l lil ' ' ~1'~3.0'
~-

Average
length
of turn IN

value 2 }

Approx.
weight

mm

IlQ

g

AR

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction

Number
of pins

11
12
11
2
35
70
30
2.7
12
Clamp (approx. weight 0.5 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required)
Insulating washers for double clad PC boards
Sliding-on solder clip for soldering thick wires
Insulating washer between core and coil
Drawing details for the assembly of mounting devices
1

73

73

28.7

61

1}

Pressure per clamp pair: 55 ... 70 N

1~

'

'"
'it
en

>

,
,

¢1, 6'0,15

Hole arrangement
View in mounting
direction
(Intermediate
spacing should
be considered.)

J

,

<

,

,
/

,
/
~

~

1--13x2,54.33.02_

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Number
of
sections

1
11 Rc"

334

= AR

AR

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
total
section
2
mm
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN

value')

Approx.
weight

mm

flQ

g

72

61

28.7

2.5

72

. N' (de resistance

= AR

. number of turns')

Number
of pins

12

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

865816-A1512-T001

B 65887

RM 14 Cores

~" ~
"

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

Core

865887

336

Clamps

865888

337

Insulating washer for coil

865888

337

865888

337

865888

337

Core

865887

336

Insulating washer for
double clad PC boards

865888

337

Coil former for
power transformers

865888

338

,1;/

'II

I

"'r

- - - - - - Coil former with 1 section.
10 or 12 pins
Sliding-on solder clips
for soldering thick wires

I

I

~
"".".

I
Additionally available:

335

RM 14 Cores

B 65887

RM 14 cores complying with DIN 41 980 or IEC publication 431.

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective a rea
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

EllA

=

I. =

A.=
A mln
V.

0.40 mm- 1
71
mm
178
mm 2

= 147
= 12600

Approx. weight 65 glset

Dimensions in mm

AL value

nH

SIFERRIT
material

I

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 100 sets)

J.l.

Gapped
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
2500

1.9

±5%.e.J

1,0
0,5
0,3
0,15
0,07

51
80
127
201
318
510

B65887-A0160-A041
B65887-A0250-A041
B65887-A0400-A041
B65887-A0630-A041
B65887-A1000-A041
B65887-A1600-J041

± 10 %.e. K

0,04

800

B65887-A2500-K041

1430

B65887-AOOOO-R027

N 41

1910

B65887-AOOOO-R041

N 30

2770

B65887-AOOOO-R030

±3%.e.A
N.41

Ungapped
4500
6000

N 27
+30,*..,. R
-20 0 -

8700
I)

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density

~ to be preferred

336

RM 14 Cores

B 65887

Coil former, clamps, and insulating washers B 65888
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 10 or 12 terminal pins, flameretardant in accordance with UL 94
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of,
2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 68.
Spring steel clamps with ground terminal.

v-a.

Clamp"
/

~

1.
Marking groove
2 - - - for pin 1
For the 10 pin-version
pins No.5 and 8 are
omitted

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

,

Solder clip

111,

.•

~

,

t

'f

Ground

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section

AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

>LQ

g

Number
of pins

10
12
Clamp (approx. weight 1.0 g; ordering code for each clamp, two required)
Insulating washer for double clad PC boards
Sliding-on solder clip for soldering thick wires
Insulating washer between core and coil
1

,1

107

71.5

Pressure per clamp pair: 65 ... 80 N

23

3

21

Reo

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

865888-81001-0001
865888-81002-0001
865888-A2001-XOOO
865888-A2005-XOOO
865888-A2004-XOOO
865888-A5000-XOOO

= AR . N' (dc resistance = AR • number of turns')

337

B 65887

RM 14 Cores

Coil former for power transformers B 65888
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 12 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer
also to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 68.

Marking for pin 1

15,2+0,2

T

r

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
(Intermediate spacing should
be considered)

.....

;;;
!

I

1 - - - - 41

co

__--1.1 ,.l.!-O.2

I

l,-----,-~:r::;::.:=+_---,-...L2=--~
,---.l1l.,j,...L·..

11

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Number
of
sections

1
1)

Rc"

338

= AR

AR

mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

106

71.5

Useful winding
cross section

AN

. N' (dc resistance

= AR

value'l

Approx.
weight

I-lQ

g

23

3

. number of turns')

Number
of pins

12

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

B6588B-A1512-TOOl

Adjusting Tools
B 63399
for Screw, Pot, andRM Cores, and Miniature Inductors

Figure 1
~----------70--------~

Thermosetting plastic adjusting screw driver with injection-molded blade for slotted screw
cores.
Ordering code B63399-AOOO 1-XOOO

Figure 2

·t

[

G"'_ 2Oj1~l'S_

1----------6S-

~~

Thermosetting plastic adjusting screw driver for screw cores with leg.
Ordering code B63399-A0002-XOOO

Figure 3

1J1204 :_=,~5~

Dimensions in mm

Thermosetting plastic adjusting screw driver with injection-molded blade for adjusting screws
fitting core holes 4.4 mm and 5.4 mm according to core sizes 22 dia. x 13 up to 36 dia. x 22,
as well as RM 8 and RM 10.
Ordering code 863399-B0001-XOOO

339

Adjusting Tools
B 63399
for Screw, Pot, and RM Cores, and Miniature Inductors

Figure 4

Thermosetting plastic adjusting screw driver for adjusting screws fitting core holes 2 mm dia.
(thin end) according to core sizes 9 dia. x 5 and 11 dia. x 7, as well as RM 4 and RM 5.
The thicker end fits core holes 3 mm dia. according to the core sizes 14 dia. x 8 up to 18 dia. x 14
as well as RM 6, R 6, and RM 7.
Ordering code B63399-B0004-XOOO

Figure 5

~
aj:ijf _ -~=E=~=t1:::::*~
74'5

67, 5

----tl~

55

Dimensions in mm

Thermosetting plastic adjusting screw driver, the thinner end fitting miniature adjusting screws
of core size 4.6 dia. x 4.1 and 7 dia. x 4. The thicker end fits miniature coil 4.6 dia. x 5.2 mm
(cup can be screwed on).
Ordering code B63399-A1007-XOOO

340

Adjusting Tools
B 63399
for Screw, Pot, and RM Cores, and Miniature Inductors

Figure 6

~--------70 --------~~

Dimensions in mm

Thermosetting plastic handle, fitting adjusting screw driver of figure 3, 4 and 5.
Ordering code B63399-B0005-XOOO

341

PM Cores

PM Cores

Figure 1

Figure 2

General
In power electronics, transformers are increasingly used for handling high powers in the medium
and high frequency range, not only in switched-mode power supplies and other forms of dc/de
converters. For numerous design tasks in telecommunications and industrial electronics (e.g.
power pulse transformers in radar transmitters, antenna matching networks, machine control
systems, thyristor firing transformers and others), the pot core shape offers various advantages:
wide flux area for high power at a minimum number of turns, thus causing only low magnetic
leakage and stray capacitance; the closed form provides good shielding and precisely ground
air gaps, moreover, straightforward assembly and economic mounting.
A family of large pot cores, briefly designated "PM" cores (for Pot core Module) are introduced
in the following.
Due to the weight of the fully wound transformer choke, mounting on usual PC boards may in
some cases require additional mechanical support, particularly if a large core, such as that of
87 mm dia., is used. In such cases, the coil former should be mounted with its terminals upwards
(refer to figure 2). Depending on the kind of equipment, the terminals may be solder tags or
plug-in sleeves as flat plug terminals. Coil formers with AMP plugs, for example, are particularly
recommended at high currents or for thick leads.

345

B 65646

PM Cores 50 x 39

PM cores complying with DIN 41 989 (at present only draft)
Owing to their large apertures for bringing out the leads, these cores are particularly suitable for
power transformers. For design details refer to chapter: "Cores for high power".

Approx. weight 140 gfset
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

E IfA
I.

=

=

A.=

0.255 mm- 1
87
mm
340
mm 2

=
280
V. = 29600

Amin

Accessories
Coil former with 14 pins for vertical and horizontal mounting.
Clamping yoke with base plate.
SIFERRIT
material

AL value

nH

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

1'.

Gapped
250

±3%"'A

2,0

51

B65646-A0250-A027

0,08

639

B65646-A3150-L027

1500

B65646-AOOOO-R027

N 27
3150

±15 % '" L

Ungapped
7400
1)

+30 OL ~ R
-20

lO-

Necessary for calculating the max. induction

346

B 65646

PM Cores 50 x 39

Coil former B 65 647, for vertical mounting
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 14 solder terminals 11 , flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible solder temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 69.

L
Built-in dimensions
for the transformer
L = 65 mm
B = 59 mm
H = 45 mm

B

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
Marking for
solder tag 1

--~
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

154

96.8

-18_2,54=45,72-

AR

.
11
2)

value 21

Approx.
weight

fin

g

21.6

6

Ordering code
(PU: 20)

B65647-B1014-T001

.

This coil former is also available with 14 flat plugs 2.8 x 0.6 mm Ordering code 865647-A1114-T001
or without terminals Ordering code 865647-A1000-T001
Rcu = AR • N2 '
(de resistance = AR • number of turns 2 )

347

B 65646

PM Cores 50 x 39

Coil former B 65 647. for horizontal mounting
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 14 solder terminals. flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Additional fixing by screws and nuts M3 is possible. Permissible
solder temperature max. 400 °C/752 of. 2 sec. For winding details refer to page 69.

Built-in dimensions
for the transformer
L = 62 mm
B = 55 mm
H = 45 mm

r---42.8_o.4---~

~;
lf1

0-

lf1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

I

2,54

35,56

f-----53 max - - - - - I

B
Number
of
sections

1
11

Reo

348

= AR . N'

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR
value'}

Approx.
weight

IlQ

g

136

97

24.5

19.5

(de resistance

= AR .

number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 20)

865647-J1014-T001

PM Cores 50 x 39

B 65646

Mounting yoke and base plate B 65647 (for chassis mounting or PC mounting). This mounting
assembly should only be used with the coil former 865647-8 •••• (vertical).
The mounting assembly comprises a 3 mm dia. brass clamping yoke with thread and a 0.6 mm
thick aluminum base plate. Fixing nuts M 3 and washers are included in delivery. For chassis
mounting, the coil former has to be mounted with its pins upwards.

,

....
'"

51,8 + 1

Approx. weight 15 g
0.6 thick

Dimensions in mm

Mounting assembly B65647

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

Complete mounting assembly incl. nuts and washers

865647-A2000-XOOO

349

PM Cores 62 x 49

B 65684

PM cores complying with DIN 41 989 (at present only draft)
Owing to their large apertures for bringing out the leads, these cores are particularly suitable
for power transformers. For design details refer to chapter: "Cores for high power".

Approx. weight: 280 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section' I
Effective volume

E IfA =
I. =

A.=

Am;n

V.

0.205 mm-'
113

550

mm
mm 2

= 470
= 62200

Accessories
Coil former with 14 pins
Clamping yoke with base plate.

AL value

nH

SIFERRIT
material

I tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

fl.

Gapped
315

51

B65684-A0315-A027

4000

652

B65684-A4000-L027

1500

B65684-AOOOO-R027

Ungapped

9200
1)

Necessary for calculating the max. induction

350

B 65684

PM Cores 62 x 49

Coil former B 65685
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 16 solder terminals ll, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible solder temperature 400 °C(752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 69.

L

8uilt-in dimensions
for the transformer
L = 76 mm
B = 69 mm
H = 55 mm

B

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
Marking for
solder tag 1

2,54
22x2,54:55,88
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

j.LO

g

270

120

15.4

10

" This coil former is also available with 16 flat plugs 2.8 x 0.6 mm
or without terminals
2)

Rcu

=

AR .

Ordering code
(PU: 20)

865685-81016-TOO1

Ordering code B65685-A 1116-TOOl
Ordering code 865685-A 1000-TOOl

N2

(de resistance = AR . number of turns'j

351

PM Cores 62 x 49

B 65684

Mounting yoke and base plate B 65685 (for chassis mounting or PC mounting).
The mounting assembly comprises a 3 mm dia. brass clamping yoke with thread and a 0.6 mm
thick aluminum base plate. Fixing nuts M 3 and washers are included in delivery. For chassis
mounting, the coil former has to be mounted with its pins upwards.

,
0'>
I.l)

64.8 +1
Approx. weight: 18 g

,

I-- 60,96
1----

± 0,1

69- Q2

0.6 thick

Dimensions in mm

Mounting assembly B65685

Ordering code
(PU: 20 sets)

Complete mounting assembly incl. nuts and washers

B65685-A2000-XOOO

352

PM Cores 74 x 59

B 65686

PM cores complying with DIN 41 989 (at present only draft)
Owing to their large apertures for bringing out the leads, these cores are particularly suitable
for power transformers. For design details refer to chapter: "Cores for high power".

Approx. weight 460 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

=
=
A,=

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

E I/A
I,

0.18 mm- 1
133
mm
740
mm 2

Am;" =
630
V. = 98000

Accessories
Coil former with 18 pins
Clamping yoke with base plate

AL value
nH

SIFERRIT
material

I

tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permea bil ity

Ordering code
(PU: 10 sets)

i-'.

Ungapped
10000
1)

+30
-20

0/

-".

R

/0-

1430

B65686-AOOOO-R027

Necessary for calculating the max. induction

353

B 65686

PM Cores 74 x 59

Coil former B 65687
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 18 solder terminals'), flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible solder temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 69.

L
Built-in dimensions
for the transformer
L = 85,5 mm
B = 83,5 mm
H = 65 mm

B

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
1-----66,04-0- - - - 1
3 S· .2

Marking for
solder tag 1

10

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR
value 2 )

Approx.
weight

iJQ

g

442

140

10.9

20

11 This coil former is also available with 18 flat plugs 2.8 x 0.6 mm

') Rc,

354

= AR . N'

Ide resistance

= AR .

or without terminals
number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 10)

B6568l-Al018-TOOl

Ordering code 865687 -A 1118-TOO 1
Ordering code 865687-Al000-TOOI

PM Cores 74 x 59

B 65686

Mounting yoke and base plate B 65687 (for chassis mounting or PC mounting).
The mounting assembly comprises a 3 mm dia. brass clamping yoke with thread and a 0.6 mm
thick aluminum base plate. Fixing nuts M 3 and washers are included in delivery. For chassis
mounting, the coil former has to be mounted with its pins upwards.

69·0.5

'=-I

19'>3

f

I
I

:r

f

I
I

Nl

~

I

I
I
\

i
$

\

L

~ r-75 ·1

Approx. weight 19 g

9'>3,5,o,15

1------76,2'0.1-----1
1--------83·~0.3 ---~.,

0.6 thick

Dimensions in mm

Mounting assembly B65687

Ordering code
(PU: 10 sets)

Complete mounting assembly incl. nuts and washers

B65687-A2000-XOOO

355

PM Cores 87 x 70

B 65713

PM cores complying with DIN 41

989 (at present only draft)

Owing to their large apertures for bringing out the leads, these cores are particularly suitable
for power transformers. For design details refer to chapter: "Cores for high power".

Approx. weight 770 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective a rea
Min. core
cross section 1 J
Effective volume

0.167 mm- 1
153
mm
915
mm 2

E I/A =
I. =

A.=
Am;n

V.

=
=

700
140000

Accessories
Coil former with 20 pins
Clamping yoke with base plate

AL value

nH

SIFERRIT
material

.1_ tolerance

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 10 sets)

P.

Gapped

400

±3%,Q,A

3,5

53

B65713-A0400-A027

664

B65713-A5000-L027

1590

B65713-AOOOO-R027

N 27
5000

±15 %,Q, L

0,14

Ungapped

12000

+30 01 ~ R

-20

10-

11 Necessary for calculating the max. induction

356

PM Cores 87 x 70

B 65713

Coil former B 65714
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former with 20 solder terminals'), flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 v-o.
Permissible solder temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 69.

L
Built-in dimension
for the transformer
L=103mm
B = 95 mm
H = 76 mm

B

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
Marking for
solder tag 1

¢35,5max.

r-tD

""

'"="

x

o
E

"""

H

U"")

N

x

t
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1
1)

2)

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR
value 2 )

Approx.
weight

IlQ

g

657

158

8.27

31

This coil former is also available with 20 flat plugs 2.8 x 0.6 mm
or without terminals
Rcu = AR . N 2
(de resistance = AR . number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 10)

B65714-K1020-T001

Ordering code 8657l4-Jl120-TOOl
Ordering code 8657l4-Jl ODD-TOOl

357

B 65713

PM Cores 87 x 70

Mounting yoke and base plate 865714 (for chassis mounting or PC mounting).
The mounting assembly comprises a 3 mm dia. brass clamping yoke with thread and a 0.6 mm
thick aluminum base plate. Fixing nuts M 3 and washers are included in delivery.
For chassis mounting, the coil former has to be mounted with its pins upwards.

81+0.5
~~.

":i

~

t

.,

0

co

~O'

M3--1 I88+1

~

~J

~

Approx. weight 20 g

0.6 thick

. _ _ ._~i~-----~t--

i-----86,36±O'1 -

I

~

94,5-113----1

Dimensions in mm

Mounting assembly 865714

Ordering code
(pU: 10 sets)

Complete mounting assembly incl. nuts and washers

B65714-A2000-XOOO

358

B 65733

PM Cores 114 x 93

PM cores complying with DIN 41 989 (at present only draft)
Owing to their large apertures for bringing out the leads, these cores are particularly suitable
for power transformers. For design details refer to chapter: "Cores for high power".

Approx. weight 1940 g/set

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

E I/A =
I. =

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

A.=
Am;n

=

0.12mm- 1
208
mm
1730
mm 2
1380

V. = 360000

Accessory
Coil former
SIFERRIT
material

AL value

I tolerance

nH

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(pU: 5 sets)

1-'.

Gapped
630

3,8

±3%"'A

60

B65733-A0630-A027

600

B65733-A6300-L027

1530

B65733-AOOOO-R027

N 27
6300

±15 % '" L

0,22

Ungapped
16000
1)

+30 01

-20

A
10-

R

Necessary for calculating the max. induction

359

PM Cores 114 x 93

B 65733

Coil former B 65734
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, without solder terminals, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 69.

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR

1070

210

1
1)

Rcu

=

AR . N

2

(dc resistance = AR . number of turns 2 )

360

value 1i

Approx.
weight

I-In

g

6.75

42

Ordering code
(PU: 5)

B65734-B1000-T001

Pot Cores for Proximity Switches

Pot Cores for Proximity Switches

General
It is the proximity switch which permits contactless handling of motions and switching functions.
Application examples are: logging of the final position of conveyer belts, counting facilities at
rotary parts, powerless sensing of indicating instruments in measuring and control technique.
In addition to bouncefree switching and resistance to mechanical wear - the decisive advantages
of all contactless switches - inductive switches, moreover, feature insensitivity to contamination
and recognition of metallic parts.
Pot cores and coil formers
A series of pot cores with diameters between 5.6 and 70 mm is available for inductive proximity
switches. Their dimensions comply with the CENELEC draft standard EN 50008. Maximum response
distances can thus be achieved for the various pot core sizes. The SIFERRIT material N22 is particularly suitable for applications in the main frequency range between 100 kHz and 1 MHz. The
SIFERRIT material M33 is available for higher frequencies, meeting the small pot core sizes 5.6 mm
dia. to 9.0 mm. For the port core sizes 7 mm dia. to 70 mm matching thermoplastic coil formers
can be delivered. The operating temperature range of these coil formers covers -60°C to
+120 °C/-76 of to +248 of. During the potting process, the temperature may not exceed
120 °C/248 OF.

Summary

Pot core"

Coil former

Size (mm)
dia. x height

Material

Ordering code

5,6
7,35
9
14.4
25
30,5
35
47
70

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

B65931-COOOO-X022
B65933-AOOOO-X022
B65935-JOOOO -X022
B65937-AOOOO-X022
B65939-AOOOO-X022
B65941-AOOOO-X022
B65947-AOOOO-X022
B65943-AOOOO-X022
B65945-AOOOO-X022

1)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

3.7
3,6
2,8
7,5
8,9
10,2
10,8
14,9
14,5

22, M 33
22, M 33
22, M 33
22
22
22
22
22
22

Ordering code

B65512-COOOO-TOOl

B65542-BOOOO-T001
B65940-AOOOO-M001
B65942-AOOOO-M001

B65944-AOOOO-MOOl
B65946-AOOOO-MOOl

Suitable for
standard
size as per
EN 50008
M

8 x1

M
M
M
M

-

12
18
30
40

x
x
x
x

1
1
1.5
1,5

-

-

The quantity ordered does not include a pot core set (two halves) but only refers to one pot core half.

363

B 65931

Pot Core Halves 5.6 x 3.7

1.8+0.2

SIFERRIT material N 22

Approx. weight 0.15 g

Dimensions in mm

Ordering cQde

B65931-COOOO-X022
(PU: 2000)

For these cores we recommend that the coil be manufactured by a formerless technique. e.g.
using a lacquer-insulated wire coated with thermoplastic (self bonding wire).

Winding data for "winding without former"

Useful winding
cross section AN
mm 2

Average length
of turn IN
mm

approx. 2.08

9.7

11

Re , = An· N'
(dc resistance = An • number of turns')

364

160

B 65933

Pot Core Halves 7.35 x 3.6 with Coil Former

SIFERRIT material N 22

Approx. weight 0.3 g

Dimensions in rnm

Ordering code
B65933-AOOOO-X022
(PU: 1000)

Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former

B 65512

Dimensions in mm

Winding data

AR

mm 2

Average length
of turn IN
mm

2.2

14.6

Useful winding
cross section AN

11

Ordering code
(PU: 1000)

flQ

Approx.
weight
g

240

0.04

B65512-COOOO-T001

value')

Rcu = AR . N 2
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns'l

365

B 65935

Pot Core Halves 9 x 2.8

SIFERRIT material N 22

Approx. weight 0.6 g

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code
865935-JOOOO-X022
(PU: 1000)

For these cores we recommend that the coil be manufactured by a formerless technique. e.g.
using a lacquer-insulated wire coated with thermoplastic (self bonding wire).

Winding data for "winding without former"

Useful winding
cross section AN

Average length
of turn IN

mm 2

mm

2.88

17.6

1)

Rcu = AR . N2
(de resistance = AR . number of turns')

366

210

B 65937

Pot Core Halves 14.4 x 7.5 with Coil Former

SIFERRIT material N 22

Approx. weight 2.5 g

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code
865937-AOOOO-X022
(PU: 500)

Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former

B 65542

Winding cross section

;.Nj~~
:- r
<'t-.

Marking
for pin 1

r=~~~-.I .

.

I

I
I
I

I

..

1-;:::
I

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

of one
section
mm 2

total
mm 2

mm

~Q

g

1

3.7

3.7

17.9

166

0.3

865840-Al000-DOOl

2

1.6

3.2

17.9

192

0.4

865840-A1000-DOO2

1)

2)

Built-in dimension for the transformer
= AA . N' (de resistance = AA . number of turns')

Reo

384

B 65841

EP 10 Cores

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

-

Yoke

865842

388

.~

Clamp

865842

388

-

Core

865841

386

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections,
and 8 pins

865842

387

865841

386

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Core

385

B 65841

EP 10 Cores

EP 10 cores of high permeability materials are suitable for the design of high inductance coils
at high packing density. They are particularly suitable for transformers in printed circuits with
up to 8 terminals. The wire ends of the winding are directly connected to the solder pins of the
coil former.

Approx. weight 2.75 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

AL value
Ungapped
nH

E I/A =

Ve

= 217

mm 3

SIFERRIT
material
tolerance

1100
2000

1.7 mm- 1

Ie = 19.2 mm
Ae = 11.3 mm 2

+30,* "'" R
-20 0 -

3200

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

J-le

N 48

1490

B65841-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2700

B65841-AOOOO-R030

T 35

4330

B65841-AOOOO-R035

4800

+40,* "'" y
-30 0

T 38

6490

B65841-AOOOO-Y038

4800

~8g%"",U

T 38

6490

B65841-A4800-U638

386

EP 10 Cores

B 65841

Coil former B 65842
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 8 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer
also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

Marking
for pin 1

F 121)~
I i

, -----/1.

I
I

-

I~.

1..--

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

?'

--*;:J!;
t'"

V

Ground-¢1.3+ 0

Number
of
sections

1

'

¢1 +0'

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

of one
section
mm 2

total
mm

!-LQ

g

11.4

11.4

65

0.6

B65842-Al000-DOOI

74

0.65

B65842-Al000-D002

mm 2

21.5
2

5.0

10.0

" Built-in dimension for the transformer

') Reo = A • . N'
(dc resistance = A • . number of turns')

387

EP 10 Cores

B 65841

Mounting assembly B 65842
consisting of a yoke and a spring clamp.

Yoke
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

Clamp
made of 0.3 mm thick nickel silver

Dimensions in mm

Approx. weight (yoke and clamp) 1.4 g

Ordering code (complete assembly) B65842-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 500)

388

B 65843

EP 13 Cores

Part No.

Page

865844

392

Clamp

865844

392

Core

865843

390

865844

391

865843

390

Individual parts

~---Yoke

Coil former with
_ _ _ _ _ 1 or 2 sections.
and 10 pins

' - - - - - - - - - - - - Core

389

B 65843

EP 13 Cores

EP 13 cores made of high permeability materials, are suitable for the design of high inductance
coils at high packing density. These cores are particularly suitable for transformers in printed
circuits with up to 10 terminals. The wire ends of the windings are directly connected to the
solder pins of the coil former.

Approx. weight 5.1 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

AL value
Ungapped
nH

1.24
24.2
19.5
V,=472

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

SIFERRIT
material
tolerance

1400
2800

=
=
A, =

E I/A
I,

+30,* ""R
-20 0 -

4400

Effective

permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 set)

/-l,

N 48

1380

865843-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2760

865843-AOOOO-R030

T 35

4340

865843-AOOOO-R035

7000

+40,* ""Y
-30 0 -

T 38

6910

865843-AOOOO-Y038

7000

+80,*
_ 0 0 ""U
-

T 38

6910

865843-A7000-U638

390

B 65843

EP 13 Cores

Coil former B 65844
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 10 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer
also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

Marking
for pin 1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
winding cross
section AN
of one
section

total

mm 2

mm 2

13.8

13.8

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 2 )

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

mm

flQ

g

59.4

0.5

865844-A1000-DOO1

63.2

0.6

865844-A1000-D002

23.8
2
11
2)

6.5

13.0

Built-in dimension for the transformer
Rcu = AR . N 2
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

391

B 65843

EP 13 Cores

Mounting assembly B 65844
Mounting assembly consisting of a yoke and a spring clamp.

Yoke
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

Clamp
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

D

Dimensions in mm

Approx. weight (yoke and clamp) 1.9 9

Ordering code (complete assembly) B65844-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 500)

392

•
,....
U")

t

B 65845

EP 17 Cores

I ndividual parts

Part No.

Page

865846

396

Clamp

865846

396

Core

865845

394

865846

395

865845

394

Coil former with
- - - - - 1 or 2 sections.
and 8 pins

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - Core

393

EP 17 Cores

B 65845

EP 17 cores of high permeability materials are suitable for the design of high inductance coils
at high packing density. They are especially suitable for transformers in printed circuits with up
to 8 terminals. The wire ends are directly connected to the solder pins of the coil former.

Approx. weight 11.1 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
E I/A

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

AL value
Ungapped
nH

V. =

tolerance

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

+40,*
_30 0

,&,..

11400

+80,*0
_ 0

,&,..

1600

865845-JOOOO-R048

N 30

2870

865845-JOOOO-R030

T 35

4610

865845-JOOOO-R035

Y

T 38

7620

865845-JOOOO-Y038

U

T 38

7620

865845-JOOOO-U638

-

-

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

N48
+30,* ,&,.. R
-20 0 -

11400

Effective
permeability
fl.

6900

394

0.84
28.5
33.9
966

SIFERRIT
material

2400
4300

=

I. =
A. =

B 65845

EP 17 Cores

Coil former 8 65846
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 8 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer
also to page 85, para. 8.21.
For winding details refer to page 71.

F20~~
1f--r=J4----...I~.

~_

to

r-!~-"=~~, s

Marking
for pin 1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

\

:.----

Ground 9)1.3+ 0

Number
of
sections

1

'

01

+0.2

Useful
winding cross
section AN
of one
section

total

mm 2

mm 2

18.8

18.8

Dimensions in mm

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 21

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 5001

mm

flO

9

52.7

1.3

B65846-L1000-D001

55.9

1.4

B65846-L1000-D002

28.8
2

1)

21

8.85

17.7

Built-in dimension for the transformer
Rcu = AR • N 2
(de resistance = AR . number of turns')

395

B 65845

EP 17 Cores

Mounting assembly B 65846
Mounting assembly consisting of a yoke and a spring clamp.

Yoke
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

Clamp
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

/0

Dimensions in mm

Approx. weight (yoke and clamp) 3.6 g
Ordering code (complete assembly) B65846-J2000-XOOO
(PU: 500)

396

'"t

EP 20 Cores

B 65847

Individual parts

j---,

Part No.

Page

865848

400

Clamp

865848

400

Core

865847

398

Coil former with
1 or 2 sections,
and 10 pins

865848

399

865847

398

' - - - - - - - - - - - Core

397

B 65847

EP 20 Cores

EP 20 cores of high permeability materials are suitable for the design of high inductance coils
at high packing density. They are especially suitable for transformers in printed circuits with up
to 10 terminals .. The wire ends are directly connected to the solder pins of the coil former.

,
';}
N

Approx. weight 28.2 glset
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective a rea
Effective volume

AL value
Ungapped
nH

EllA =

0.51
I, =
40
A, =
78
V,=3120

SIFERRIT
material
tolerance

1420

B65847-AOOOO-R048

N.30

2720

B65847-AOOOO-R030

T 35

4540

B65847-AOOOO-R035

Y

T 38

7830

B65847-AOOOO-Y038

U

T 38

7830

B65847-AOOOO-U638

11200
+40,*
-30 0

19300

~8g% ~

398

A

~

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

N 48
+30,* .... R
-20 0 -

19300

Effective
permeability
fl,

3500
6700

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

B 65847

EP 20 Cores

Coil former B 65848
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 10 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec. (refer
also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

0,75
Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

I
Ground'" 1.3+ 0

Number
of
sections

1

'

¢1

+0.2

Useful
winding cross
section AN
of one
section

total

mm 2

mm 2

33.8

33.8

Marking
for pin 1

Dimensions in mm

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value 2 )

Approx.
weight

mm

j.lQ

g

39.6

1.6

B65848-B1001-0001

42.1

1.7

B65848-B1001-0002

38.9
2

15.9

31.8

" Built-in dimension for the transformer
Rcu = AR . N2
(dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

2)

399

B 65847

EP 20 Cores

Mounting assembly B 65848
Mounting assembly consisting of a yoke and a spring cla':!lp.

Yoke
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

.!.-'T'----'/'

Clamp
made of 0.4 mm thick nickel silver

~ 1x0.4ladditionally tinned)

I--

~

Ci

~.

+

,

L.t)

N

co

;!;"

21,5

Dimensions in mm

Approx. weight (yoke and clamp) 5.7 g

Ordering code (complete assembly) B65848-A2000-XOOO
(PU: 200)

400

B 65833

Cube Cores Q 10

Individual parts

Part No.

Page

B65834

403

B65833

402

Coil former

B65834

403

Coil former
without pins
Cube core

B65834

403

B65833

402

_ _ _ _ _ Cover

. . . - - - - - - Cube core

~with7Pins
~

401

B 65833

Cube Cores Q 10

Compact cube cores of high permeability materials are suitable for the design of high inductance
coils at high packing density. They are especially suitable for transformers used in printed circuits
with up to 7 terminals. The wire ends of the winding are directly connected to the solder pins
of the coil former.

? '---fL-'.L..-".p-""-"-1
Ln

;:'- -'-=h-....,...,.f"..,....,...,...j
"&

Approx. weight 1.5 gfset
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

AL value
ungapped
nH
1000
2500
5000
1)

A.

=

1.25 mm-'
16.5 mm
13.2 mm 2

Am;n

=

11.2

E If A =
I. =

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section' I
Effective volume

V. = 217

mm 2
mm 3

SIFERRIT
material
tolerance
+30'* .... R
-20 o +40,*
_30 0

A

-

Y

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

fl..

N 47

994

B65833-AOOOO-R047

N 30

2490

B65833-AOOOO-R030

T 38

4970

B65833-AOOOO-Y038

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density

402

Effective
permeability

B 65833

Cube Cores Q 10

Coil formers and cover B 65834
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former (fig. 1), with 7 terminal pins, flameretardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of,
2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 70.
Polycarbonate coil formers without terminal pins are also available (fig. 2).

Figure 1

Figure 2

\...:..l.,-l.:..Li-L=..l.,.l~r-,,:,,::,- Marking

Winding cross-section

for pin 1

Dimensions in mm

Figure 3

8.5-0,2

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

0,55

1,25 !0,1

r-

'" 1'0,1

+--I----+---J--+:>...,...

L
2.54
Figure

1
2
3

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2
4.7

\l
tinned

Ground

Average
length of
turn IN
mm
19

AL
value 21
>J.Q

143

0.3 mm thick nickel-silver cover

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

g
0.25

865834-81001-D001

0.1

865834-81002-MOOl

2

865834-A2000-XOOO

I---

Max. coil height (with core), without or with cover
'I Rc , = AR . N' (dc resistance = AR . number of turns
11

403

Cube Cores Q 15

B 65837

Individual parts

- - - - - - - Cover

___- - - - - Cube core

~coilformer

Part No.

Page

B65838

406

B65837

405

B65838

406

865838

406

B65837

405

with 8 pins
Coil former
without pins
- - ·Cube core

404

Cube Cores Q 15

Compact cube cores of high permeability materials are suitable for the design of high inductance
coils at high packing density. They are especially suitable for transformers used in printed circuits
with up to 8 terminals. The wire ends of the winding are directly connected to the solder pins of
the coil former.

¥. L-fLLLLLfLLLLL-'1
~ .---b-:rr:"",-:m-7'77"""7C,...j

Approx. weight 4.4 gfset
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

AL value
ungapped
nH
2100
4200
8500
1)

1: If A =

0.8 mm- 1

Ie = 22.9 mm
Ae

Am,"
Ve

=

28.6 mm 2

= 24
= 656

SIFERRIT
material
tolerance
+300/. ~ R
-20 0
+400/. ~ Y
-30 0

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

fie

N 48

1340

865837-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2670

865837-AOOOO-R030

T 38

5410

865837-AOOOO-Y038

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density

405

Cube Cores Q 15

B 65837

Coil formers and cover B 65838
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former (fig. 1), with 8 terminal pins, flameretardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of,
2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2). For winding details refer to page 70.
Polycarbonate coil formers without terminal pins are also available (fig. 2).
Figure 1

Figure 2
Marking
for pin 1

Winding cross section

?

N

6,5.0.15

5- 0,1

Dimensions in mm

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
¢ 1'0,1

Figure 3

0.55

1,25 ~0,1

r-

---l l-2,54

Figure

1

11

21

Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length of
turn IN

AR
value 21

mm 2

mm

IlQ

11.0

2
3

Ground

29

92

0.3 mm thick nickel-silver cover
Maximum coil height (with core), without or with cover
= AR . N' (de resistance = AR . number of turns')

Reo

406

Approx.
weight

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

g
0.52

865838-81001-D001

0.2

865838-81002-M001

3

865838-A2000-XOOO

X Cores

B 65851

X Cores X 22

In accordance with DIN 41 299, sheet 1, and IEC publication 226
X 22 cores are particularly suitable for transformers used in printed circuits. They are provided
with up to 8 terminals. The lead ends are directly connected to the coil former pins.

Appprox. weight 12.5 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

=

0.58 mm- 1
38
mm
Ae =
66
mm 2
Ve =2510
mm 3

E I/A

Ie =

Accessories
Coil former

AL value

SIFERRIT
material

I

nH

Total
air gap 5
in mm
approx.

f.le

0,06

462

B65851-Al000- K048

0,05

577

B65851-A 1250- K048

N48

1480

B65851-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2310

B65851-AOOOO-R030

tolerance

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 500 sets)

Gapped
1000
±10%~K

N 48

1250
Ungapped
3200

+30o/c ""'-R
-20 o-

5000
"II

to be preferred

409

B 65851

X Cores X 22

Coil former B 65854
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former in accordance with DIN 41 277 or IEC
publication 226, with 8 terminal pins, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible
soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

Pin 8

Pin 1
Marking groove
assigned to pin 1
pin diameter 0.83 mm

Number
of
sections

1

Dimensions in mm

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value ll

Approx.
weight

J.1Q

g

30

49

56

1

Insulating washer for double clad PC boards

1)

Rc'J =

AR •

N2

(dc resistance

410

= AR

. number of turns 2 )

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

B65854-AOOOO-D001
B65854-A2005-XOOO

B 65861

X Cores X 25

In accordance with DIN 41 299, sheet 1, and lEG publication 226.
X 25 cores are particularly suitable for transformers used in printed circuits, they are provided
with up to 8 fixed terminals. The lead ends are directly connected to the coil former pins.

0,7

I

,. ;.. i

9,6 ·0,4
15,6_0,4

i...

Approx. weight 16.5 g/set
Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics

E I/A =
0.57
I, =
41.5
A, =
73
V, = 3030

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Accessories
Coil former

nH

I

jJ,

0,05

455

865861-Jl000-K048

0,04

725

865861-J1600-K048

N 48

1500

865861-JOOOO-R048

N 30

2490

865861-JOOOO-R030

tolerance

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

SIFERRIT
material

AL value

Gapped
1000
±10%~

K

N48

1600
Ungapped
3300
5500

"III

+30o/c ~ R
-20 0

to be preferred'

411

B 65861

X Cores X 25

Coil former B 65864
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former in accordance with DIN 41 277 or IEC publication 226, with 8 terminal pins, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible
soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

Marking groove
assigned to pin 1,
clockwise counting direction.

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

Useful
'Winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

flQ

g

41

55

46

1.5

, IRe. = AR • N"
(dc resistance = A • . number of turns 2 )

412

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

B65864-AOOOO-D001

X Cores X 30

B 65871

In accordance with DIN 41 299. sheet 1. and lEe publication 226.
X 30 cores are particularly suitable for transformers used in printed circuits, they are provided
with up to 12 fixed terminals. The lead ends are directly connected to the coil former pins.

Approx. weight 39 g/set
Dimension in mm

Magnetic characteristics

I: I/A =
0.49
I. =
55
A. = 112
V.=6160

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

Accessories
Coil former
SIFERRIT
material

AL value
nH

Ordering code
(PU: 200 sets)

Total
air gap s
in mm
approx.

Effective
permeability

0,09

421

B65871-A1000-K048

0,04

822

B65871-A2000-K048

N48

1640

B65871-AOOOO-R048

N 30

2340

B65871-AOOOO-R030

I tolerance

fiQ

Gapped
1000
±10%~K

N48

2000
Ungapped
4200

+30,* R
-20 o~
A

6000
~ to be preferred

413

X Cores X 30

B 65871

Coil former B 65874
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former in accordance with DIN 41 277 or IEC publication 226, with 12 terminal pins, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Permissible
soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 71.

Marking groove
assigned to pin 1

1,8-0,1

--.;~

0,9

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1

1)

Rcu

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

fin

g

81

64

26

3

= AR • N 2

(dc resistance

414

= AR .

number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

865874-80000-D001

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

General
For "definitions and symbols", for "SIFERRIT materials", and "coil design" refer to
page 15 ff.
1. Core shape and material
E cores are made of the SIFERRIT materials N 27 and N 30. They are available with
or without a ground air gap.
The types specified on the following pages comprise E cores (DIN 41 295) with dimensions according to the laminations type M (DIN 41 302), and EF cores (DIN 41 985)
with dimensions according to laminations type EE (DIN 41 302). The cores manufactured in material N 27, feature high saturation magnetization and low power loss. They
are particularly suitable for use in dc converters in electronic flash devices, voltage
converters in switched-mode power supplies, and in transducers, e.g. for pincushion
correction of for control transducers in the thyristorized line output stages of color TV
sets (refer also to data in the chapter: "Cores for High Power", page 89).
Core EI 25 (DIN 41 986) is usually made of the SIFERRIT material N 41.
Because of its high magnetization and its low temperature dependance up to 100 °C/
212 of together with a remarkably high permeability, this material is particularly suitable for variable inductances by dc premagnetization (current-controlled transducers).
For details refer to the appropriate data sheet, page 431.
2. Ordering and delivery
E cores are delivered individually (not as sets). The indicated packaging units (PU)
should be taken into consideration. Each packaging unit only contains cores of uniform design, either with shortened or with unshortened center leg. The nominal AL value, quoted in the individual data sheet, always refers to a combination of the ordered
core with a core with unshortened center leg (dimension "g" = 0).
The curve "AL versus total air gap", specified in the individual data sheets, aids the
designer in choosing additional AL values by appropriate combinations of gapped
cores.
3. Ungapped E cores
Even with the best grinding methods known today, a certain degree of roughness on
ground surfaces cannot be avoided, thus, the usual term "ungapped" does not in fact
imply no air gap at all. In the AL values specified, a certain amount of roughness of
grinding, e.g. R, 6 ~ 6 pm, has been taken into account for the gaps. The AL value
tolerance of ungapped E cores is

=~g%,

that of EC cores approx. ±25%.

4. Winding design
A nomogram for the number of turns, inductance, and AL values is given on page 74
to 76; the data for the usual normal and litz wires is tabulated on page 63 to 65.
The maximum number of turns for coil formers are indicated on page 73, 74, and data
on winding cross sections and average lengths of turns on the appropriate pages on
coil formers.

417

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

Note for the winding design
If coil formers are used for cores with square or rectangular cross sections, indication
of the minimum winding height only represents a theoretical value. The use of thicker
leads or litz wires results in a gradual rounding of the winding; it is thus recommended to verify the planned winding design by a winding test.
5. Effective magnetic characteristics
For the values of E IfA. I., A., A min, V. (applying to E core sets) required for calculation
of field strength, flux density, and hysteresis losses refer to the core types.
6. Power loss Pv and amplitude permeability f.l. for E, EC. and ER cores
Test data (per set), material N 27, for ungapped cores.
Power loss Pv: f = 25 kHz; it = 60 ... 100 °Cf140 ... 212 of, and
soidal.

B = 200 mT, sinu-

Type

Max. power loss Pv
W/set

Ordering code

E 42/15

3.3

B66325-GOOOO-X127

88

E 42/20

4.4

B66329-GOOOO-X217

116

E 55

8.5

B66335-GOOOO-X127

216

EC35/17/10

1.1

B66337-GOOOO-X127

36

EC 41/19/12

1.8

B66339-GOOOO-X127

52

EC 52/24/14

2.4

B66341-GOOOO-X127

110

EC 70/34/17

4.8

B66343-GOOOO-X127

252

ER 42/22/15

3.1

B66347-GOOOO-X127

84

ER 48/21/21

4.9

B66333-GOOOO-X127

130

Approx. weight
g

Amplitude permeability J.l., for E. EC. and ER cores
Temperature
°C/oF

~

Flux density
mT

B

Field strength
Aim

fI

Amplitude permeability J.l.

.20/ 68

400

:;; 210

iii: 1500

100/212

320

:;; 204

iii: 1250

Frequency: 5 kHz

418

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

7. Comparison between E cores and pot cores
Generally, pot cores are preferred to E cores due to their smaller space requirements,
better shielding, and simpler mounting. The following diagram gives a comparison
between both core types, each of SIFERRIT N 27 and N 30 (ungapped).
The reciprocal dc time constant Rcu/L (see page 24) which - as is generally known should be as low as possible for a coil, is plotted against the volume.
Here, the following core volumes apply:
for E cores:

the square described about the E core set and the coil former (without fixing parts)

for pot cores: the square described about the pot core set (without fixing parts).
Single section, fully wound coil formers are used as a basis; a copper factor fcu of 0.5
is assumed for the winding.

1 Reciprocal dc time constant (typ. values) versus volume
5 (size comparison between some pot and E cores for N 27 and N 30 materials).

10 2

i

'l...l~¢xB

iarerial N27

""-

lB¢~

Rcu

T

t

l~·xB '\

b{E20(~zb)
I"

'~I

lB·X 11"

1\

E20\MZO~ I'
I~'
- ZZ¢x13 b.

Material N30

I

,

x13
f' 1'\ "'-I, 2Z·
T

""-1'\
1

I~

1

J
I

I

I

~~:1B
"
/""

EF 25

'>

1

I

E30(M30) II
,,30¢X19

30·x19

I

I

I
I

I

I

i

II

!
I

I

1

!

,
1

",,'''1''
"-l r,

!

~1·x25

3S¢x22 o

!

!

I

I

J

!

"/"
,
a

[30.WI~:

I

I

I¢'
"
26 x16 ,/3s¢xzz_o,

]

!,oE 55 (M55)

50¢x30
1

I

-

I

J

VI/

Pot cores
-E cores

I I III i

i

II
I

10'
_Volume

419

E, EF, EC, and ER Cores

DC magnetic bias; material N 27

EF cores, E 42, E 55 cores
ER 42/15, ER 48/21

EC cores

E 20, E 30 cores

104

104

/1-rev
15
1000
5

~,

5

r10

I

3

=500

1500
~lOoo
f-

200

II

II

~,

100

101

500

I

,

200
101

--;;. 50

~,

II

~ 100
/1-.-50

,

,

10

I

I

100

5 102

5 10'

5 103
_ _ H_

lOdm.

II

, II

10

100

5 10'

5 102

5 103

_ H_

5

104~

Measuring temperature 20 °C/68 of
1 mT

B<

Example

E core E 42/15 (866325-G0500-X127 combined with B66325-GOOOO-X127)
9
f-le

'e

= (0.5 ± 0.05)
= 205
= 97 mm

mm

A higher decrease in permeability caused by premagnetization begins at a dc field strength of
about 1000 A/m. This corresponds to an ampere-turns value of

,- . N = H- .

420

'e =

1000 . 97 . 10- 3 = 97 A.

E Cores EF 12.6

B 66305

in accordance with DIN 41 985 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination EE 12.6)

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisti ng of
one core B66305-GOOOO (g appro 0) and
one core B66305-G....
(g > 0)
or
two cores B66305-G.... (g > 0)

Material N 27

103

nH
Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =
2.28
I. = 29.6
A. = 13.0
V. = 384

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

AL

r

......

: I i

Approx. weight 1 g/item

"-

102

"'

5

Accessories
Coil formers
and yoke

101

0,1

0.02
-

Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg).
The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without
shortened center leg (B66305-GOOOO).

SIFERRIT
material

N 30
N 27
N 27

Dimension"g"
tolerance
mm
mm
appro
0
0.04

AL
value
nH

Effective
permeability
fl.

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 1000 items)

-

1000=~g%

approx. 1810

B66305-GOOOO-X130

-

800=~g%

approx. 1450

B66305-GOOOO-X127

approx.

B65305-G0040-X127

±

0.01

approx.250

454

421

E Cores EF 12.6

B 66305

Coil formers and yoke B 66202
Glass-fiber reinforced polycarbonate coil former (fig. 1); 9 terminal pins, 1 section.
Glass-fiber reihforced polyterephthalate coil former (fig. 3), 4 terminal pins, 2 sections, flameretardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O.
0.2 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke (fig. 2). Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °el
752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.
Figure 2

Figure 1

Figure 3

View in direction A

0.2

1-12.7

3:tQ1r-

8-

"

N

",.

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

.-!!

,1.3."_.".0,'
2,54

.....'"

L

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Figure

Number
of
sections

-

I--

2,54

Ordering code
(PU; 500)
Useful
winding cross

section AN
of one

Average
length
of turn IN

A,

mm

1'0

value"

Number
of pins

Approx.
weight

total

section
1

1

3

2

mm'

mm'

11.6

11.6

g

80.6

9

0.7

B66202-A1001-M001

87.5

4

1.3

B66202-A1002-T002

1.2

B66202-A2001-XOOO

27.2
10.7

Yoke

2
11

5.35

Rc"

422

= A,

. N' (dc resistance

= A,

. number of turns')

E Cores EF 16

B 66307

in accordance with DIN 41 985 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination EE 16).

14.7 .4r

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

il

~~EJ

one core 866307-GOOOO (g appr. 0) and
one core 866307-G....
(g > 0)
or
two cores 866307-G....
(g > 0)
Material N 27

103
nH
Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

:E I/A =

5

1.87
Ie = 37.6
Ae = 20.1
Ve = 754

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

I

'\

Approx. weight 2.3 g/item

"-

5

'\.
"

Accessories
Coil former
and yoke

10'
0.01

0.1
-

1.0

2 mm

Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg).
The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without
shortened center leg (866307-GOOOO).
Dimension "fl'
tolerance
mm
mm

SIFERRIT
material

N 30
N 27

Effective
permeability
I-'e

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 2000 items)

-

1400~~g%

approx. 2080

866307-GOOOO-X130

-

1000~~g%

approx. 1490

866307-GOOOO-X127

0.06

±0.01

approx. 315

approx.469

866307-G0060-X127

0.10

±0.02

approx.220

approx. 328

866307-G0100-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.

approx. 104

866307-G0500-X127

appr.
0

N 27

~

AL
value
nH

70

to be preferred

423

E Cores EF 16

B 66307

Coil former B 66308
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, with 6 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72 .

...
to

Ir;~;:;~l!j

I
i¥

'"
:2
9l0,B
15,24

-

19,5-Q2
~.1,3+ 0,1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1
11

Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

mm 2

mm

~Q

g

22.3

34

52.4

1.5

Rc, = A. ' tv' (dc resistance = A • . number of turns')

424

Ordering code
(PU: 1000)

866308-Al00l-TOOl

E Cores EF 20

B 66311

in accordance with DIN 41 985 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination EE 20).

AL value versus total air gap

for a set consisting of
one core 866311-GOOOO (g appro 0) and
one core 866311-G.... (g > 0)
or
two cores 866311-G.... (g > 0)
Material N 27

103
Dimensions in mm

nH

5
AL

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E IfA =
1.34
I. =
44.9
A. =
33.5
V. = 1500

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

"-

1

'"

1()2

Approx. weight 3.7 gfitem

'-

Accessories
Coil formers
and yoke

10'

0.D1

0.1
-

1.0

2 mm

Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg).
The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without
shortened center leg (866311-GOOOO).
Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

SIFERRIT
material

N 30

value
nH

Effective
permeability

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 600 items)

/A.

-

2500+ 30 %
-20

approx. 2670

866311-GOOOO-X130

-

1300+ 30 %
-20

approx. 1390

866311-GOOOO-X127

±0.01

approx.400

approx.429

866311-G0090-X127

0.17

±0.02

approx.250

approx.268

866311-G0170-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 180

approx. 192

866311-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx. 110

approx. 117

866311-G0500-X127

appro
0

N 27
0.09
N 27

AL

"""II to be preferred

425

E Cores EF 20

B 66311

Coil formers and yoke B 66206
Coil former horizontal (fig. 1) with 12 terminal pins,
Coil former vertical (fig. 3) with 6 terminal pins
made of glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver spring yoke (fig. 2). Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 OCt
752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. B.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.
Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

View in mounting direction A

«
<:

o

~I~r.~--~--~~
~

'5
.!: IRI::D----t----I±--.J

~

:>

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction
~1+0.1

r

. 10,16

\3"' 0;'

. . L•
1-1524

~T-

-l '-2.54

Dimensions in mm

Coil former
Figure

Number Useful
of
winding cross
sections section AN
mm 2

1
,-1
3
2
11

34

Average
length of
turn IN
mm
41.2

AR

value 1)
iJ-Q

42

Yoke
Rc,

426

= AR . tv'

(de resistance

= AR . number of

Ordering code
Number Approx. (PU: 300)
of pins weight

turns 2 )

12
6

g
1.6
1.4
2.2

B66206-Al012-TOOl
B66206-Al006-TOOl
B66206-A2001-XOOO

E Cores E 20

B 66313

Not for new design!
Replacement: E cores EF 20

in accordance with DIN 41 295 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination M 20).
AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

one core 866313-GOOOO (g appro O) and
one core 866313-G •••• (g > O)
or
two cores 866313-G •••• (g > O)
"t:::±:==--{jro u n d

Material N 27
103

nH

Dimensions in mm

E I/A =
I, =
A. =

Am;" =
V,

=

i"..

AL

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

1.38 mm- 1
43
mm
31
mm 2

t
I

" "'\
I\.

102

25.5
1340

Approx. weight 3.6 g/item

Accessories
Coil former

101

0.02

_

0.1

Total air gap

1.0mm

E cores are delivered individually dimension "g" (shortened center leg).
The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without
shortened center leg (866313-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 30
~

Dimension "g"
tolerance

AL
value

Effective
permeability

mm

mm

nH

P.

-

2500=~g%

approx. 2740

866313-GOOOO-X130

-

1300 =~g%

approx. 1430

866313-GOOOO-X127

appro
0

N 27

N 27

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 600 items)

0.09

±0.01

approx.400

approx.436

866313-G0090-X127

0.17

±0.02

approx. 250

approx. 273

866313-G0170-X127

0.40

±0.03

approx. 125

approx. 137

866313-G0400-X127

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
~to be preferred

I)

427

E Cores E 20

Not for new design!
Replacement: E cores EF 20

B 66221

Coil former B 66222
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 6 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.

r=;j:::=I=~=F=~'0
'-rr''---, '"

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

¢1.3+ 0.1

\

2.54

-

~

Dimensions in mm

5.5+ 0.1

Number
of
sections

1
11

Reo

428

Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
vai"ue'l

Approx.
weight

mm 2

mm

f!Q

g

25

30

41

0.3

= AR . N 2 (de

resistance

= AR .

number of turns 2 )

Ordering code
(PU: 300)

B66222-BOOOO-D001

E Cores EF 25

B 66317

in accordance with DIN 41 985 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination EE 25).
AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of
one core B66317-GOOOO (g appr. 0) and
(g > 0)
one core B66317-G....
or
two cores B6631 7 -G....
(g > 0)
Material N 27
ground

"

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

""-

"' "'

r---

I

1: I/A =
1.09
I, =
57.5
A, =
52.5
V, = 3020

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

10 2

5

Approx. weight 8 g/item

Accessories

101
0.D1

Coil formers
and yoke

0.1

1.0

2mm

_ _ Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg).
The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without
shortened center leg (B66317-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 30

Dimension "g"
tolerance

AL
value

Effective
permeability

mm

mm

nH

fl,

-

3100 =~g%

approx. 2330

B66317-GOOOO-X130

-

1750=~g%

approx. 1520

B66317-GOOOO-X127

0.10

±0.02

approx. 550

approx.477

B66317-G0100-X127

0.16

±0.02

approx.400

approx. 347

B66317-G0160-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 270

approx. 234

B66317-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx. 165

approx. 143

B66317-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx. 100

approx.

B66317-Gl000-X127

appro
0

N 27

N 27

87

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 600 items)

""'" to be preferred

429

E Cores EF 25

B 66317

Coil formers and yoke B 66208
Glass-fiber reinforced 6 polyamide coil former, horizontal (fig. 1) with 8 terminal pins.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 280 °C/536 of, 1 sec.
0.3 mm thick nickel-silver yoke (fig. 2) with 2 GND terminals.
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former (fig. 3) with 6 terminal pins,
flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.
Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

View in direction A

View in direction A

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

¢2.5+ 0.1
¢1.3+0.1

c'

+1

;;L
+1

1""

it

.J""

t

l~

""r

125

~~

Ground

<111,3.0.1

Dimensions in mm
1

Coil former
Figure

Number Useful
of
winding cross
sections section AN
mm 2

1
3
2

-

1)

1

56

Average
length of
turn IN

Number Approx.
AR
value ' ) of pins weight

mm

1-1 0

52

32

Yoke
Reo

430

= AR . N'

(de resistance

= AR .

number of turns')

Ordering code
(PU: 300)

g
8

1.5

866208-A1003-R001

6

3

866208-J1006-D001

2.5

866208-A2001-XOOO

EI Cores EI 25

B 66217

in accordance with DIN 41 986 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination !;E 25).
E core sets EI 25 are preferably suitable for use as transducers in color TV sets. In this connection,
the eccentric air gap is advantageous. The air gap can optionally be set by inserting a foil.
Coil former and yoke in accordance with EF 25 (866317) are suitable for winding a center leg.

ground
Partition

Magnetic characteristics
L-----r'-t-L~

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

 0)
or
two cores 86631 9-G....
(g > 0)
Material N 27
,---t--L-._--"rou nd

nH

,

103
Dimensions in mm

'"~

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross sectio n 1}
Effective volume

E If A =
I. =

A.=

1.12 mm-~
67
mm
60
mm 2

r\.

1\

102

Am;" = 49
V. = 4000

5

Approx. weight 11 gfitem

Accessories
Coil former

10'
0.01

0.1

1.0

2 mm

_ _ Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension ugu (shortened center leg). The
tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866319-GOOOO).
Dimension ugu
tolerance
mm
mm

SIFERRIT
material

N 30

f.le

3300 ~~g%

approx. 2940

866319-GOOOO-X130

-

1800 ~~g%

approx. 1600

866319-GOOOO-X127

0.10

±0.02

approx.630

approx. 562

866319-G0100-X127

0.18

±0.02

approx. 400

approx. 353

866319-G0180-X127

0.34

±0.03

approx. 200

approx. 179

866319-G0340-X127

N 27

N 27

'} Necessary for calculating the max. flux. density
~ to be preferred

432

Ordering code
(PU: 600 items)

-

appr.
0
~

Effective
permeability

AL
value
nH

E Cores E 30

B 66319

Coil former B 66232
Glass-fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic coil former with 10 terminal pins, flame-retardant in
accordance with UL 94 V-O.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.

29

---I

++-++++-t-f-+++.... ¢1.3 +0,1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

++-+-H-I-t-r-t-H-~ ' 0)
one core 866325-G....
or
two cores 866325-G.... (g > 0)
Material N 27
~-r----t---'--

ground

2
nH

AL
Dimensions in mm

1

103

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

=
Ie =

lJ I/A

0.535
97
A, =
181
Ve = 17600

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

5

""

'\.

"'\
[\..

1\

Approx. weight 44 g/item

"'-

"\

"\

Accessories
Coil formers

102
0.1

0.2

0.4
-

0.6 0.8 1

3mm

Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866325-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

AL
value
nH

f",

appr.
0

Ordering code
(PU: 400 items)

-

3500~~g%

approx. 1490

866325-GOOOO-X127

.... 0.10

±0.02

approx. 1600

approx.680

866325-G0100-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx.

800

approx. 340

866325-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.

480

approx. 205

866325-G0500-X127

0.64

±0.05

approx.

400

approx. 170

866325-G0640-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx.

280

approx. 119

866325-Gl000-X127

N 27

For power loss Pv and amplitude permeability
'II1II to be preferred

434

Effective
permeability

f"a

refer to page 418.

B 66325

E Cores E 42/15

Coil formers B 66242
Glass-fiber reinforced 6 polyamide coil former (fig. 1) with 10 terminal pins. Permissible soldering
temperature 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former (fig. 2) without terminal pins, flame-retardant
in accordance with UL 94 V-O, color code black.
For winding details refer to page 72.
Figure 2 (B66242-B ... )

Figure 1 (B66242-J ... )

I
,

,

I

,
,i

I
I

I
I
I

,

I

I
I

I

-27, 9 j E
C
-26
:6
<=

1

1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Fig.

1

Number
of
sections

Useful winding
cross section AN
of one
total
section
mm 2
mm 2

1

177

177

1

177

177

2

85

170

Average AR
value'l
length
of turn IN
mm

87

flQ

g

17

7.5

B66242-J1000-D001

17

4.5

B66242-BOOOO-T001

18

5.3

B66242-BOOOO-T002

2
,I

R c,

= AR . N'

(de resistance

= AR .

Approx. Ordering code
weight (PU: 200)

number of turns')

435

B 66329

E Cores E 42/20

in accordance with DIN 41 295
t - - - - - 42 ~J,7 --~-I

20.0,8

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of
one core 866329-GOOOO (g appr. 0) and
one core 866329-G....
(g > 0)
or
two cores 866329-G....
(g > 0)
Material N 27

~--f--J--ground

'\.
Dimensions in mm

""

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

=
=
Ae =

1: I/A
Ie

0.405
97
240
Ve = 23300

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

"\.

I'\.

5

1\

Approx. weight 58 g/item

~

Accessories
Coil formers

102
0.1

0.2

0.4 0.6 0.81

""-

2

3mm

_ _ Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL value apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866329-GOOOO).
.
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

AL
value
nH

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 400 items)

f.1.e

appro
0

-

4750~~g%

approx. 1530

866329-GOOOO-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 925

approx. 298

866329-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx. 560

approx. 180

866329-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx. 340

approx. 110

866329-Gl000-X127

1.50

±0.1

approx.250

approx.

866329-G1500-X127

N 27

For power loss Pv and amplitude permeability
'IIIIto be preferred

436

f.1.a

81

refer to page 418.

E Cores E 42/20

B 66329

Coil formers B 66243
Polycarbonate coil former with 12 terminal pins (fig. 1), color code blue; without terminal pins
(fig. 2), color code black.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.
Figure 2

Figure 1

<1>1

Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

1
""'N

<1>1

Figure

~ 1-----4x7,5-

Rcu =

5~

Number Useful
of
winding cross
sections section AN
mm 2

1
-1
2
1)

t

AR •

180

N 2 (de resistance

=:

Dimensions in mm

Average
length of
turn IN
mm

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

flQ

g

100

19

Number Ordering code
of pins (PU: 200)

5

12

B66243-Al012-MOOl

3

-

B66243-Al000-MOOl

A R • number of turns 2 )

437

B 66335

E Cores E 55

in accordance with DIN 41 295 (corresponding to the electrical sheet-steel lamination M 55)

AL value versus total air gap
for'a set consisting of

r--

'"

one core B66335-GOOOO (g appro 0) and
one core B66335-G.... (g > 0)
or
two cores B66335-G.... (g > 0)

r--l---,---,

o
cO

00

N

~

,....: ;:r

J

Material N 27

i--+A--1---\:=:;:::!::::,CI

104

'---j---+_L-'- ground

nH

37.5- 1•2

AL '5

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

~

f

E I/A =
0.34
I. =
120
A. =
354
V. = 42500

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

"- f'..

103

"-

5

Approx. weight 108 g/item

........

"-

Accessories
Coil former

102
0.1

0.2

0.4 0.60.81
-

"

3mm

Total air gap

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tllbulated AL value apply to wire sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (B66335-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

AL
value
nH

Effective
permeability

Ordering code
(PU: 100 items)

appro
0

-

5800+ 30 %
-20

approx. 1570

B66335-GOOOO-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.930

approx.252

B66335-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx.520

approx. 141

B66335-G1000-X127

1.50

±0.1

approx.380

approx. 103

B66335-G1500-X127

2.00

±0.15

approx.300

approx.

81

B66335-G2000-X127

P.

N 27

'For power loss P y and amplitude permeability i-l, refer to page 418 .
... to be preferred

438

E Cores E 55

B 66251

Coil former B 66252
Glass-fiber reinforced 6 polyamide coil former with 14 terminal pins.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °CJ752 of, 2 sec (refer also to page 85, para. 8.2).
For winding details refer to page 72.

II

1.0,4

t=40
43,5
Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

Dimensions in mm

Number
of
sections

1
1)

Rc,

=

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

flQ

g

280

113

14

10.0

AR • N 2

Idc resistance

= AR

.

number of

Ordering code
(PU: 50)

B66252-BOOOO-MOOI

turns 2 )

439

EC Cores

General
These E cores with round center leg provide a large space for the windings and permit even thick wires to be brought out conveniently. Owing to the large width for the
winding good coupling between the windings is obtained. Coil formers with solder
tags for vertical or horizontal magnetic axes are available.

EC 35, magnetic axis horizontal

EC41,EC52
magnetic axis vertical

EC 41, EC 52, EC 70
magnetic axis horizontal

EC 70, magnetic axis vertical

Coil formers for EC cores
The coil formers, made of glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate, are flame-retardant
in accordance with UL 94 V-O. They are available for the EC 35 core as horizontal
version, for the EC 41, 52, and 70 cores also as vertical version with differing numbers
of terminals (see following pages). Operating temperature range: between -60 °C/
-76 OF and +120 °C/+248 OF.

441

E Cores EC 35/17/10

B 66337

in accordance with IEC publication 647

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

ground

one core 866337-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
one core 866337-G....
(g > 0)
or
two cores 866337-G.... (g > 0)

nH
103

"-

Dimensions
inmm

.........
........

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

E I/A

=

Ie =
Ae

Amm
Ve

=

0.918 mm- 1
77.4
mm
84.3
mm 2

,
r-...

101

= 66
= 6530

Approx. weight 18 g/item
Accessories

10'
0.1

Coil former

0.2

0.4 0.6 0.8 1
-

4 mm

Total air gap

EC cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The
tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866337-GOOOO).
Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

SIFERRIT
material

N 27

fl-e

approx. 2100

approx. 1530

866337-GOOOO-X127

0.10

±0.02

approx. 680

approx. 500

866337-G0100-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 340

approx. 249

866337-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx. 205

approx. 150

866337-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx. 122

approx.

89

866337-G1000-X127

0
"'II

For power loss P, and amplitude permeability
11
~

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
to be preferred

442

Ordering code
(PU: 400 items)

-

appro

N 27

Effective
permeability

AL
value
nH

fl-a

refer to page 418.

E Cores EC 35/17/10

B 66337

Coil former B 66272
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate coil former, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 v-o.
Available with 11 or 13 solder terminals, as required.
Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C(752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 73.

1-----33,8 max-.--~

i-------47maxc-.- - - - - - 1
21,2min.

H

x

'"

E

L
Hole arrangement
View in mounting direction

B

Marking
for pin 1

3Q,48----

Built-in
L = 47
B = 36
H = 26

-D

dimensions for the transformer
mm
mm
mm

U)

....
Pins 3 and 4 not
needed for type

~

B66272-Al001-TOOl

N

I11 ~O'15

~

~

Dimensions in mm

Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

value 1 )

Approx.
weight

IlQ

g

97

53

18.8

7

1)

Reo

= AR . N'

(dc resistance

= AR .

AR

Number
of
terminals

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

11

B66272-A1001-T001

13

B66272-A1002-T001

number of turns')

443

E Cores EC 41/19/12

B 66339

in accordance with IEC publication 647
ground

Al value versus total air gap
for a set conSisting of

LL

one core 866339-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
one core 866339-G....
(g > 0)
or
two cores 866339-G....
(g > 0)

2
nH

103
AL

15

~

"Dimensions
inmm

Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section'l
Effective volume

E I/A =
I. =
A. =

Am;" =

~

102

Magnetic characteristics (per set)

0.735 mm- 1
89.3
mm
121
mm 2
100

mm 2
mm 3

V., = 10800

Approx. weight 26 g/item

10'
0.1

Accessories

0.2

0.4 0,6 0,8 1
~ Total

4mm
air gap

Coil formers and mounting assembly
E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension ugu (shortened center leg). The tabulated Al values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866339-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

Dimension ugu
tolerance
mm
mm
appro

Effective
permeability

AL
value
nH

Ile

Ordering code
(PU: 400 items)

0

-

approx. 2700

approx. 1580

866339-GOOOO-X127

0.10

±0.02

approx. 1100

approx. 644

866339-G0100-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx.

530

approx. 310 .

866339-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.

305

approx. 179

866339-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx.

180

approx. 105

866339-G1000-X127

N 27

For power loss P, and amplitude permeability Ila refer to page 418.
Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
""IIIIto be preferred

1)

444

E Cores EC 41/19/12

B 66339

Coil former and mounting assembly B 66274
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate, flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Horizontal or vertical versions with 9 or 12 solder terminals are available, as required. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 73.

Section A-A

Section B-B

~ -46,8mQx.;----~~

1) Installation of solder tag for vertical version
2) Installation of solder tag for horizontal version

Marking
for pin 1

Horizontal version: cores with accessories assembled

Washer 3.2
DIN 433-St (2x)
Nut AM 3
DIN 439-04 (2x)
Screw BZ 2.9 x 6.5
DIN 7971-St (4x)

Hole arrangement, view in mounting direction
9 terminals

¢1,6,O.15 ¢3,5,o.1

12 terminals

Dimensions in mm

445

E Cores EC 41/19/12

B 66339

Vertical version: cores with accessories assembled

Mounting assembly

Washer 3.2
DIN 433-St (2x)
Nut AM 3
DIN 439-04 (2x)

Hole arrangements. view in mounting direction
9 terminals

12 terminals

Dimensions in mm

Coil former B 66274
Useful
winding cross
section AN
mm 2

Average
length
of turn IN
mm

AR
value')

Approx.
weight

fin

g

Version

horizontal
134

62

15.9

12
vertical

Number
of
terminals

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

9

B66274-A1001-T001

12

B66274-A1002-T001

9

B66274-A1011-T001

12

B66274-A1012-T001

Mounting assembly B 66 274

Ordering code
(PU: 200)

Horizontal

B66274-B2001-XOOO
B66274-B2002-XOOO

Vertical

" Complete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers
I Complete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers

1) Rc, = AR . N' (de resistance = AR • number of turns')
""l1lI to be preferred

446

B 66341

E Cores EC 52/24/14

in accordance with IEC publication 647
ground

---52,2".3

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

----len

one core 866341-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
(g > 0)
one core 866341-G....
or
two cores 866341-G....
(g > 0)

t
2
nH

AL

I

103

5

'"

I"

L

~~L

r~r=L-+-~--~~~~~~
i~"f------ 44!1.3 -----1~

"102

"

~

5

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 1)
Effective volume

E IfA

=

0.58 mm- 1
105
mm
180
mm 2

Ie =
Ae=
Am;n

Ve

=
=

10'
0.1

0.2

0.4 0.60.8 1
-

134
18800

4mm

Total air gap

Approx. weight 55 gfitem
Accessories
Coil formers and mounting assembly
E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866341-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material
N 27

N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

AL
value
nH

Effective
permeability
J.1.e

Ordering code
(PU: 200 items)

appro
0

-

approx. 3400

approx. 1570

866341-GOOOO-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 725

approx. 335

866341-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.420

approx. 194

866341-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx.240

approx. 111

866341-G1000-X127

1.50

±0.1

approx. 175

approx.

866341-G1500-X127

81

For power loss Pv and amplitude permeability J.1., refer to page 418.
1)

Necessary for calculating the max. flux density

"l1li to be preferred

447

E Cores EC 52/24/14

B 66341

Coil former and mounting assembly B 66276
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate, flame-retardant in accordace with UL 94 V-O. Horizontal or vertical versions with 11 or 14 solder terminals are available, as required. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C(752 of, 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 73.

Section B-B

Section A-A

=

--57,5max------i

Marking
for pin 1

1) Installation of solder tag for vertical version
2) Installation of solder tag for horizontal version
Horizontal version: cores with accessories assembled

Washer 3.2
DIN 433-5t (2x)

Mounting assembly

Nut AM 3
DIN 439-04 (2xl
Screw BZ 2.9 x 6.5
DIN 7971-5t (4x)

Hole arrangement, view in mounting direction
11 terminals

14 terminals

Dimensions in mm

448

E Cores EC 52/24/14

B 66341

Vertical version: cores with accessories assembled

Mountin

assembly

Washer 3.2
DIN 433-5t (2xl
Nut AM 3
DIN 439-04 (2x)

Hole arrangements. view in mounting direction
14 terminals

11 terminals

Dimensions in mm

Coil former B 66276
Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

AR
value'l

Approx.
weight

mm 2

mm

flQ

g

Version

horizontal
74

212

12.0

18
vertical

Number
of
terminals

Ordering code
(pU: 100)

11

B66276-A1001-T001

14

B66276-A1002-T001

11

B66276-A1011-T001

14

B66276-A1012-T001

Mounting assembly B66276

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

Horizontal

B66276-B2001-XOOO

.., Complete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers

Vertical
1)

IComplete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers

B66276-B2002-XOOO

Re , = AR . N' (dc resistance = AR . number of turns')

""II1II to

be preferred

449

E Cores EC 70/34/17

B 66343

in accordance with lEe publication 647

.

ground

+ ~
I

i~

d

•

, "l

'"
- '"

~ t

I

I

I

I
I
I
I

I
I

I

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

70 17
I
I

I

I
I
I
I

i

I
J

I

'"

one core B66343-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
one core B66343-G.... (g > 0)
or
two cores B66343-G.... (g > 0)

I
I

I
I
I

I
I

I

I
I

I

·1

I

2
nH

AL

f

103

~~

5

"'

I"r-....

1()2
Dimensions in mm

5
Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Min. core
cross section 11
Effective volume

E IfA =
I. =

A.=

0.514 mm- 1
144
mm
279
mm 2

=
201
V. = 40100

10'

mm 2
mm 3

Amin

0.1

0.2

0.4 0.6 0.8 1
-

2

4mm

Total air gap

Approx. weight 126 g/item
Accessories
Coil formers and mounting assembly
E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (B66343-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

N 27

AL
value

Effective
permeability

mm

mm

nH

P.

appro
0

-

approx. 3900

approx. 1 590

B66343-GOOOO-X127

0.25

±0.03

approx. 1000

approx.409

B66343-G0250-X127

0.50

±0.05

approx.

580

approx.237

B66343-G0500-X127

1.00

±0.1

approx.

340

approx. 139

B66343-Gl000-X127

2.00

±0.15

approx.

200

approx.

B66343-G2000-X127

82

For power loss Pv and amplitude permeability P. see page 418.
:.:. Necessary for calculating the max. flux density
.. to be preferred

450

Ordering code
(PU: 200 items)

Dimension "g"
tolerance

E Cores EC 70/34/17

B 66343

Coil former and mounting assembly B 66278
Glass-fiber reinforced polyterephthalate. flame-retardant in accordance with UL 94 V-O. Horizontal or vertical versions with 15 or 19 solder terminals are available. as required. Permissible soldering temperature max. 400 °C/752 of. 2 sec.
For winding details refer to page 73.

Section A-A

24

Section B-B

34

=

-80max:-.- - - - - - I

1) Installation of solder tag for vertical version
2) Installation of solder tag for horizontal version

Marking for pin 1

Horizontal version: cores with accessories assembled

X
c

Washer 4.3
DIN 433-St (2x)

Mounting assembly

~~--------

Nut AM 4
DIN 439-04 (2x)

~~~~J

Screw BZ 2.9 x6.5
DIN 7971-St (4x)

Hole arrangements. view in mounting direction
15 terminals

19 terminals

Dimensions in mm

¢

¢3,S'O.2

451

E Cores EC 70/34/17

B 66343

Vertical version: cores with accessories assembled

Mounting assembly

Washer 4.3
DIN 433-8t (2x)
Nut AM 4
DIN 439-04 (2x)

Hole arrangements, view in mounting direction
15 terminals

19 terminals

Dimensions in mm

Coil former B 66278
Useful
winding cross
section AN

Average
length
of turn IN

value'l

Approx.
weight

mm 2

mm

flQ

g

AR

Version

horizontal
97

469

7.1

30
vertical

Number
of
terminals

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

15

B66278-Al00l-TOOl

19

B66278-Al002-TOOl

15

B66278-Al0ll-TOOl

19

B66278-Al012-TOOl

Mounting assembly B66278
Horizontal
Vertical
Reo

= AR . N'

.., Complete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers

B66278-B2001-XOOO

I Complete mounting assembly with hex nuts and washers

B66278-B2002-XOOO

(de resistance
"l1li to be preferred

11

452

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

= AR . number

of turns')

E Cores 42/22/15

B 66347

The round center leg of these E cores is of particular advantage when thick wires or tapes are
used. Their application results in a compact winding design featuring low stray inductances.

AL value versus total air gap

for a set consisting of
one core 866347-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
one core 866347-G....
(g> 0)
or
two cores 866347-G....
(g > 0)

10 3
nH

\
\
1\
1\

\

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A =

0.58
99
170
Ve = 16800'

Ie =
Ae =

mm- 1
mm
mm 2
mm 3

10 2
0,1

0,2

Approx. weight 42 g/item

\

1\

0,5

3mm

- - - Total air gap

Accessories
Coil former in preparation
E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (866347-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

Effective
perm ea bi I ity

AL

Ordering code
(PU: 400 items)

value
nH

/-i.

approx. 1480

866347-GOOOO-X127

appro
0

-

approx. 3200

1

±0.1

approx.

260

approx.

120

866347-G1000-X127

1.5

±0.1

approx.

190

approx.

88

866347-G1500-X127

N 27
For power loss P v and amplitude permeability /-i, refer to page 418.

453

E Cores 48/21/21

B 66333

The round center leg of these E cores is of particular advantage when thick wires or tapes are
used. Their application results in a compact winding design featuring low stray inductances.

-48±1

AL value versus total air gap
for a set consisting of

one core B66333-GOOOO (g approx. 0)
and
(g > 0)
one core B66333-G....
or
two cores B66333-G....
(g > 0)

5
nH

A

1

d~'
+ I

N

~
10 3

"-

Dimensions in mm

'"""'-,"

Magnetic characteristic!? (per set)
Core factor
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

E I/A
I,
A,
V,

mm- 1

=
0.394
=
100
mm
=
254
mm 2
= 25400
mm 3

10 2
0,1

0,2

0,4

0,6 0,8 1
3mm
____ Total air gap

Approx. weight 65 g/item

E cores are delivered individually according to the dimension "g" (shortened center leg). The tabulated AL values apply to core sets comprising the indicated core and a core without shortened
center leg (B66333-GOOOO).
SIFERRIT
material

N 27
N 27

Dimension "g"
tolerance
mm
mm

AL
value
nH

Effective
permeability
fl.,

appro
0

-

approx. 4800

approx. 1500

B66333-GOOOO-X127

1.2

±0.1

approx.

320

approx.

101

B66333-G1200-X127

1.5

±o.1

approx.

270

approx.

85

B66333-G1500-X127

For power loss Py and amplitude permeability fl.. refer to page 418.

454

Ordering code
(PU: 100)

ETD Cores 34/39/44/49

B 66361

Cores for switched-mode power supplies
ETD cores (economic transformer design) are intended for switched-mode power supply transformer design with optimum weight-referred power at small volume. The dimensioning of the
cores enables construction of compact windings together with coil formers suitable for automatic
assembly. The cores have been designed with respect to the multiple outputs in case of mains
isolation.

ETD34
SIFERRIT material
mm

Dimensiong
Tolerance mm

AL value')
nH

Ordering code (packaging unit 250 items)

N27

=0

-

=2400

866361-G-X127

N27

0.1

=,=0.02

= 800

866361-G100-X127

N27

0.2

=,=0.03

= 480

866361-G200-X127

N27

0.5

=,=0.05

= 230

866361-G500-X127

N27

1.0

=,=0.1

= 140

866361-G1000-X127

AL value 1 )

Ordering code (packaging unit 200 items)

ETD39
SIFERRIT material
mm

Dimensiong
Tolerance mm

nH

N27

=0

-

=2700

866363-G- X 127

N27

0.1

=,=0.02

=1000

866363-G100-X127

N27

0.2

=,=0.03

= 600

866363-G200-X127

N27

0.5

=,=0.05

= 295

866363-G500-X127

N27

1.0

=,=0.1

= 170

866363-G 1000-X127

AL value')
nH

Ordering code (packaging unit 250 items)

ETD44
SIFERRIT material
mm

Dimensiong
Tolerancemm

N27

=0

-

=3300

866365-G-X127

N27

0.2

=,=0.03

= 800

866365-G200-X127

N27

0.5

=,=0.05

= 400

866365-G500-X127

N27

1.0

=,=0.1

= 230

866365-G 1000-X127

N27

1.5

=,=0.15

= 170

866365-G 1500-X 127

AL value 1 )

Ordering code (packaging unit 100 items)

ETD49
SIFERRIT material
mm

Dimensiong
Tolerance mm

nH

N27

=0

-

=3700

866367-G-X127

N27

0.2

±0.03

=1000

866367-G200-X127

N27

0.5

=,=0.05

= 480

866367-G500-X127

N27

1.0

=,=0.1

= 270

866367-G1000-X127

N27

2.0

±0.2

= 150

866367 -G2000-X127

1) Measunng temperature 25°C, measunng flux densIty", 1000G

455

ETD Cores 34/39/44/49

B 66 361

Outline drawing and dimensions

~L~~
Nominal Dimensions (mm)
Core
Type

Bobbins
h,

d,

a

h,

d,

min.

b

80bbinType

Dimensions

ETD34 34.2±0.8 25.6+1.4 11.1 -0.6 17.5-0.4 11.8 11.1-0.6

(ins.)

ETD34

ETD39

ETD44

ETD49

ETD39 39.1 ±0.9 29.3+1.6 12.8-0.6 20.0-0.4 14.2 12.8-0.6

A

1.685

1.882

2.067

2.264

ETD44 43.8~~~ 32.5+1.6 15.2-0.8 22.5-0.4 16.1 15.2-0.8

8

.827

1.016

1.165

1.291

ETD49 48.7±1.1 36.1 +1.8 16.7-0.8 24.9-0.4 17.7 16.7 -0.8

C

1.000

1.200

1.400

1.600

D

.449

.516

.610

.669

E

.528

.595

.689

.748

F

.996

1.142

1.266

1.409

G

1.200

1.400

1.600

1.800

H

.200

.200

.200

.200

1

.039

.039

.039

.039

Core Constants

Core
Type
ETD34
ETD39

Weight
Ae
Ie
Ve
Aw
(9)
(mm') (mm) (mm') (mm') Approx.
97.1
125.

78.6

7640

92.2 11500

Power
Handling
@25
KHz

1.25

20.5

60 watts

1.8

30

90 walls

ETD44

173.

103.

17800

2.2

47

150watts

ETD49

211.

114.

24000

2.75

63

240 watts

J

.169

.169

.169

.169

K

1.374

1.480

1.591

1.691

L

1.559

1.752

1.945

2.146

Hardware
Electrical Properties of
Ungapped Core Sets
Core
Type

ALMin
1G,20°C

ALMin
3200G, 100°C

Core Losses
25kHz,
2000G, 100°C

ETD34

1900

1265

1.6W

ETD39

2100

1400

2.2W

ETD44

2600

1735

3.6W

ETD49

3000

2000

4.6W

456

Pins

80bbinP/N

Clamp
(2 required)

Ground
Strap

14

866362-A 1014-T1
ETD34

866362-A2000 866362-A2001

16

866364-A1016-T1
ETD39

866364-A2000 866364-A2001

18

866366-A 1018-T1
ETD44

866366-A2000 866366-A2001

20

866368-A 1020-T1
ETD49

866368-A2000 866368-A2001

U and UI Cores

U and UI Cores

Figure 1

General
By virtue of their high saturation flux density level, high Curie temperature, and low
power losses, U and UI cores made of SIFERRIT N 27 are suitable for use in power,
pulse, and high-voltage transformers, e.g. in line deflection transformers for blackand-white and color TV, in energy storage chokes, ignition transformers, etc.
Relevant SIFERRIT material data and general information on power dissipation and
amplitude permeability versus temperature, magnetic flux density, and frequency may
be obtained from the materials survey and from the following curves.

Power transformers with UI and UU cores
For transformers with high power ratings (> 1 kW) we manufacture U and I cores of
rectangular section which can be combined in various ways like building blocks to
form UU cores of larger cross-section or EE-shapes that are suitable for transformers
in the kilowatt range (fig. 2).

459

U and UI Cores

Figure 2

Information on the design of power transformers and energy storage chokes is to be found on
page 89 ... 103.

Survey
Core type

Ordering code

Main application

U15
U20
U25

B67350-AOO01-X027
B67348-AOO01-X027
B67352-AOO01-X027

Energy storage chokes and
transformers for TV sets

U29/18/16
U37/25/18
U37/29/18
U47/25/18
U57/28/16
U59/36/17

B67354-AOO01-X027
B67356-AOO01-X027
B67358-AOO01-X027
B67353-AOO01-X042
B67334-Z0001-X042
B67333-Z0001-X043

Line deflection transformers for
TV sets

U93/76/30
U93/76/16
193/28/30
193/28/16

B67345-AOO01-X027
B67345-AOO03-X027
B67345-AOO02-X027
B67345-AOO04-X027

for power ratings;;;; 1.5 kW

460

U Cores U 15; U 20; U 25

B 67348; B 67350
B 67352

U cores of rectangular cross section are preferably available made of the SIFERRIT material N 27.
PU: 500 items

e

ground

a

c

Dimensions [mml

U 15
15,2±O,7

U 20

U 25

a

2.8 ± 0.6

24,8 ± 0,7

b

11.7 - 1

15.9 - 0.6

20

6,7 - 0,5

7.8 - 0.5

13

- 0,5

d

5,7 +0,7

8

+ 0.6

11

+ 0,5

e

5,2 ± 0,3

6,3 ± 0,3

Magnetic characteristics
per set
Effective length
Ie mm

Effective area

Ae mm 2
Va mm 3

Effective volume
Core factor

~

- 1

c

~ mm- 1
Ae

8,2 ± 0,3

48

68

86

32

55

105

1540

3750

9030

1.5

0,82

1,24

Test data 1) at 16 kHz

Pvt~tJ

B = 200 mT/60 ... 100°C

::> 0,19

::>0,42

::>1

/"

B = 400
B = 320

Approx. weight
Ordering code
1)

> 1330
> 1000

mT/ 20°C
mT/100 °C
g/item

4,3
B67350-AOO01-X027

9,5
B67348-AOO01-X027

23
B67352-AOO01-X027

Sinusoidal test voltage

461

B 67354
B 67356; B 67358

U Cores U 29/18/16
U 37/25/18; U 37/29/18

U cores with round center leg for attaching the coil former and the winding. They are particularly
suitable for the construction of high voltage and line transformers.
PU: 500 items
"

ground

I-----a-----I

Dimensions (mm)

a
b

c
d
e
f
h

Magnetic characteristics
per set
Effective length
t, mm
Effective a rea
Ae mm 2
Effective volume
Va mm 3
Test data " at 16 kHz
pt:'tJ
~ 200 mT/60 ... 100 °C

S

J.I.

S
S

~ 400 mT/ 20°C
~ 320 mT/l00 °C

Approx. weight
Ordering code
" Sinusoidal test voltage

462

g/item

U 29/18/16
29 ±0,7
16 ±0,4
5,8 ±0,2
11 ±0,3
> 11
> 11,5
18 -0,4

U 37/25/18
36,9±0,8
18 ±0,4
7,3±0,2
14,7 ±0,3
> 13,9
> 16,3
25,4 - 0,4

U 37/29/18
36,9 ± 0,8
18 ±0,4
7,3 ± 0,2
14,7 ± 0,3

95
94
8930

125
150
18750

140
150
21000

:;; 0,95

::; 2,1

:;; 2,3

> 13,9
> 19,9
29 -0,4

>1500
> 1250
48
54
22
B67354-A0001-X027 B67356-A0001-X027 B67358-AOO01-X027

U Cores U 47/25/18

B 67353

U cores of round cross section, without hole, without notch, made of SIFERRIT N 42 for line
deflection transformers in color TV sets

I.

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Effective length
Effective area 11
Effective volume

I. =

145 mm

A. =
153 mm 2
V. = 22190 mm 3

Approx. weight 56 g/item
Ordering code: 867353-A0001-X042
(PU: 500 items)

Test data (per set)
Measuring frequency 16 kHz
Test voltage: sinusoidal
SIFERRIT
material

N 4221

1)

'I

Temperature

Flux density

{)

B

°c

mT

20
100
60 ... 100

400
320
200

.

F.ield strength
H
A/m

Amplitude
permeability
/lo.

265

;;;; 1200

~340

;;;; 750

~

-

-

Power
loss p.
W/set

-

-

~

3.1

The smallest core cross section of 137 mm' is decisive for the test flux density.
Curie temperature I)c > 190 °C/374 of.

463

U Cores U 57/28/16

B 67334

U cores of round cross section complying with DIN 41 296. page 2. made of SIFERRIT N 42 for
line deflection transformers in color TV sets.

---57,5--->26.9--

.

ground

r!~
~

..!.

~

r;t
"l;.

~

r

L __

.L..!..-_ _

~~

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)
Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

Ie =
Ae
V,

163 mm
mm 2
mm 3

= 171
= 27900

Approx. weight 70 glitem
Ordering code: B67334-Z0001-X042
(PU: 500 items)

Test data (per set)
Measuring frequency 16 kHz
Test voltage: sinusoidal
SIFERRIT
material

N 421)

I)

Temperature

Flux density

(J

fJ

Fjeld strength
H

Amplitude
permeability

Power
loss Pv

°C

mT

Aim

J./,

Wlset

20
100
60 ... 100

400
320
200

;:;;; 265
;:;;; 340

;;;; 1200
;;;; 750

-

Curie temperature fie> 190 °C/374

464

OF.

-

-

;:;;; 3.9

U Cores U 59/36/17

B 67333

Not for new design!

U cores of round cross section complying with DIN 41 296, page 5, made of SIFERRIT N 43 for
line deflection transformers in color TV sets.

59
1 - - 26, 5 " ,

I1~

"!

~

r

I

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

I
1
1

I
1

1

I - ground

./

1
1

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
1

1 - - - - - 50,5' I - - - - - 1

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)

I. =
A.=

Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume

V. =

189 mm
210mm 2
39700 mm 3

Approx. weight 100 glitem
Ordering code: B67333-Z0001-X043
(PU: 500 items)

Test data (per set)
Measuring frequency 16 kHz
Test voltage: sinusoidal
SIFERRIT
material

N 43'1

11

Temperature

Flux density

rJ

DC

8

Fjeld strength
H

Amplitude
permeability

Power
loss Pv

mT

Aim

f.ta

Wlset

20
100
60 ... 100

400
320
200

:;; 240
:;; 270

"=
"=

Curie temperature

I}c

-

-

1330
950

:;; 4.8

> 190 °C/374 of.
465

U Cores UU 93/152/30 UI Cores UI 93/104/30
UU 93/152/16
UI93/104/16

B 67345

with rectangular cross-section
In addition to PM 87 cores and PM 112 cores, these U and UI cores made of SIFERRIT N 27 are
suitable for the construction of power transformers> 1 kW (20 kHz). They are delivered individually, either as U cores or as I cores, and may also be combined to E cores or M cores (refer to
"General" on U cores).

r--28:':0.5-

~ound

--28:':0.5U core

1...

r-->34.6 -

0"
+1

'"

~
co

j

...

~

~

'"
"-

93 !1,8

I--

a -

I core

.1

93:':1.8

Dimensions in mm

Magnetic characteristics (per set)

Effective length
Effective area
Effective volume
Approx. weight
Type

UU

UI

UU

UI

93/152/30

93/104/30

93/152/16

93/104/16

.

Ie =
345
A =
826
Ve = 285000
=
1500

259
826
214000
1100

345
441
152000
800

a

Ordering code (per item)
(PU: 10 items)

U core
I core

U 93/76/30
I 93/28/30

30 ±0,6

867345-AOO01-X027
867345-AOO02-X027

U core
I core

U 93/76/16
I 93/28/16

16 ±0,5

867345-AOO03-X027
867345-AOO04-X027

466

259
441
114000
600

mm
mm
mm
g

Toroids and Multi-Aperture Cores

Toroids

B 64290

_1-

Survey

--h

SIFERRIT toroids are mainly used for transformers. such as pulse. wideband. and power
transformers. balanced mixers. and chokes.
The higher permeability of the magnetically closed circuit results in high inductance
at low volume; the stray field is negligible.
Dimensions')

Type

d,
mm

da
mm

2.5±0.12
R 2,5 )
4.0±0.15
R 4
2)
R 6.3
6.3±0.2
Rl0
10 ±0.25
R12.5
R16 2)
R25/10
R34/12,5
R42
R58

1.5±0.1
2A±0.15
3.8±o.15
6.0±0.15

12.5±0.3
16 ±OA
25,3±0.7
34 ±0.7
41.8±1
58.3±1

7,5±0.2
9.6±0,3
14,8±0.5
20,5±0,5
26,2±0.6
40,8±0.8

h

Approx.
weight

mm

g

1.0±0.1
1.6±0.1
2.5±0.12
4.0±0,15

0.02
0.07
0.3
0,9

5 ±0.15
2
6,3±0,2
3
10 ±Q,2
16
12,5±0,3
33
12,5±0,3
45
17,6±OA 110

Technical data

I./A.

I.

A.

V.

mm"

mm

mm 2

mm 3

12.2
7.65
4.95
3,06

6.1
9.7
15.3
24.5

2A5
1,95
1,24
0,99
1,08
1,00

30A
38.7
63,0
82.0
102.5
153.0

1,24
0,83
0,62
1,24
0,99

63
63
63
82
82

0.5
1.27
3.1
8,0
12,0
20,0
51,0
83,0
95.0
153.0

3.0
12.3
47.5
196
380
770
3210
6800
9750
23400

Toroids, mainly for RFI suppression applications

R25/10
R25/15
R25/20
R34/10
R34/12,5

25,3±0,7
25.3±0.7
25,3±0.7
34,0±0,7
34,0±0.7

14.8±0.5
14.8±0.5
14,8±0.5
20,5±0.5
20,5±0.5

10 ±0,2
15 ±OA
20 ±0,5
10 ±0,3
12,5±0,3

16
24
32
26
33

Surface protection

Ordering code

without surface protection
lacquer protected, thickness of layer < 0.1 mm (only R 2.5)
plastic coated, thickness of coat
0.3 ... 0.5 mm, depending on core size

864290-A ••••
864290-J ••••
864290-K ••••

51
76
102
66
83

3210
4780
6420
5400
6800

The appropriate surface available is indicated for the individual types.

1)

2)

Dimensions for uncoated cores
External and internal diameter in accordance with IEC publication 525, core height, however, deviating as
follows:

Core height

h

IEC

Siemens

d,
2

1.5

d,

469

B 64290

Toroids

Measuring flux density fj

Material

Type

K 111

/JI

< 1 mT

Ordering code
without surface
protection

AL value
in nH

= 80,

AL tolerance

R 4
R 6,3
R 10
M 33

/JI

/Jj

N 30

/JI

T 38

13
20
33

protection

B642BO-K0036-X001
B64290-K0037-XOO1
B64290-K0038-X001

5000
2000
500

B64290-K0036-X033
B64290-K0037-X033
B64290-K0038-X033

5000
2000
500

B64290-K0044-X027
B64290-K0045-X027
B64290-K0618-X027
B64290-K0048-X027

500
500
50
60

%

123
190
308

= 2000, AL minimum

R 12,5
R 16
R 25/10
R 34/12,5

PU

%

= 750, AL tolerance ± 25

R 4
R 6,3
R 10
N 27

± 25

I with surface

value

770
970
1520
1900

= 4300, AL tolerance ± 25

%

R 2,5
R 4
R 6,3
R 10

440
710
10BO
1760

B64290-A0035-X830
B64290-A0036-X830
B64290-A0037-X830
B642BO-A0038-X830

B642BO-J0035-X830
B642BO-K0036-X830
B642BO-K0037-X830
B64290-K0038-X830

10000
5000
2000
500

R 12,5
R 16
R 25/10
R 42
R 58

2210
2770
4400 3 )
5000
5400

B642BO-A0044-X830
8642BO-A0045-X830
864290-A0618-X830
864290-A0022-X830
8642BO-A0040-X830

B64290-K0044-X830
864290-K0045-X830
B64290-K0618-X830
864290-K0022-X830
864290-K0040-X830

500
500
50
50
10

B64290-J0035-X038
864290-K0036-X038
864290-K0037-X038
864290-K0038-X038

10000
5000
2000
500

/Jj

= 10000, AL tolerance ± 30 %21

R 2,5
R 4
R 6,3
R 10

1030
1640
2540
4100

864290-A0035-X038
864290-A0036-X038
864290-A0037-X038
864290-A0038-X038

In addition to the versions indicated, the following cores are mainly used for RFI suppression purposes,
+30
AL tolerance: -20 %
N 30

11
21

R 25/10
R 25/15
R 25/20
R 34/10
R 34/12,5

4400
6600
8800
4400
5000

864290-K0618-X830
864290-K0615-X830
864290-K0616-X830
864290-K0058-X830
864290-K0048-X830

The dimensions for toroids made of K 1, indicated on page 467, may be by approx. 5 % larger.
The AL values of the plastic coated version (864290-K ••• ) are by 20 % lower.

31 AL

470

+30

tolerance _ 20 %.

50
50
50
50
50

Toroids

Toroids for chokes and wideband transformers
The materials and core shapes listed on page 467 and 468 are also suitable for use in chokes
and wideband transformers.
Materials of lower permeability are applicable at frequencies above 1 MHz, e.g. R 6.3 ring cores
are preferably available (refer to page 468).

Material

AL value
nH
tolerance

Pi

K 1

80

Ordering code
(pU: 2000)
B64290-K0037-X001

20
±25%

750

M 33

B64290-K0037-X033

190

Toroids for pulse transformers
The main field of application for toroids are pulse transformers.
Some definitions and design principles are described in the following:
Definitions

Um
i

Um 0.9

t

t
O.,+-Li-+--_ _-+"*_--'"
Figure 1 Voltage shape of,
a primary pulse

Figure 2 Current shape of
a primary pulse

Pulse permeability

!J.B
!J.H

Po

!J.B

!J.H

t

I t2

U' d.

N· A.

Um

'

td

"'-N· A.

!J.i· N
I.
N 2 • A.

Um

'

td

Pp . Po • - , - . - = - ; ; ;

471

Toroids

From this equation one obtains fJp as permeability determined by flux density and field strength
deviations at pulse operation. The magnetizing current pulse - shown in fig. 2 - has in its initial
and final part a current step, generated by the core losses, and an inductive current step im - iR
with an approx. linearly rising characteristic.
Since in many cases the current step iR cali be neglected for pulse permeability calculations, the
peak value of the magnetizing current im can be introduced as the current difference ,1; when the
field strength deviaton ,1H should be calculated.
When the value of ,18 increases, mainly at higher pulse repetition frequencies and an increasing
pulse duty factor, the current step iR - as a proportion of the total current - may be of greater
importance.
Figure 5 shows, therefore, fJp 0.2 referred to a flux density ,18 during the interval td - 0.2 td and
an accordingly increasing magnetizing current ,1i = im - iO.2 td (disregarding the current step at
the beginning of the pulse).

Test conditions

Figure 3 Measuring circuit

For a specified material, the pulse permeability depends upon the flux density deviation, the
pulse repetition frequency, and the core temperature. Preferred test operation conditions are as
follows:
fj

= 25 °C/77 of

10 kHz
1 fJs

100 kHz
1 fJs

1 MHz
0.5 fJs

The time constant of the circuit (figure 3) has been determined such that the pulse current of
the preceding pulse has approximately decayed to zero when the next pulse starts to rise. The
resistance Rd causes the voltage peak value to decrease when the current has been disconnected.
The core heating mainly depends on the heat conductive medium, e.g. copper winding, mounting,
encapsulation etc. The data in the test curve for continuous operation and short term measure,ment refers to 6.3 mm diameter toroids with N approx. 20/CuL, freely suspended.

472

Toroids

Material data
Pulse permeability versus flux density deviation

N 30

N 30

5000

5000

1

5fLS
4000

11's

I'p

t

r- r--

-...

r-

0,51's

i

!1p

,

~

2000
fp=10kHz
\} =25°e

1

1

100

200
--dB

·H

,

1

300mT

.:::::::1
I

,

I

i

I

I

7J ~ 25°G ~---+-.

I

~
,

i'
I

--

;

,----~

.1',

rp~lMHz i l l

I

1000 ~

I

"' , .. I----~

1 T
-' td =0,5[15

2000

1000

I

po,2i

":':i_!1p : 'I 1
:--t~....
j
-I ''''~ ~

f - -_.

"'

.-e

I

t 3000

.......

3000

........

4000

r-.
......

,

llLl1xL
\

!

200 mT

100

--~R

Figure 5 - - - only intermittent operation

Figure 4

possible (dependent on the heat
conductivity)
Variation of pulse permeability with temperature at various flux density deviations
N 30
.
%
60
I

I

50

I

40
30

t

20

-++-+-

I

1

10

·10

I

I

1

200mT

.....,.

I

,-,-,

:::-::.

1~100mT- -~

X

--

"
,

i dB=lmT

BB=100mT

r-I.

N.

"N.
.IJB=200mT

I
I

""!;.:

i

!7+- 1,m

-40

-.

,

I

-20
-30

fp=10kHz
Id=ll's

,

I

dl'p

--p;p

1+;'-L+-r

1

-50

I

-60
-20

-10

,
10

20

30 _ _
40 {T 50

60

looe

Figure 6

473

Toroids

Material data - calculation
Pulse permeability versus flux density deviation
T 38
8000

7000

7000

I

fip

-....

",-

I

ZOOO

~

i

i

"'""" "

U
-

~--+-

i

- I---

I

-

.......

ZOOO

'

I

.....

1000

1

oL_ _J i
o

0,5/-L5
--

3000 -

I

I

td~

BODO

4000

I

I

1000

fp ~ 10 kHz

I

fp~lMHZ

5000

I

' td ~ 0,5/-L5

I

I

---

5000

3000

I

fip

t BODO
~OOO

T 38
8000

"

I

i
[

L
100

!

1

,

o
o

ZOOmT

--!JB

ZOOmT

100

---!JB

Figure 8 - - - only intermittent operation
possible (depending on the heat
conductivity)

Figure 7

Example
The required secondary pulses must have an amplitude 12 = 120 mA. a duration td = 0.5 f.Js,
and a maximum tilt of p = 5 %. The terminating resistance R2 is 50 n, the source resistance R,
= 200 n and the turns ratio n = 2 : 1. The maximum core temperature is 70 °C!158 OF.
(Definitions in accordance with DIN 41 284).
The provided material is SIFERRIT N 30.
Equation (1) yields R = 100 n, equation (2) Lp = 1000 flH and equation (3) K = 6.0 flVS and
hence Lpl K = 167 flHilNs. From the nomogram one obtains N' = 85 cm-'. As shown in figure 4,
a permeability fl of approx. 1800 can be assumed for SIFERRIT N 30 at td = 0.5 f.Js. Equation (4)
yields V. = 0.006 cm 3 , i.e. the toroid R 4 having a V. = 12.3 mm 3 can be chosen. N, = 58 is calculated form equation (5). The magnetic field constant f.Jo = 4 l' . 10- 9 Vs/Acm.
Hence the transformer can be designed as follows:
SIFERRIT toroidal core R 4, of N 30 material, N,

474

= 58,

N2

= 29.

Toroids

Nomogram for the calculation of pulse transformers

N30

t
700

%

y~

Lp /IlH

T/ilYs

om

70

I

I

./

300

600

45
50
60

&

•

400

40
30
ZO

./
/'
./
./
./

500
ZOO

80
/'

400

./
./

150

./

/'
./
/'

300

./

100

/'
/'

./

ZOO

/""/70
./

./

60
50

150

40
30

100
90
80
70

ZO

nZRjR z
(1 )
Rj+ n Z Rz

15

R

10

Lp ;;;;;

60
50

td R
p

(2)

40

K = n 1z Rz td

(3)

v:

(4)

30
>

e =

Le

I-ll-lo N'z

ZO

15

475

Double Aperture Cores

B 62152

Double aperture cores are used for wideband transformers up to high frequencies, e.g. made of
the materials
SIFERRIT K 1

for matching transformers and balanced mixers up to 250 MHz in antenna feeders
or in input circuits of VHF and TV receivers

SIFERRIT U 17 for the same applications up to 500 MHz
SIFERRIT N 30 for lower frequencies and pulse applications

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions

Approx.
weight

h

b

a

c

mm

mm

mm

mm

d
mm

g

14.5_ 1 1}

14.5_ 1

8.5-0.5

5.85 ±o 25

3.4 +0.8

4.0

5.85±o 25

3.4 +0.6

1)

8.3-0.6

6.2_ 0.5 1)

2.5-0.3

I)

14.5_ 1

7.25- 0.5

3.6- 0 .3

8.5-0.5

4.2-0.4

2.1

-0.2

2.9±o 15

1.45±o 1

In accordance with DIN 41 279, shape G

476

1.7+0.3

0.8+ 0.15

2.5

0.4

Material

Ordering code
(PU: 1000)

K1

B62152-AOO01-XOOl

U 17

B62152-AOO04-X017

K 12

B62152-AOO04-XOOl

N 30

B62152-AOO04-X030

U 17

B62152-AOO07-X017

K1

B62152-AOO07-XOOl

N 30

B62152-AOO07-X030

U 17

B62152-AOO08-X017

N 30

B62152-AOO08-X030

0.1

Six Aperture Cores

B 62152

Six aperture cores made of the material SIFERRIT N 22 are preferably used for choke coils to
reduce radio interference, e.g. in small motors and switches as well as in high frequency appliances.
Fully wound six aperture cores are also available as complete chokes (see data book 1982/83,
"RFI Suppression Components").

10-0,6

10-0,6 ---.:

Figure 1

Figure 2

Dimensions in mm

Figure

SIFERRIT material

Approx. weight
g

Ordering code
(PU: 1000)

1

N 22

0.9

B62152-AOO05-X022

2

N 22

1.1

B62152-AOO06-X022

Impedance characteristics of choke coils
with 2.5 turns at low field strength « 1 Aim)
(typical values)
SIFERRIT material N 22
1000

1000

....

,~

1V

.,

n

i'-....

. /~

.....

...... ""

z •

!":
Z

rrnI

/

.....
.......

""

I

1

4

6 .10

4

6

100

-

MHz

•
6

@
00

I
1000

....

i

00
00

10

..........

:

"I

l

10

1

4

6 .10

4

6

100

MHz

1000

f -

477

Cylindrical, Tube, Screw Cores, Antenna Rods

Cylindrical Cores

B 61110

SIFERRIT cylindrical cores complying with IEC publication 220 and DIN 41 291 are available in
the following materials'l:
U 17, K 1, M 33.
For core diameters and core lengths to be preferred refer to page 480.
Tolerance of the apparent permeability /-lapp: ± 5 % (typical value);
closer /-lapp tolerance upon request.
The !-lapp tolerance can be up to ± 10% for ferrites of lower permeability (/-li < 40) and
a high size ratio (I: d> 5).
The deviation of longer unground cores can be up to 1 % of the core length.
These cores can be checked with tubular gauges of the following dimensions:
Gauge diameter = dm"

+ 1 % of core length

Gauge length ii:: core length
Testing of magnetic characteristics in accordance with DIN 41 276. sheet 1.

Core length I
mm

t-'-l--j

>
>

5

... 6,3

6,3 ...

8 ...
> 10 ...
>12.5 ...
> 16 ...
>31,5

d'i

Unground

Ground

mm

Core lengths
I
mm

Tolerance
for d
mm

Core lengths
I
mm

1,6
2
2,5
3
4
5
6
8
10

-0,2
-0,2
-0,25
-0,25
-0,3
-0,3
-0,3
-0.4
-0,5

5
5
5
5
6,3
8
10
10
10

-0,05
-0,05
-0,05
-0,05
-0,05
- 0,1
- 0,1
- 0,1
- 0,1

5 ...
5 ...
5 ...
5 ...
6,3 ...
6,3 ...
6,3 ...
6,3 ...
6,3 ...

25
30
40
40
50
60
80
80
80

10
12,5
16
31,5

-0.4
-0,5
-0,6

-0.7
- 0,8
-0,9
-4%

PU

Tolerance
for d
mm

...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...

8

Tolerance
mm

8
10
16
20
31,5
50
50
50
50

5000

1000

Ordering example

861110 K 1; 2.5 x 18 unground
(861110,.;,. type; K 1,.;,. material; 2.5 x 18,.;,. d x I in mm;
unground or ground

,a,

diameter tolerance).

liOn orders of at least 10000 items, also the materials K 12. N 22, as well as other core diameters (up to
12 mm) and core lengths can be supplied.

481

Cylindrical Cores

B 61110

Preferred types

Cores in the following sizes, made of the materials U 17, K 1, M 33, are preferably available.

Ordering code
(PU: 5000)

dxl
mm

dxl
mm

Ordering code
(PU: 1000)

861110-A1023-XO ••
861110-A1031-XO861110-A1035-XO_

5- 0.3 x 15_0.8
5- 0.3 x 20_ 0.9
5- 0.3 x 30_ 1 •2

861110-A5002-XO ••
861110-A5005-XO ••
861110-A5012-XO_

x 10_ 0.6
x 15_ 0.8
x 20_ 0.9

861110-A2045-XO_
861110-A2050-XO ••
861110-A2009-XO_

6- 0.3 x 15_0.8
6- 0.3 x 30_ 1•2
6- 0.3 x 45_ 1.8

861110-A6007-XO ••
861110-A6003-XO ••
86111 0-A601 O-XO ••

3-0.25
3-0.25
3-0.25

X

10_ 0.6
15_ 0.8
x 20_ 0.•

861110-A3008-XO ••
861110-A3021-XO ••
861110-A3022-XO_

8_ 0.4 x 20_ 0.•
8-0.4 x 30_ 1;2
8_ 0.4 x 60_ 2.4

86111 0-A8007 -XO ••
861110-A8008-XO ••
86111 0-A801 O-XO ••

4-0.3
4- 0.3
4-0.3
4-0.3

x 10_0.6
x 15_ 0.8
X 20_ 0.•
x 30_ 1 •2

861110-A4005-XO ••
861110-A4007-XO ••
861110-A4030-XO ••
861110-A4016-XO ••

10- 0 . 5 x 30_ 1. 2
10_ 0.5 x 60_ 2.4
10_ 0.5 x 80_ 3 . 2

861110-J1004-XO ••
86111 O-J 1OOS-XO ••
861110-J1006-XO ••

1,6_ 0.05
1,6_ 0.2
1,6_ 0.2

X

2- 0.2
2- 0.2
2-0.2

X
X

7,5_ 0.5
12,5_ 0.7
15_ 0.8

X

•• Here, the symbol for the desired SIFERRIT material should be inserted:
for U 1 7 '" 1 7; K 1 ... 01 ; M 33 ... 33.

482

Tube Cores

B 62110

SIFERRIT tube cores complying with IEC publication 220 are available in the following materials'):
U 17, K 1, M 33.
For core diameters and core lengths to be preferred refer to page 482.
Tolerance of the apparent permeability /J.pp: ±5% (typical value);
closer /J,pp tolerance upon request.
The /J.Pp tolerance can be up to ±10% with ferrites of lower permeability (/J;
with a high size ratio (/:d> 5).
The deviation of unground cores can be up to 1 % of the core length.
These cores can be checked with tubular gauges of the following dimensions:

< 40)

and cores

Gauge diameter = d a max + 1 % of core length
Gauge length;;;:; core length
Testing of n:'agnetic characteristics in accordance with DIN 41 276, sheet 1.

Core length I
mm

-l[

t------=t -f.:L
.----------

6 ...
8 ...
>10 ...
> 12,5 ...
> 16 ...
>20

>

-.-.~-

L--l-

d.')

mm
3
3.5
4
5
6
8
10

-OJ
-0,8

-0,9
-4%

Ground

Unground

d;

Nom.
dimension

8
10
12,5
16
20

Tolerance
mm
-0,5
-0,6

Tolerance

Tolerance
for d a

Core lengths
I

Tolerance
for d a

Core lengths
I

mm

mm

mm

mm

+ 0.15
+ 0.15
+ 0.15
+ 0.2
+ 0.2
+ 0.3
+ 0.3

mm
- 0.25
- 0.3
- 0.3

mm

1
1.6
1.6

- 0.05

5 ... 20
6 ... 25
6 ... 30

-

6 ... 50
10 ... 80
10 ... 80
10 ... 80

2
3
4
6

0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5

5 ... 30
6 ... 30
6 ... 50

- 0.1

6 ... 30
6 ... 30

-

PU

5000

1000

Ordering example
862110 K 1; 5 x 2 x 20 unground
(86211 0 ~ type; K 1 ~ material; 5 x 2 x 20
ungroundor ground ~ diameter tolerance)

1}

~

core dimensions: d. x d; x I in mm;

On orders of at least 10000 items also the materials K 12, N 22, as well as other core diameters (up to
15 mm) and core lengths can be supplied.

483

B 62110

Tube Cores

Preferred types
Cores in the following sizes made of the materials U 17 i K 1, M 33 are preferably available.

Ordering code

dl

I

mm

mm

mm

3.5_0•3

1,6+0 •16

5_ 0 ,4
10_ 0 .6

862110-A3048-XO ••
862110-A3049-X033

4_ 0 •3

1.6+0 •16

6_ 0 ,4
10_ 0 •6

862110-A4045-XO ..
862110-A4046-X033

5- 0•3

2+ 0•2

6_ 0 ,4
10_ 0 •6
18_ 0 •9

862110-A5028-XO..
862110-A5024-X033
862110-A5025-X033

6- 0 •3

3+0 •2

10_ 0 •6
18_ 0 •9
30_ 1•2

862110-A6020-XO ..
862110-A6021-X033
862110-A6022-X033

8_ 0 ,4

4+ 0•3

18_ 0 .9
30_ 1•2

862110-AS017-X033
862110-A8018-X033
862110-A8006-X033

d.

PU

5000

1000
50_ 2

10_0 •6

6+ 0 .3

18_ 0 •9
30_ 1•2

50_ 2

862110-J1020-X033
862110-J1021-X033
862110-J1022-X033

.. Here the symbol for the desired SIFERRIT material should be inserted:
U 17'" 17; K 1 ... 01; M 33'" 33.

484

Damping Pearls

B 62110

Damping pearls are made of SIFERRIT N 22 and are suitable for use in the short-wave range as
well as up to the ultrashort-wave range.
Slipped over a conductor, the pearls generate a damping effect, which increases with the number
of pearls. Premagnetization of the pearls reduces the damping effect.

Dimensions in mm

L
mm

3,3_ 0 ,5
5,2_ 0 •5
8_ 0 •6

16_ 0 .8

Ordering code

(PU: 5000)
862110-A3011-X022
862110-A3007-X022
862110-A3063-X022
862110-A3064-X022

485

Screw Cores

B 63310

Ground thread
SIFERRIT screw cores are available in the following materials' I:
U 17. K 1. M 33. Screw cores M 8 made of the material N 27 are also available.
For preferred core lengths see table.
Tolerance of the apparent permeability
quest.

/-lapp:

± 5 % (typical value); lower

/-lapp

tolerance upon re-

Testing of magnetic characteristics in accordance with DIN 41 276. sheet 1.

>-----L
Dimensions in mm

Screw core
suitable
for nut-thread
DIN13.518;519

Core length'l
L

1.7 xO.35

4.2_0 •3
6.3_0 ••
8.3_0.•
6.3_0.•
8.3_0.•
10.3_0.•
6.3_0.•
8.3_0.•
10.3_0.•
12,3_0 ••
8.3_0.•
13.3_0 ••
13.3_0 ••
12.3_0.•
17.4_0.•
17.4_0.•
28.5_,
28.5_,

DA max.
mm

3

xO.5

3.5 x 0.5

4

xO.5

5

x 0.75

6

x 0.75

7

x1

8

xO.75

8

x 1.25

11
21

Thread limit dimensions

mm

DAmin.
mm

Slot dimensions
a
b

DK max.
mm

c.

min.
dimension
mm

mm

mm

1.7

1.67

1.34

-

-

-

2.7

2.65

2.25

1.3+0.2

0.5

1

3.20

3.15

2.75

1,7+ 0 ,2

0.6

1.2

3.7

3.65

3.20

2+ 0 •2

0.7

1.2

4,6

4.55

3.9

2.5+ 0 •3

1

1.2

5.6

5.55

4.9

3+0 •3

1

1.2

6.6

6.5

5.55

3+ 0 •3

1

21

7.6

7.55

6.9

4+ 0 •4

1

21

7.5

7.4

6.2

3.5+0.4

1

21

On orders of at least 10000 items also the materials K 12. N 22, as well as other core lengths can be supplied.
Through slots.

486

Screw Cores

B 63310

Ground thread
The screw cores comply with DIN 41 286, sheet 1 to 3. The thread dimensions include the usual
elastic inserts (core brake) between nut thread and screw core.
The screw cores are also available upon request with core brake (elastic material which clings to
the core). Ordering code: (code letter 9 in the 9th position of the ordering code) e.g. B63310B2908-XO ••.
To avoid damaging the slot, the insulating screw driver B63399-A0001-XOOO (with flat blade,
refer to page 339) should be used.
Ordering codes and weights for screw cores
Screw core
suitable for nut thread
DIN 13, 518, 519

Core length
L
mm

Approx.
weight
g

Ordering code

1,7 x 0,35

4,2_ 0 .3

0,2

B63310-Al00l-XO ..

6,3_ 0.6

0,25

B63310-B2009-XO ..

8,3_ 0.6

0,3

B63310-82008-XO ..

6,3_ 0.6

0,3

863310-83028-XO ••

8,3_ 0.6

0,33

863310-83029-XO ..

10,3_0.6

0,35

863310-83021-XO ••

6,3_ 0.6

0,35

863310-83030-XO ••

8,3_ 0,6

0.4

863310-83020-XO ••

10,3_0,6

0.45

863310-83019-XO ••

12,3_0,6

0,6

863310-83018-XO ••

0,75

863310-84017-XO ••

13,3_0,6

1,1

86331 0-B40 18-XO ••

13,3_0,6

2.4

863310-85019-XO ••

12,3_0,6

1,9

863310-A6009-XO ••

17.4_0,8

2,6

863310-A6007-XO ..

17.4_0,8

3.4

86331 O-A 7002-XO ••

28,5_ 1

5,6

86331 O-A 7008-XO ••

28,5_ 1

5,6

86331 0-A701 O-XO ••

3

PU

xO,5

3,5 xO,5

5000

4

xO,5

8,3_ 0,6
5

xO,75

6

xO,75

7

xl

8

8

1060

xO.75

x 1,25

.. Here the symbol for the desired SIFERRIT material should be inserted:
For U 17'" 17; K 12"" 12; K 1 "" 01; M 33"" 33; N 22'" 22; N 27 "" 27 (only for M 8).

487

Antenna Rods
Rods for RF Welding Apparatus

B 61610

Round antenna rods, complying with IEC publication 223, with longitudinal slots.
Round slotted antenna rods are only available in the material M 33. In liddition to the advantage
of high quality and high permeability, this material features also a low temperature coefficient.
For a rod of 10 mm dia. x 160 and a centrally located coil of 40 turns it amounts, e.g., to approx.
+ 200 x 10-6 1°C.
The deviaton of the rods may be up to 1 % of their length.
Permissible
sheet 3.

/-lapp

tolerance, measured with standard 'coil Sp 97 in accordance with DIN 41 291,

Rod length L
mm

Permissible /-lapp
tolerance %

90 ... 140
>140 ... 170
> 170 ... 200

±6
±7
±8

Dimensions in mm

Permissible Q factor tolerance: ± 20 % at·l.5 MHz, measured with standard coil Sp 25 in accordance with DIN 41 291, sheet 3. It is recommended to use reference cores, supplied by the plant.

Diameter
d
mm

L

Approx.
weight

mm

glmm

8. 0 ,4

109 ±
125 ±
140 ±
160 ±

2,2
2,5
2,8
3,2

0.2

861610-A8015-X033
861610-AS006-X033
861610-A8001-X033
861610-A8002-X033

8.64+ 0.02 dia. x 80'0'

10.0,5

140 ±2,8
160 ± 3,2
180 ± 3,6
200±4

0.3

861610-Jl017-X033
861610-Jl022-X033
861610-Jl008-X033
861610-Jl004-X033

10.64 +0.02 dia. x 80+ 0 ,

Length

Ordering code
(PU: 500)

Tubular gauge

Round rods for RF welding apparatus (for profile refer to dimensional drawing for antenna rods)
Material N 27
Diameter
d
mm

L

Approx.
weight

mm

glmm

8_ 0 ,4

140 ± 2,8
160 ± 3,2
200±4

0.2

861610-A8018-X027
861610-A8019-X027
861610-A8020-X027

9+ 0.05 dia. x 200+ 0.3

140 ± 2,8
160 ± 3.2
200 ±4

0.3

861610-Jl025-X027
861610-Jl026-X027
861610-Jl027-X027

11 +0.06 dia. x 200+ 0.3

-10_0 . 5

488

Length

Ordring code
(PU: 500)

Tubular gauge

Cube Cores

B 67410
B 67499

Frequently, there are certain cases of application, which require plate- or quad-shaped ferrite
parts. To meet this requirement, cores, preferably made of SIFERRIT N 22, (quantity upon request)
are available in the following sizes. (The deviation of unground cores may be up to 1 % of their
length).

Q---~

Dimensions
a
mm

b
mm

c
mm

82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
82 ±2
93 ±2
93 ±2
209 ±4
61,5±1,51)

9,9 ±O,2
9,9 ±O,2
9,9 ±O,2
13 ±O,3
13 ±O,3
13 ±O,3
27,6 ± 0,6
27,6 ± 0,6
27,6 ± 0,6
28,4 ±O,7
28,4±O,7
29 ±O,7
61,5 ± 1,5

3
6,6
9,2
4,4
7
9,8
2,7
5,3
10,5
16,5
30,6
9,8
4

- 0,3
- 0,3
- 0,4
-0,3
- 0,3
- 0,4
- 0,3
- 0,3
- 0,4
- 1
- 1,2
- 0,,6
- 0,5

R
approx.
mm

Approx.
weight

1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
<0,5
<0,5
<0,5
1

11
25
3_4
21
34
48
27
55
110
200
370
270
67

Ordering code

g
867499-A0027-X022
867499-A0024-X022
867499-A0025-X022
867499-AOO04-X022
867499-AOO07-X022
867499-AOO09-X022
867499-AOO14-X022
867499-AOO16-X022
867499-A0019-X022
867410-A0073-X027
867410-A0072-X027
867410-J0040-X022
867499-A0034-X022

'1 Impressed marking on one area.

489

Cores for RF Choke Coils

Cores for RF Choke Coils

B 67416

-"
-.,

~

~

~

Apart from adjustable inductors as used for IF filter coils, filters for oscillator circuits,
ect., fixed inductors are also applied in electronic equipment in order to suppress undesired RF interference. The frequency range of such choke coils approximately covers
10 3 to 10 B Hz. In most cases, the basic shapes include cylindrical cores featuring a
single layer winding and axial leads. Cores with side flanges (yarn roller core) which
can be wound in multilayer construction are in particular available for higher inductance values.
Figure 1

Figure 2

~
1~5
,~.~.
~
-...

.

I.{")

.....

- . 1,5

2,5 ' r -

4,5

Figure 3

Dimensions in mm

Figure

Type

Typical values for
AR value'l
nH
I-lQ

Ordering code

PU

10
13
15
20

867416-C0010-X002
867416-COO05-X002
867416-COO01-X002
867416-COO06-X002

10000
10000
5000
5000

AL value
1

Drum core

2

Drum core

3
4

Drum core
Drum core

1000
200
200
170

The self-capacitance of coils with drum cores is approx. 0.5 pF, measured between the terminals.

11

Rc ,

= AR . N'

(de resistance

= AR

. number of turns')

493

Cores for RF Choke Coils

B 67416

Drum and cup cores can be combined if increased inductance values are required.

Figure 6

Figure 5

C

7.6
8.6

Dimensions in mm

Figure

Type

Typical values for
AR value 11
nH
!-LQ

Ordering code

PU

B67416-COO06-X002

5000

B67416-COO07-X022

5000

AL value
5

Drum core

6

Cup core

50

170

The self-capacitance of coils with drum cores is approx. 0.5 pF, measured between the terminals.

1)

Reo

494

= AR . N'

(dc resistance

= A • . number of turns')

Distributed by:

PERMAG
IN THE ATLANTIC AREA
PERMAG DIXIE CORP.
6730 Jones MMI Court, Norcross, GA 30092, (404) 448-4998
IN THE BOSTON AREA
PERMAG NORTHEAST CORP.
10 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01865, (617) 273-2890
IN THE CHICAGO AREA
PERMAG CENTRAL CORP.
1213 Estes Ave., Elk Grove Village, IL 60007, (312) 956-1140
IN THE DALLAS AREA
PERMAG SOUTHWEST CORP.
1111 Commerce Dr., Riehardson, TX 75081 , (214) 699-1121
IN THE LOS ANGELES AREA
PERMAG PACIFIC CORP.
10631 Humbolt St., Los Alamitos. CA 90720, (714) 952-2091
(213) 594-6515
IN THE MINNEAPOLIS ST. PAUL AREA
PERMAG MINNESOTA CORP.
14956 Martin Dr, Eden Prairie, MN 55344, (612) 934-4635
IN THE NEW YORK AREA
PERMAG CORP.
400 Karin lane, Hid
Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19
Create Date                     : 2017:07:12 15:32:39-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2017:07:12 15:50:03-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2017:07:12 15:50:03-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:0c8f03f4-8f44-cb46-b9e8-d372b39565d9
Instance ID                     : uuid:1b1a1760-300f-c641-887a-ef1a03edcce7
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 496
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu